PROPOSED RULES
Original Notice.
Preproposal statement of inquiry was filed as WSR 09-05-054.
Title of Rule and Other Identifying Information: Amendment of chapter 51-11 WAC, Washington State Energy Code (WSEC).
Hearing Location(s): Holiday Inn Select Renton, One Grady Way South, Renton, WA, on September 29, 2009, at 10:00 a.m.; and at the Spokane City Council Chambers, West 808 Spokane Falls Boulevard, Spokane, WA, on October 5, 2009, at 9:00 a.m.
Date of Intended Adoption: November 12, 2009.
Submit Written Comments to: Peter DeVries, Council Chair, P.O. Box 42525, Olympia, WA 98504-2525, e-mail sbcc@commerce.wa.gov, fax (360) 586-9383, by October 5, 2009.
Assistance for Persons with Disabilities: Contact Sue Mathers by September 15, 2009, TTY (360) 586-0772 or (360) 725-2966.
Purpose of the Proposal and Its Anticipated Effects, Including Any Changes in Existing Rules: The proposed rules amend the WSEC. The WSEC has been extensively revised and reformatted. The council received a request from Governor Gregoire to increase stringency over the 2006 Energy Code by 30%, in keeping with the recommendations from the climate action team. The council is also working on transitioning to the International Energy Conservation Code (IECC), and some initial reformatting changes have been incorporated to assist in that effort. In addition, the Energy Policy Act and the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act require that states meet minimum standards for energy codes, the IECC for residential buildings and ASHRAE 90.1 for commercial buildings. Modifications were made to the WSEC to bring stringency values up to the most recent edition of these national model codes. The following is a list of the major changes to the WSEC. General changes to update referenced standards, terminology, or providing editorial changes are not noted below.
Chapter 1: The scope of the residential portion (Chapters 1-6) of the WSEC is changed to cover only buildings constructed under the International Residential Code (IRC), now referred to as "Single-Family Residential." All other residential construction would need to comply with Chapters 11 through 15 (throughout).
References are added for the new Chapter 9 requirements (Section 101.2).
When existing HVAC equipment is updated, the ducts associated with those systems must be tested (Section 101.3.2.6).
A list of insulation R-values and glazing U-factors and SHGCs is required to be posted near electrical panel (Section 101.5).
Chapter 2: Definitions have been added and modified to conform to proposed changes.
Chapter 3: Outdoor design temperatures have been added to the code to eliminate the need to go to an additional reference document (Section 302).
The VIAQ is proposed to be integrated into the IRC, so the references are updated to reflect that proposal (Section 303).
Chapter 4: Provisions for space cooling and domestic hot water are added to the systems analysis requirements (Section 402).
See also Chapter 9.
Chapter 5: References to new Chapter 9 requirements are added (throughout).
Insulation details are updated to reflect best practices (Section 502/1311.2).
Unvented attic provisions went through public hearing last year and were approved by the council in January, but must sit through a legislative session prior to becoming effective (Sections 502.1.6.3/1313.2).
Requirements for air leakage control are added (Section 502.4.5).
Requirements for variable speed motors on air handling equipment are added (Section 503.4.1).
Requirements for controls have been expanded and revised (Section 503.8).
Duct leakage testing protocols have been modified (Section 503.10.2).
Water heaters must meet minimum efficiency requirements (Sections 504.2.1, 1440).
Swimming pool and spa provisions have been revised (Section 504.5).
Half of installed luminaires are required to have high efficacy lamps (Section 505.1).
Table 5-1 has been revised. Some requirements are more stringent, and the format is closer to that found in the IECC.
Tables 5-12/14-6 have been updated for consistency with national standards.
Chapter 6: Both climate zones share the same prescriptive table. References to Table 6-2 have been removed. Table 6-1 has been reduced to three paths.
See also Chapter 9.
Chapter 7: Reference standards have been updated. Two additional standards have been added for duct testing and commissioning.
Chapter 8: Systems analysis software listing has been updated.
Chapter 9: New Chapter 9 requires that single-family residences achieve additional energy savings through compliance with one or more of the listed options.
Chapter 10: Default tables have been expanded and updated for ease of use. Some values have been changed for consistency with national standards. The small business window default table was updated to provide paths for compliance with the proposed code. Duct sealing, testing required for both residential and nonresidential systems.
Chapter 11: All residential construction other than single-family and townhouses would need to comply with Chapters 11 through 15, along with all nonresidential construction.
Controls are required to integrate economizer operation on replaced space cooling equipment (1132.2).
The threshold for lighting alterations to comply with Chapter 15 has been lowered to 20% (Section 1132.3).
A threshold trigger has been added for building commissioning (Section 1135).
Chapter 12: A new chapter has been added to require specific building meters for certain building types.
Chapter 13: New requirements for cold and refrigerated storage have been added (Sections 1310, 1416, 1437, 1460-1465).
Requirements and testing for air leakage control and air barriers are added, including a requirement for vestibules (Section 1314).
Clarification added that area-weighted averaging of R-values is not allowed (Section 1322).
Requirement for low-e coating added for glazing assemblies (Section 1323).
New allowance for projection factor for window shading, allowing a reduced SHGC (Section 1323.3).
New restriction in use of Seattle EnvStd for showing compliance (Section 1331).
Tables 13-1 and 13-2 have been reformatted to look more like those found in the IECC and to incorporate Group R requirements. Stringency is also increased for some components. Glazing area reduced to 40% of wall area.
Chapter 14: New requirement for documentation of mechanical equipment efficiency ratings have been added (Section 1411).
New limitations placed on air-cooled chillers (Section 1411).
Method provided for rating nonstandard water-chilled systems (Section 141.2.1).
New requirements added for heating unenclosed spaces (Section 1411.5).
New lighting and HVAC control requirements added for hotel/motel guest rooms (Sections 1412.4, 1513.7).
New requirements for motorized dampers, damper controls (Section 1412.4.1).
Proposed lower threshold for optimum start controls, DCV systems (Section 1412.4.2, 1412.8).
New requirements for parking garage ventilation controls (Section 1412.9).
New requirements for duct testing proposed (Section 1414).
Requirements for building commissioning have been rewritten, and a new checklist provided (Section 1416).
Modification of qualifications for simple systems (Section 1421).
Modifications to economizer requirements, exceptions (Sections 1413, 1423, 1433).
New requirements for system sizing (Section 1421.1 and 1431.1).
New requirements for temperature reset controls (Section 1432.2).
New requirements for hydronic systems to reduce pump energy (Sections 1432.3, 1432.4).
Modifications to complex system controls (Sections 1432.5, 1435).
Expansion of requirements for heat recovery (Sections 1436, 1445, 1455).
Revised flow systems and extend variable speed drive requirements to motors 5 hp and above (Section 1438).
Revised requirements for exhaust systems (Section 1439).
Requirement for individual hot water meters in multi-family residential buildings (Section 1446).
Equipment efficiency tables updated (Tables 14-1A-G).
Revised tables for electric motor efficiency (Tables 14-4A, 14-4B).
Chapter 15: The lists of exempt spaces and exempt lighting equipment have been modified (Section 1512).
Daylighting, and the controls for daylight zones, have been modified to include primary and secondary zones (Section 1513.3 and the Definition of Daylight Zone).
New lighting and HVAC control requirements added for hotel/motel guest rooms (Sections 1412.4, 1513.7).
New requirements for controls of egress lighting (Section 1515).
Additional lighting power allowance table added for space-by-space calculations (Table 15-1B).
Lighting power allowance is decreased in most occupancy uses (Table 15-1A).
Table 15-2 revised for consistency with ASHRAE 90.1; divided into four exterior lighting zones (Tables 15-2A and 15-2B).
New section provided for regulation of, and controls for, moving walkways and escalators (Section 1550).
RS-29: RS-29 has been replaced with an amended version of ASHRAE 90.1 Appendix G to make it more user-friendly and compatible with the LEED process.
Reasons Supporting Proposal: RCW 19.27A.025 and 19.27A.045.
Statutory Authority for Adoption: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045.
Statute Being Implemented: Chapters 19.27, 19.27A, and 34.05 RCW.
Rule is not necessitated by federal law, federal or state court decision.
Agency Comments or Recommendations, if any, as to Statutory Language, Implementation, Enforcement, and Fiscal Matters: The council is seeking comments on the issues proposed in the rules shown below.
Name of Proponent: Washington state building code council, governmental.
Name of Agency Personnel Responsible for Drafting and Implementation: Krista Braaksma, P.O. Box 42525, Olympia, WA 98504-2525, (360) 725-2964; and Enforcement: Local jurisdictions.
A small business economic impact statement has been prepared under chapter 19.85 RCW.
Introduction: The state building code council is proposing to adopt the 2009 version of the Washington State Energy Code (chapter 51-11 WAC). The following sections were identified by the council's economic and regulatory assessment committee (ERAC) as having a potential disproportionate cost impact to small business:
| • | Tables 5-1 and 6-1 Envelope requirements (IRC buildings). |
| • | Section 502.4.5 Air leakage testing (IRC buildings). |
| • | Chapter 9 "Additional requirements" (IRC buildings). |
| • | Table 13, Envelope requirements, commercial buildings (all buildings except IRC buildings). |
| • | Section 1314.7 Air barrier (all buildings except IRC buildings). |
The IRC is the International Residential Code and covers one and two family dwellings and townhouses.
The council appointed a technical advisory group (TAG) to do a comprehensive review and analysis of proposed changes to the Washington State Energy Code, submitted to the council by March 1, 2009. The TAG held weekly meetings over a four month period. All proposed state amendments were examined. The TAG identified items with more than a minor first cost impact and referred these items to be reviewed by ERAC.
The council members and participants are [a] representative sample of individuals involved in the building construction industry. The participants included: Architects, home builders, building officials, contractors, fire officials, energy professionals, manufacturers, engineers, plumbers, state and local officials, inspectors, industry associations and organizations, companies and business, electricians, and the general public. See directory of TAG and council members.
Brief Description of Compliance Requirements:
Tables 5-1 and 6-1 Envelope requirements, (IRC buildings): The proposed rule amends the WSEC tables 5-1 and 6-1, building envelope requirements for IRC buildings, to increase energy efficiency by reducing heat loss and heat gain. The proposed rule increases insulation for floors, walls and roofs; decreases U value (thermal transmittance) for fenestration (windows and skylights); decreases U value for doors.
Reporting and record-keeping requirements: The proposed rule would not impact the reporting and/or record keeping required to comply. Reporting and record keeping would remain the same as the current rule.
Associated costs: Reports submitted to the TAG showed a cost of between $1 per square foot and $1.25 per square foot depending on the size of the house.
Associated costs of equipment, supplies, labor, professional services and administrative costs are included in the cost of compliance.
The TAG identified a disproportionate impact on small business window manufacturers to meet proposed vertical fenestration U values (thermal transmittance value). The cost of testing sample production units to meet National Fenestration Rating Council standards would be disproportionate due to the production process. A comparison per one hundred dollars of sales shows a disproportionate cost for small manufacturers to test and label product. Large window manufacturers, due to volume of production, have a cost per unit for testing and labeling disproportionately less compared to small business window manufacturers; the cost per testing and labeling custom window due to limited production lines has an impact at least ten times greater than large manufacturers and in fact makes production cost prohibitive and compliance with the rule impractical.
Lost sales or revenue: The proposal [proposed] rule is intended to decrease operating cost and create a market for energy efficient materials. The TAG identified a potential loss of sales and revenue for small business window manufacturers. Other measures apply equally to large and small business and would not create a disproportionate impact on revenue.
Section 502.4.5 Air leakage testing (IRC buildings): The proposed rule amends air leakage control provisions to require pressure testing the building.
Reporting and record-keeping requirements: The proposed rule adds a reporting and/or record-keeping element required to comply. Reporting and record keeping would include documentation of compliance with the rule. Cost of record keeping would apply equally to both large and small businesses.
Associated costs: Reports submitted to the TAG showed a cost for an average size home a minor cost of less than 1/4 of 1% of total construction cost to conduct the pressure test.
The TAG identified a possible disproportionate impact on small business window manufacturers to comply with the rule.
Associated costs of equipment, supplies, labor, professional services and administrative costs are included in the cost of compliance.
Lost sales or revenue: The proposed rule applies equally to both large and small businesses. The proposal [proposed] rule is intended to increase value and create sales and revenue for HVAC system testing. No disproportionate loss of sales or revenue for small businesses is expected.
Chapter 9 "Additional requirements" (IRC buildings): The proposed rule adds a new chapter to the WSEC for IRC buildings, requiring credits as a method to reduce energy use in residential construction. A set of options for credits provide a selection of building envelope, equipment, or renewable energy improvements.
Reporting and record-keeping requirements: The proposed rule adds a reporting and/or record-keeping element required to comply. Reporting and record keeping would include documentation of credit options used to comply with the rule. Cost of record keeping would be minimal.
Associated costs: Reports submitted to the TAG showed a cost for an average size home between 1% and 3% of construction cost. The economic analysis submitted with the proposal estimates the home buyer will experience a positive cash flow in the second year of ownership, based on energy savings.
Associated costs of equipment, supplies, labor, professional services and administrative costs are included in the cost of compliance.
Lost sales or revenue: The proposed rule applies equally to both large and small businesses. The proposal [proposed] rule is intended to increase value and create a market for high efficiency and renewable energy equipment. No disproportionate loss of sales or revenue for small businesses is expected.
Table 13 Envelope requirements, (non-IRC buildings): The proposed changes to chapter 13 tables of the WSEC, building envelope requirements for non-IRC buildings, are intended to increase energy efficiency by reducing heat loss and heat gain. The proposed rule increases insulation for floors, walls and roofs; decreases U value (thermal transmittance) for fenestration (windows and skylights); decreases U value for doors.
Reporting and record-keeping requirements: The proposed rule would not impact the reporting and/or record keeping required to comply. Reporting and record keeping would remain the same as the current rule.
Associated costs: Associated costs of equipment, supplies, labor, professional services and administrative costs are included in the cost of compliance.
The TAG determined based on modifications to this item the first cost would be up to 1% of total construction cost.
The TAG identified a disproportionate impact on small business manufacturers to meet proposed vertical fenestration U values (thermal transmittance value). The cost of testing sample production units to meet National Fenestration Rating Council standards would be disproportionate due to the production process. A comparison per one hundred dollars of sales shows a disproportionate cost for small manufacturers to test and label product. Large window manufacturers, due to volume of production, have a cost per unit for testing and labeling disproportionately less compared to small business window manufacturers; the cost per testing and labeling custom window due to limited production lines has an impact at least ten times greater than large manufacturers and in fact makes production cost prohibitive and compliance with the rule impractical.
The Concrete Masonry Association testified that the proposed change to mass wall U value would be a major cost impact to small business suppliers and installers. In a study on a typical large retail occupancy constructed of concrete masonry block, the cost exceeded 1% of construction cost, and the benefit in energy savings did not recover the cost.
Lost sales or revenue: The proposed rule applies equally to both large and small businesses. The proposal [proposed] rule is based on nationally recognized standards which are in current practice in this industry. No disproportionate loss of sales or revenue for small businesses is expected.
Section 1314.7 Continuous Air barrier (non-IRC buildings): For buildings over five stories, the proposed rule requires the building envelope be designed and constructed with a continuous air barrier to control air leakage into, or out of, the conditioned space.
Reporting and record-keeping requirements: The proposed rule adds a reporting and/or record-keeping element required to comply. Reporting and record keeping would include documentation of compliance with the rule. Cost of record keeping would apply equally to both large and small businesses.
Associated costs: Reports submitted to the TAG showed a cost of up to 1% of total construction cost to conduct the pressure test.
The TAG identified a possible disproportionate impact on small business window manufacturers to comply with the rule.
Associated costs of equipment, supplies, labor, professional services and administrative costs are included in the cost of compliance.
Lost sales or revenue: The proposed rule applies equally to both large and small businesses. The proposal [proposed] rule is intended to increase value and create a market for high efficiency and renewable energy equipment.
Steps taken to reduce costs: The council and the affected industries have considered and mitigated costs associated with the proposed rules through negotiated rule making to modify the proposed rules. The council modified substantive regulatory requirements on small businesses. The proposed rule allows an energy efficiency rating by product description to avoid cost and disproportionate economic impact associated with testing and labeling window and door products manufactured by small businesses in Washington state. The proposed rule provides an alternate method for pressure testing when window products manufactured by small business are installed in the building envelope. The council solicited feedback from industry to develop methods to mitigate the costs and provide a method to avoid additional costs of compliance.
Involvement of small businesses: The council has included small businesses in the development of the proposed rules.
| • | Small businesses were included in mailings and electronic notices. |
| • | Small businesses were notified of meetings, agenda topics and proposals. |
| • | Council members, technical group members and staff responded to inquiries from small businesses. |
| • | The technical advisory group convened a special meeting to address small business concerns. |
| NAICS # | DESCRIPTION | NUMBER OF FIRMS | |
| 23611 | Residential construction | Total | >50 employees |
| 236115 | Single-family housing construction | 3235 | 47 |
| 236116 | Multifamily housing construction | 65 | 0 |
| 236118 | Residential Remodel | 2879 | 7 |
| 2362 | Nonresidential construction | ||
| 23621 | Industrial buildings and warehouses | 94 | 8 |
| 23622 | Commercial and Institutional Buildings | 1460 | 45 |
| 238 | Specialty Trades | ||
| 238130 | Framing Contractors | 2997 | 25 |
| 238140 | Masonry Contractors | 607 | 11 |
| 238220 | Plumbing, heating, air-conditioning | 2122 | 65 |
| 238310 | Drywall and Insulation Contractors | 1038 | 22 |
| 321 | Manufacturing | ||
| 321911 | Wood window and door manufacturing | 52 | 5 |
| 332321 | Metal window and door manufacturing | 14 | 3 |
| 327211 | Flat Glass Manufacturing | 10 | 2 |
| 321918 | Other Millwork | 49 | 6 |
| 444190 | Other Building Materials Dealers | 644 | 36 |
| 327331 | Concrete Block and Brick Manufacturing | 14 | 0 |
Job estimates: The number of jobs created or lost as a result of compliance with the proposed rule is unknown.
The proposed rules would create jobs in some specialty trades such as framing, insulation, window manufacturing, HVAC testing.
CONCLUSION: The council recognizes that the proposed rules may impose an economic impact on businesses in the building construction industry. However, the council also realizes its obligation to ensure the health, safety and welfare of the occupants or users of buildings and structures and the general public through the provisions of the building codes throughout the state, as stated in the council's legislative mandate.
The council has negotiated the proposed rules into their current form in an effort to achieve a minimum standard that meets the need of the building construction industry and the citizens of this state.
The council appointed TAGs to do a comprehensive review and analysis of the proposed changes to the WSEC. All proposed state amendments submitted in 2009 were reviewed. The TAG findings were reviewed by ERAC to determine where the proposed rules would impact small businesses. To mitigate the impacts, the proposed rules were modified to eliminate disproportionate cost impact on the effected small businesses.
A copy of the statement may be obtained by contacting Tim Nogler, P.O. Box 42525, Olympia, WA 98504-2525, phone (360) 725-2969, fax (360) 586-9383, e-mail sbcc@commerce.wa.gov.
A cost-benefit analysis is not required under RCW 34.05.328. The state building code council is not listed in this section as one of the agencies required to comply with this statute.
August 1, 2009
Peter D. DeVries
Council Chair
OTS-2584.2
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 07-01-089, filed 12/19/06,
effective 7/1/07)
WAC 51-11-0101
Section 101 -- Scope and general
requirements.
101.1 Title: Chapters 1 through 10 of this Code shall be
known as the "Washington State Single-Family Residential
Energy Code" and may be cited as such; and will be referred to
herein as "this Code."
101.2 Purpose and Intent: The purpose of this Code is to
provide minimum standards for new or altered buildings and
structures or portions thereof to achieve efficient use and
conservation of energy.
The purpose of this Code is not to create or otherwise
establish or designate any particular class or group of
persons who will or should be especially protected or
benefitted by the terms of this Code.
It is intended that these provisions provide flexibility
to permit the use of innovative approaches and techniques to
achieve efficient use and conservation of energy. These
provisions are structured to permit compliance with the intent
of this Code by any one of the following three paths of
design:
1. A systems analysis approach for the entire building
and its energy-using sub-systems which may utilize renewable
energy sources, Chapters 4 and 9.
2. A component performance approach for various building
elements and mechanical systems and components, Chapters 5 and
9.
3. A prescriptive requirements approach, Chapters 6 and
9.
Compliance with any one of these approaches meets the
intent of this Code. This Code is not intended to abridge any
safety or health requirements required under any other
applicable codes or ordinances.
The provisions of this Code do not consider the
efficiency of various energy forms as they are delivered to
the building envelope. A determination of delivered energy
efficiencies in conjunction with this Code will provide the
most efficient use of available energy in new building
construction.
101.3 Scope: This Code sets forth minimum requirements
for the design of new buildings and structures that provide
facilities or shelter for residential occupancies by
regulating their exterior envelopes and the selection of their
((HVAC)) mechanical systems, ((service)) domestic water
((heating)) systems, electrical distribution and illuminating
systems, and equipment for efficient use and conservation of
energy.
Buildings shall be designed to comply with the
requirements of either Chapter 4, 5, or 6 of this Code and the
additional energy efficiency requirements included in Chapter
9 of this Code.
((For the purposes of this Code:
Detached one- and two-family dwellings built under the
International Residential Code shall be considered R-3
Occupancies.
Attached multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses)
built under the International Residential Code shall be
considered R-2 Occupancies.)) Spaces within the scope of
Section R101.2 of the International Residential Code shall
comply with Chapters 1 through 10 of this Code. All other
spaces, including other Group R Occupancies, shall comply with
Chapters 11 through 20 of this Code. Chapter 2 (Definitions),
Chapter 7 (Standards), and Chapter 10 (default heat loss
coefficients), are applicable to all building types.
101.3.1 Exempt Buildings: Buildings and structures or
portions thereof meeting any of the following criteria shall
be exempt from the building envelope requirements of Sections
502 and 602, but shall comply with all other requirements for
((building)) mechanical systems((,)) and ((service)) domestic
water ((heating)) systems.
101.3.1.1: Buildings and structures or portions thereof
whose peak design rate of energy usage is less than three and
four tenths (3.4) Btu/h per square foot or one point zero
(1.0) watt per square foot of floor area for space
conditioning requirements.
101.3.1.2: Buildings and structures or portions thereof
which are neither heated according to the definition of heated
space in Chapter 2, nor cooled by a nonrenewable energy
source, provided that the nonrenewable energy use for space
conditioning complies with requirements of Section 101.3.1.1.
101.3.1.3: Greenhouses isolated from any conditioned
space and not intended for occupancy.
101.3.1.4: The provisions of this code do not apply to
the construction, alteration, or repair of temporary worker
housing except as provided by rule adopted under chapter 70.114A RCW or chapter 37, Laws of 1998 (SB 6168). "Temporary
worker housing" means a place, area, or piece of land where
sleeping places or housing sites are provided by an employer
for his or her employees or by another person, including a
temporary worker housing operator, who is providing such
accommodations for employees, for temporary, seasonal
occupancy, and includes "labor camps" under RCW 70.54.110.
101.3.2 Application to Existing Buildings: Additions,
historic buildings, changes of occupancy or use, and
alterations or repairs shall comply with the requirements in
the subsections below.
| EXCEPTION: | The building official may approve designs of alterations or repairs which do not fully conform with all of the requirements of this Code where in the opinion of the building official full compliance is physically impossible and/or economically impractical and: |
| 1. | The alteration or repair improves the energy efficiency of the building; or |
| 2. | The alteration or repair is energy efficient and is necessary for the health, safety, and welfare of
the general public. |
| In no case, shall building envelope requirements or mechanical system requirements be less than those requirements in effect at the time of the initial construction of the building. |
EXCEPTION:
New additions which do not fully comply with the requirements of this Code and which have a floor
area which is less than seven hundred fifty square feet shall be approved provided that improvements
are made to the existing occupancy to compensate for any deficiencies in the new addition.
Compliance shall be demonstrated by either systems analysis or component performance calculations.
The nonconforming addition and upgraded, existing occupancy shall have an energy budget or Target
UA which is less than or equal to the unimproved existing building (minus any elements which are no
longer part of the building envelope once the addition is added), with the addition designed to comply
with this Code.
101.3.2.2 Historic Buildings: The building official may
modify the specific requirements of this Code for historic
buildings and require in lieu thereof alternate requirements
which will result in a reasonable degree of energy efficiency.
This modification may be allowed for those buildings which
have been specifically designated as historically significant
by the state or local governing body, or listed in The
National Register of Historic Places or which have been
determined to be eligible for listing.
101.3.2.3 Change of Occupancy or Use:
Any ((Other than Group R Occupancy)) space not within the
scope of Section 101.3 which is converted to ((Group R
Occupancy)) space that is within the scope of Section 101.3
shall be brought into full compliance with this Code.
101.3.2.4 Alterations and Repairs: All alterations and
repairs to buildings or portions thereof originally
constructed subject to the requirements of this Code shall
conform to the provisions of this Code without exception. For
all other existing buildings, initial tenant alterations shall
comply with the new construction requirements of this Code.
Other alterations and repairs may be made to existing
buildings and moved buildings without making the entire
building comply with all of the requirements of this Code for
new buildings, provided the ((following)) requirements of
Sections 101.3.2.5 through 101.3.2.8 are met((:)).
101.3.2.5 Building Envelope: The result of the
alterations or repairs both:
1. Improves the energy efficiency of the building, and
2. Complies with the overall average thermal
transmittance values of the elements of the exterior building
envelope in Table 5-1 of Chapter 5 or the nominal R-values and
glazing requirements of the reference case in Table((s)) 6-1
((and 6-2)).
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Untested storm windows may be installed over existing glazing for an assumed U-factor of 0.90,
however, where glass and sash are being replaced ((
in Group R Occupancy)), glazing shall comply with
the appropriate reference case in Table 6-1 ((and 6-2)).
2. Where the structural elements of the altered portions of roof/ceiling, wall or floor are not being
replaced, these elements shall be deemed to comply with this Code if all existing framing cavities which
are exposed during construction are filled to the full depth with batt insulation or insulation having an
equivalent nominal R-value ((
while, for roof/ceilings, maintaining)) . 2x4 framed walls shall be
insulated to a minimum of R-15 and 2x6 framed walls shall be insulated to a minimum of R-21.
Roof/ceiling assemblies shall maintain the required space for ventilation. Existing walls and floors
without framing cavities need not be insulated. Existing roofs shall be insulated to the requirements of
this Code if
a. The roof is uninsulated or insulation is removed to the level of the sheathing, or
b. All insulation in the roof/ceiling was previously installed exterior to the sheathing or nonexistent.
101.3.2.6 ((Building)) Mechanical Systems: Those parts
of systems which are altered or replaced shall comply with
Section 503 of this Code. When a space-conditioning system is
altered by the installation or replacement of
space-conditioning equipment (including replacement of the air
handler, outdoor condensing unit of a split system air
conditioner or heat pump, cooling or heating coil, or the
furnace heat exchanger), the duct system that is connected to
the new or replacement space-conditioning equipment shall be
sealed, as confirmed through field verification and diagnostic
testing in accordance with procedures for duct sealing of
existing duct systems as specified in RS-33. The test results
shall confirm at least one of the following performance
requirements:
1. The measured total duct leakage shall be less than or
equal to 8 percent of the conditioned floor area, measured in
CFM @ 25 Pascals; or
2. The measured duct leakage to outside shall be less
than 6 percent of the conditioned floor area, measured in CFM
@ 25 Pascals; or
3. The measured duct leakage shall be reduced by more
than 50 percent relative to the measured leakage prior to the
installation or replacement of the space conditioning
equipment and a visual inspection including a smoke test shall
demonstrate that all accessible leaks have been sealed; or
4. If it is not possible to meet the duct requirements
of 1, 2 or 3, all accessible leaks shall be sealed and
verified through a visual inspection and through a smoke test
by a certified third party.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Duct systems that are documented to have been previously sealed as confirmed through field verification and diagnostic testing in accordance with procedures in RS-33. |
| 2. Ducts with less than 40 linear feet in unconditioned spaces. | |
| 3. Existing duct systems constructed, insulated or sealed with asbestos. |
101.3.2.8 Lighting: Alterations shall comply with
Sections 505 and 1132.3.
| (( |
101.4 Amendments by Local Government: Except as provided
in RCW 19.27A.020(7), this Code shall be the maximum and
minimum energy code for ((Group R Occupancy)) Single-family
residential in each town, city and county((, no later than
July 1, 1991)).
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-0101, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-0101, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-0101, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27.031 and 19.27.074. 98-24-078, § 51-11-0101, filed 12/1/98, effective 7/1/99. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025 and 19.27A.045. 98-03-003, § 51-11-0101, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-0101, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0101, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
105.1 General: All construction or work for which a
permit is required shall be subject to inspection by the
building official and all such construction or work shall
remain accessible and exposed for inspection purposes until
approved by the building official.
105.2 Approvals Required: No work shall be done on any
part of the building or structure beyond the point indicated
in each successive inspection without first obtaining the
approval of the building official.
105.2.1 Required Inspections: The building official,
upon notification, shall make the following inspection in
addition to those inspections required in section 109.3 of the
International Building Code:
1. Wall insulation inspection: To be made after all wall
insulation and air vapor retarder sheet or film materials are
in place, but before any wall covering is placed.
105.3 Reinspection: The building official may require a
structure to be reinspected.
105.4 Certificate: A permanent certificate shall be
posted within three feet of the electrical distribution panel.
The certificate shall be completed by the building or
registered design professional. The certificate shall list
the predominant R-values of insulation installed in or on
ceiling/roof, walls, foundation (slab, basement wall,
crawlspace wall and/or floor), and ducts outside the
conditioned spaces; U-factors for fenestration; and the solar
heat gain coefficient (SHGC) of fenestration. Where there is
more than one value for each component, the certificate shall
list the value covering the largest area. The certificate
shall list the type and efficiency of heating, cooling, and
service water heating equipment, duct leakage rates including
test conditions as specified in Section 503.10.2, and air
leakage results if a blower door test was conducted.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-0105, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: Chapters 19.27 and 19.27A RCW and 1994 c 226. 95-01-126, § 51-11-0105, filed 12/21/94, effective 6/30/95. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0105, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
201.1 Application of Terms: For the purposes of this
Code, certain abbreviations, terms, phrases, words and their
derivatives, shall be as set forth in this chapter. Where
terms are not defined, they shall have their ordinary accepted
meanings within the context with which they are used. In the
event there is a question about the definition of a term, the
definitions for terms in the codes enumerated in RCW 19.27.031
and the edition of Webster's dictionary referenced therein
shall be considered as the sources for providing ordinarily
accepted meanings.
Addition: See the Washington State Building Code.
Advanced framed ceiling: Advanced framing assumes full and even depth of insulation extending to the outside edge of exterior walls. (See Standard Framing and Section 1007.2 of this Code.)
Advanced framed walls: Studs framed on twenty-four inch centers with double top plate and single bottom plate. Corners use two studs or other means of fully insulating corners, and one stud is used to support each header. Headers consist of double 2X material with R-10 insulation between the header and exterior sheathing. Interior partition wall/exterior wall intersections are fully insulated in the exterior wall. (See Standard Framing and Section 1005.2 of this Code.)
AFUE. Annual fuel utilization efficiency: Unlike steady state conditions, this rating is based on average usage including on and off cycling as set out in the standardized Department of Energy Test Procedures.
Air barrier: Material(s) assembled and joined together to provide a barrier to air leakage through the building envelope. An air barrier may be a single material or a combination of materials.
Air conditioning, comfort: The process of treating air to control simultaneously its temperature, humidity, cleanliness and distribution to meet requirements of the conditioned space.
((ARI:)) Air-impermeable insulation: An insulation
having an air permeance equal to or less than 0.02 L/s-m2 at 75
Pa pressure differential tested in accordance with ASTM E2178
or ASTM E283.
AHRI: Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute.
Approved: Approval by the Code official as a result of investigation and tests conducted by him or her, or by reason of accepted principles, or tests by nationally recognized organizations.
ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials
Automatic: Self-acting, operating by its own mechanism when actuated by some impersonal influence, as for example, a change in current strength, pressure, temperature or mechanical configuration. (See Manual.)
Below grade walls: ((Walls or the portion of walls which
are entirely below the finish grade or which extend two feet
or less above the finish grade.)) (See Walls.)
Boiler capacity: The rate of heat output in Btu/h measured at the boiler outlet, at the design inlet and outlet conditions and rated fuel/energy input.
Building entrance: Any doorway, set of doors, turnstile, vestibule, or other form of portal that is ordinarily used to gain access to the building by its users and occupants.
Building envelope: For ((Group R Occupancy))
Single-family residential spaces, the elements of a building
which enclose conditioned spaces through which thermal energy
may be transferred to or from the exterior or to or from
spaces exempted by the provisions of Section 101.3.1. For
other ((than Group R Occupancy)) spaces, the elements of a
building which enclose conditioned spaces through which
thermal energy may be transferred to or from the exterior, or
to or from unconditioned spaces, or to or from semi-heated
spaces, or to or from spaces exempted by the provisions of
Section 1301.
Building, existing: See the Washington State Building Code.
Building official: The official authorized to act in behalf of a jurisdiction code enforcement agency or its authorized representative.
Building project: A building or group of buildings, including on-site energy conversion or electric-generating facilities, which utilize a single submittal for a construction permit or are within the boundary of a contiguous area under one ownership.
Cold storage space: Spaces that are mechanically cooled and designed to be maintained at a temperature below 45°F (7°C) and at or above 28°F (-2.2°C).
Commissioning: A systematic process of verification and documentation that ensures that the selected building systems have been designed, installed and function properly, efficiently, and can be maintained in accordance with the contract documents in order to satisfy the building owner's design intent and operational requirements.
Conditioned floor area: (See Gross conditioned floor area.)
Conditioned space: A cooled space, heated space (fully heated), heated space (semi-heated) or indirectly conditioned space, excluding cold storage spaces and frozen storage spaces.
Continuous insulation (c.i.): Insulation that is continuous across all structural members without thermal bridges other than fasteners and service openings. It is installed on the interior or exterior or is integral to any opaque surface of the building envelope.
Cooled space: An enclosed space within a building that is cooled by a cooling system whose sensible capacity
a. Exceeds 5 Btu/(h•ft2), or
b. Is capable of maintaining space dry bulb temperature of 90°F or less at design cooling conditions.
COP - Coefficient of performance: The ratio of the rate of net heat output (heating mode) or heat removal (cooling mode) to the rate of total on-site energy input to the heat pump, expressed in consistent units and under designated rating conditions. (See Net Heat Output, Net Heat Removal, Total On-Site Energy Input.)
Daylighted zone:
a. Under overhead glazing: The area under overhead glazing whose horizontal dimension, in each direction, is equal to the overhead glazing dimension in that direction plus either 70 percent of the floor to ceiling height or the dimension to a ceiling height opaque partition, or one-half the distance to adjacent overhead or vertical glazing, whichever is least.
b. At vertical glazing: The area adjacent to vertical
glazing which receives daylighting from the glazing. For
purposes of this definition and unless more detailed
daylighting analysis is provided, the ((daylighting)) primary
daylighted zone depth ((is assumed to)) extends into the space
a distance ((of 15 feet)) equal to the window head height and
the secondary daylighted zone extends from the edge of the
primary zone to a distance equal to two times the window head
height, or to the nearest ceiling height opaque partition,
whichever is less. The daylighting zone width is assumed to
be the width of the window plus either two feet on each side
(the distance to an opaque partition) or one-half the distance
to adjacent overhead or vertical glazing, whichever is least.
Daylight sensing control (DS): A device that automatically regulates the power input to electric lighting near the glazing to maintain the desired workplace illumination, thus taking advantage of direct or indirect sunlight.
Deadband: The temperature range in which no heating or cooling is used.
Demand control ventilation (DCV): A ventilation system capability that provides for the automatic reduction of outdoor air intake below design rates when the actual occupancy of spaces served by the system is less than design occupancy.
Design cooling conditions: The cooling outdoor design temperature from the 0.5% column for summer from the Puget Sound Chapter of ASHRAE publication "Recommended Outdoor Design Temperatures, Washington State, ASHRAE."
Design heating conditions: The heating outdoor design temperature from the 0.6% column for winter from the Puget Sound Chapter of ASHRAE publication "Recommended Outdoor Design Temperatures, Washington State, ASHRAE."
Domestic water system: Supply of hot water and cold water for domestic or commercial purposes other than comfort heating and cooling.
Door: All operable opening areas, which are not glazing, in the building envelope including swinging and roll-up doors, fire doors, smoke vents and access hatches.
Door area: Total area of door measured using the rough opening and including the door and frame.
Dwelling unit: See the Washington State Building Code.
Economizer, air: A ducting arrangement and automatic control system that allows a cooling supply fan system to supply outside air to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical refrigeration during mild or cold weather.
Economizer, water: A system by which the supply air of a cooling system is cooled directly, indirectly or both, by evaporation of water or by other appropriate fluid in order to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical refrigeration.
EER. Energy efficiency ratio: The ratio of net equipment cooling capacity in Btu/h to total rate of electric input in watts under designated operating conditions.
Efficiency, HVAC system: The ratio of useful energy (at the point of use) to the energy input for a designated time period, expressed in percent.
Emissivity: The ability to absorb infrared radiation. A low emissivity implies a higher reflectance of infrared radiation.
Energy: The capacity for doing work; taking a number of forms which may be transformed from one into another, such as thermal (heat), mechanical (work), electrical and chemical; in customary units, measured in kilowatt-hours (kWh) or British thermal units (Btu). (See New energy.)
Energy, recovered: (See Recovered energy.)
Energy recovery ventilation system: System that employs air-to-air heat exchangers to recover energy from exhaust air for the purpose of preheating, precooling, humidifying or dehumidifying outdoor ventilation air prior to supplying the air to a space, either directly or as part of an HVAC system.
Exterior envelope: (See Building envelope.)
F-Factor: The perimeter heat loss factor expressed in Btu/hr•ft•°F.
F-Value: (See F-Factor.)
Facade area: Vertical projected area including nonhorizontal roof area, overhangs, cornices, etc. measured in elevation in a vertical plane parallel to the plane of the building face.
Fenestration: All areas (including the frames) in the building envelope that let in light, including windows, plastic panels, clerestories, skylights, doors that are more than one-half glass, and glass block walls. (See building envelope and door.)
a. Skylight: A fenestration surface having a slope of less than 60 degrees from the horizontal plane. Other fenestration, even if mounted on the roof of a building, is considered vertical fenestration.
b. Vertical fenestration: All fenestration other than skylights. Trombe wall assemblies, where glazing is installed within 12 inches of a mass wall, are considered walls, not fenestration. For the purposes of determining building envelope requirements, the vertical fenestration classifications are defined as follows:
i. Metal framing: Products with metal framing with or without thermal break.
ii. Metal framing, entrance door: Any doorway, set of doors, turnstile, vestibule, or other form of portal that is ordinarily used to gain access by its users and occupants to the building or to individual tenant spaces accessed from the exterior. (See also building entrance.)
iii. Metal framing, fixed: All vertical fenestration, other than entrance door and operable, including, but not limited to, curtain walls, window walls, fixed windows, picture windows, glass block walls, nonopenable clerestory windows, and nonopenable sidelites and transoms.
iv. Metal framing, operable: All vertical fenestration that opens, except entrance doors, including, but not limited to, casement windows, projecting windows, pivoting windows, horizontal sliding windows, vertical sliding windows, openable clerestory windows, openable sidelites and transoms, sliding glass doors, and doors that are not entrance doors.
v. Nonmetal framing: All products with framing materials other than metal with or without metal reinforcing or cladding.
Floor, envelope: That lower portion of the building envelope, including opaque area and fenestration, that has conditioned or semiheated space above and is horizontal or tilted at an angle of less than 60 degrees from horizontal but excluding slab-on-grade floors. For the purposes of determining building envelope requirements, the classifications are defined as follows:
a. Mass floor: A floor with a heat capacity that exceeds 7 Btu/ft2•°F or 5 Btu/ft2•°F provided that the floor has a material unit mass not greater than 120 lb/ft3.
b. Steel-joist floor: A floor that is not a mass floor and has steel joist members supported by structural members.
c. Wood-framed and other floors: All other floor types, including wood joist floors. (See also building envelope, fenestration, opaque area and slab-on-grade floor.)
Floor over unconditioned space: A floor which separates a conditioned space from an unconditioned space which is buffered from exterior ambient conditions including vented crawl spaces and unconditioned basements or other similar spaces, or exposed to exterior ambient conditions including open parking garages and enclosed garages which are mechanically ventilated.
Frozen storage space: Spaces that are mechanically cooled and designed to be maintained at a temperature below 28°F (-2.2°C).
Garden window: A multisided glazing product that projects beyond the plane of the wall.
Glazed wall system: A category of site assembled fenestration products used in the NFRC 100 and NFRC 200 rating procedures that include curtainwalls.
Glazing: All areas, including the frames, in the shell of a conditioned space that let in natural light including windows, clerestories, skylights, sliding or swinging glass doors and glass block walls.
Glazing area: Total area of the glazing measured using the rough opening, and including the glazing, sash, and frame. For doors where the daylight opening area is less than 50% of the door area, the glazing area is the daylight opening area. For all other doors, the glazing area is the door area.
Gross conditioned floor area: The horizontal projection of that portion of interior space which is contained within exterior walls and which is conditioned directly or indirectly by an energy-using system, and which has an average height of five feet or greater, measured from the exterior faces.
Gross exterior wall area: The normal projection of the building envelope wall area bounding interior space which is conditioned by an energy-using system and which separates conditioned space from: Unconditioned space, or semi-heated space, or exterior ambient conditions or earth; includes opaque wall, vertical glazing and door areas. The gross area of walls consists of all opaque wall areas, including foundation walls, between floor spandrels, peripheral edges of floors, vertical glazing areas and door areas, where such surfaces are exposed to exterior ambient conditions and enclose a conditioned space including interstitial areas between two such spaces. The area of the wall is measured from the top of the floor insulation to the bottom of the roof insulation. (See Below grade wall.)
Gross floor area: The sum of the areas of the several floors of the building, including basements, cellars, mezzanine and intermediate floored tiers and penthouses of headroom height, measured from the exterior faces of exterior walls or from the center line of walls separating buildings, but excluding: Covered walkways, open roofed-over areas, porches and similar spaces. Pipe trenches, exterior terraces or steps, chimneys, roof overhangs and similar features.
Gross roof/ceiling area: A roof/ceiling assembly shall be considered as all components of the roof/ceiling envelope through which heat flows, thus creating a building transmission heat loss or gain, where such assembly is exposed to exterior ambient conditions and encloses a conditioned space. The assembly does not include those components that are separated from a heated and/or cooled space by a vented airspace. The gross area of a roof/ceiling assembly consists of the total interior surface of such assembly, including overhead glazing.
Guest room: See the Washington State Building Code.
Heat: The form of energy that is transferred by virtue of a temperature difference.
Heat storage capacity: The physical property of materials (mass) located inside the building envelope to absorb, store, and release heat.
Heated space (Fully heated): An enclosed space within a building, including adjacent connected spaces separated by an uninsulated component (e.g., basements, utility rooms, garages, corridors), which is heated by a heating system whose output capacity is
a. Capable of maintaining a space dry-bulb temperature of 45°F or greater at design heating conditions; or
b. 8 Btu/(h•ft2) or greater in Climate Zone 1 and 12 Btu/(h•ft2) or greater in Climate Zone 2.
Heated space (Semi-heated): An enclosed space within a building, including adjacent connected spaces separated by an uninsulated component (e.g., basements, utility rooms, garages, corridors), which is heated by a heating system
a. Whose output capacity is 3 Btu/(h•ft2) or greater in Climate Zone 1 and 5 Btu/(h•ft2) or greater in Climate Zone 2; and
b. Is not a Heated Space (Fully Heated).
c. Is not a cold storage space or frozen storage space.
High efficacy lamps: Compact fluorescent lamps, T-8 or smaller diameter linear fluorescent lamps, or lamps with a minimum efficacy of:
a. 60 lumens per watt for lamps over 40 watts;
b. 50 lumens per watt for lamps over 15 watts to 40 watts; and
c. 40 lumens per watt for lamps 15 watts or less.
High efficacy luminaire: A lighting fixture that does not contain a medium screw base socket (E24/E26) and whose lamps or other light source have a minimum efficiency of:
a. 60 lumens per watt for lamps over 40 watts;
b. 50 lumens per watt for lamps over 15 watts to 40 watts;
c. 40 lumens per watt for lamps 15 watts or less.
HSPF. Heating season performance factor: The total heating output (in Btu) of a heat pump during its normal annual usage period for heating divided by the total (watt hour) electric power input during the same period, as determined by test procedures consistent with the U.S. Department of Energy "Test Procedure for Central Air Conditioners, Including Heat Pumps" published in Standard RS-30. When specified in Btu per watt hour an HSPF of 6.826 is equivalent to a COP of 2.0.
Humidistat: A regulatory device, actuated by changes in humidity, used for automatic control of relative humidity.
HVAC: Heating, ventilating and air conditioning.
HVAC system components: HVAC system components provide, in one or more factory-assembled packages, means for chilling and/or heating water with controlled temperature for delivery to terminal units serving the conditioned spaces of the buildings. Types of HVAC system components include, but are not limited to, water chiller packages, reciprocating condensing units and water source (hydronic) heat pumps. (See HVAC system equipment.)
HVAC system efficiency: (See Efficiency, HVAC system.)
HVAC system equipment: HVAC system equipment provides, in one (single package) or more (split system) factory-assembled packages, means for air circulation, air cleaning, air cooling with controlled temperature and dehumidification; and optionally, either alone or in combination with a heating plant, the functions of heating and humidifying. The cooling function may be either electrically or heat operated and the refrigerant condenser may be air, water or evaporatively cooled. Where the equipment is provided in more than one package, the separate packages shall be designed by the manufacturer to be used together. The equipment may provide the heating function as a heat pump or by the use of electric elements. (The word "equipment" used without modifying adjective may, in accordance with common industry usage, apply either to HVAC system equipment or HVAC system components.)
Indirectly conditioned space: An enclosed space within a building that is not a heated or cooled space, whose area weighted heat transfer coefficient to heated or cooled spaces exceeds that to the outdoors or to unconditioned spaces; or through which air from heated or cooled spaces is transferred at a rate exceeding three air changes per hour. Enclosed corridors between conditioned spaces shall be considered as indirectly conditioned space. (See Heated Space, Cooled Space and Unconditioned Space.)
Infiltration: The uncontrolled inward air leakage through cracks and interstices in any building element and around windows and doors of a building caused by the pressure effects of wind and/or the effect of differences in the indoor and outdoor air density.
Insulation baffle: A rigid material, resistant to wind driven moisture, the purpose of which is to allow air to flow freely into the attic or crawl space and to prevent insulation from blocking the ventilation of these spaces, or the loss of insulation. Example materials for this purpose are sheet metal, or wax impregnated cardboard.
Insulation position:
a. Exterior Insulation Position: A wall having all or nearly all of its mass exposed to the room air with the insulation on the exterior of the mass.
b. Integral Insulation Position: A wall having mass exposed to both room and outside air, with substantially equal amounts of mass on the inside and outside of the insulation layer.
c. Interior Insulation Position: A wall not meeting either of the above definitions; particularly a wall having most of its mass external to the insulation layer.
International Building Code (IBC): (See Washington State Building Code.)
International Mechanical Code (IMC): (See Washington State Building Code.)
IPLV -- Integrated part-load value: A single number figure of merit based on part-load EER or COP expressing part-load efficiency for air conditioning and heat pump equipment on the basis of weighted operation at various load capacities for the equipment as specified in the Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) and Cooling Tower Institute (CTI) procedures.
Labeled: Devices, equipment, or materials to which have been affixed a label, seal, symbol or other identifying mark of a nationally recognized testing laboratory, inspection agency, or other organization concerned with product evaluation that maintains periodic inspection of the production of the above-labeled items that attests to compliance with a specific standard.
Liner system (Ls): A continuous membrane is installed below the purlins and uninterrupted by framing members. Uncompressed, unfaced insulation rests on top of the membrane between the purlins. For multilayer installations, the last rated R-value of insulation is for unfaced insulation draped over purlins and then compressed when the metal roof panels are attached. A minimum R-3 (R-0.5) thermal spacer block between the purlins and the metal roof panels is required, unless compliance is shown by the overall assembly U-factor.
Listed: Equipment, appliances, assemblies, or materials included in a list published by an approved testing laboratory, inspection agency, or other organization concerned with product evaluation that maintains periodic inspection of production of listed equipment, appliances, assemblies, or material, and whose listing states either that the equipment, appliances, assemblies, or material meets nationally recognized standards or has been tested and found suitable for use in a specified manner.
Luminaire: A complete lighting unit consisting of a lamp or lamps together with the parts designed to distribute the light, to position and protect the lamps and to connect the lamps to the electric power supply.
Manual: Capable of being operated by personal intervention. (See Automatic.)
Mechanical system: Equipment and components that provide heating, cooling, and ventilation for any purpose other than domestic water systems.
Microcell: A wireless communication facility consisting of an antenna that is either: (a) Four (4) feet in height and with an area of not more than 580 square inches; or (b) if a tubular antenna, no more than four (4) inches in diameter and no more than six (6) feet in length; and the associated equipment cabinet that is six (6) feet or less in height and no more than 48 square feet in floor area.
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association.
NFRC: National Fenestration Rating Council.
Net heat output: The change in the total heat content of the air entering and leaving the equipment (not including supplementary heat and heat from boilers).
Net heat removal: The total difference in heat content of the air entering and leaving the equipment (without heat) or the difference in total heat content of the water or refrigerant entering and leaving the component.
New energy: Energy, other than recovered energy, utilized for the purpose of heating or cooling. (See energy.)
Nominal R-value: The thermal resistance of insulation alone as determined in accordance with the U.S. Federal Trade Commission R-value rule (CFR Title 16, Part 460) in units of h•ft2•°F/Btu at a mean temperature of 75°F. Nominal R-value refers to the thermal resistance of the added insulation in framing cavities or insulated sheathing only and does not include the thermal resistance of other building materials or air films.
Nonrenewable energy sources: All energy sources that are
not renewable energy sources including natural gas, oil, coal,
wood, ((liquified)) liquefied petroleum gas, steam, and any
utility-supplied electricity.
Nonresidential: All ((buildings and)) spaces ((in the
International Building Code (IBC) occupancies)) as defined in
this Code other than ((Group R)) residential.
Occupancy: See the Washington State Building Code.
Occupancy sensor: A device that detects occupants within an area, causing any combination of lighting, equipment or appliances to be turned on or shut off.
On-site renewable energy power system: Photovoltaic, solar thermal, geothermal, and wind systems used to generate electrical power and located on the building site.
Opaque envelope areas: All exposed areas of a building envelope which enclose conditioned space, except openings for doors, glazing and building service systems.
Open blown: Loose fill insulation pneumatically installed in an unconfined attic space.
Outdoor air (outside air): Air taken from the outdoors and, therefore, not previously circulated through a building.
Overhead glazing: A glazing surface that has a slope of less than 60° from the horizontal plane.
Packaged terminal air conditioner: A factory-selected combination of heating and cooling components, assemblies or sections intended to serve a room or zone. (For the complete technical definition, see Standard RS-5.)
Permeance (perm): The ability of a material of specified thickness to transmit moisture in terms of amount of moisture transmitted per unit time for a specified area and differential pressure (grains per hour • ft2 • inches of HG). Permeance may be measured using ASTM E-96-00 or other approved dry cup method as specified in RS-1.
Personal wireless service facility: A Wireless Communication Facility (WCF), including a microcell, which is a facility for the transmission and/or reception of radio frequency signals and which may include antennas, equipment shelter or cabinet, transmission cables, a support structure to achieve the necessary elevation, and reception and/or transmission devices or antennas.
Pool cover: A vapor-retardant cover which lies on or at the surface of the pool.
Power: In connection with machines, the time rate of doing work. In connection with the transmission of energy of all types, the rate at which energy is transmitted; in customary units, it is measured in watts (W) or British Thermal Units per hour (Btu/h).
Process energy: Energy consumed in support of a manufacturing, industrial, or commercial process other than the maintenance of building comfort or amenities for building occupants.
Radiant slab floor: A slab floor assembly on grade or below, containing heated pipes, ducts, or electric heating cables that constitute a floor or portion thereof for complete or partial heating of the structure.
Readily accessible: See the Washington State Mechanical Code.
Recooling: The removal of heat by sensible cooling of the supply air (directly or indirectly) that has been previously heated above the temperature to which the air is to be supplied to the conditioned space for proper control of the temperature of that space.
Recovered energy: Energy utilized which would otherwise be wasted (i.e., not contribute to a desired end use) from an energy utilization system.
Refrigerated warehouse: A building that contains cold storage spaces or frozen storage spaces that have a total area exceeding 3,000 square feet.
Reheat: The application of sensible heat to supply air that has been previously cooled below the temperature of the conditioned space by either mechanical refrigeration or the introduction of outdoor air to provide cooling.
Renewable energy sources: Renewable energy sources of energy (excluding minerals) are derived from: (1) Incoming solar radiation, including but not limited to, natural daylighting and photosynthetic processes; (2) energy sources resulting from wind, waves and tides, lake or pond thermal differences; and (3) energy derived from the internal heat of the earth, including nocturnal thermal exchanges.
Reset: Adjustment of the set point of a control instrument to a higher or lower value automatically or manually to conserve energy.
Residential: The following two categories comprise all residential spaces for the purposes of this Code:
a. Single-family: All spaces within the scope of Section R101.2 of the International Residential Code.
b. Multifamily:
i. All Group R Occupancy not falling under the scope of Section 101.2 of the International Residential Code including, but not limited to, dwelling units, hotel/motel guest rooms, dormitories, fraternity/sorority houses, hostels, prisons, and fire stations;
ii. All sleeping areas in Group I Occupancy including, but not limited to, assisted living facilities, nursing homes, patient rooms in hospitals, prisons, and fire stations; and
iii. All sleeping areas in other occupancies including, but not limited to, fire stations.
Roof: The upper portion of the building envelope, including opaque areas and fenestration, that is horizontal or tilted at an angle of less than 60 degrees from horizontal. For the purposes of determining building envelope requirements, the classifications are defined as follows:
a. Attic and other roofs: All other roofs, including roofs with insulation entirely below (inside of) the roof structure (i.e., attics, cathedral ceilings, and single-rafter ceilings), roofs with insulation both above and below the roof structure, and roofs without insulation but excluding metal building roofs.
b. Metal building roof: A roof that is:
i. Constructed with a metal, structural, weathering surface;
ii. Has no ventilated cavity; and
iii. Has the insulation entirely below deck (i.e., does not include composite concrete and metal deck construction nor a roof framing system that is separated from the superstructure by a wood substrate) and whose structure consists of one or more of the following configurations:
A. Metal roofing in direct contact with the steel framing members;
B. Insulation between the metal roofing and the steel framing members;
C. Insulated metal roofing panels installed as described in 1 or 2.
Roof with insulation entirely above deck: A roof with all insulation installed above (outside of) the roof structure and continuous (i.e., uninterrupted by framing members).
Roof/ceiling assembly: (See Gross roof/ceiling area.)
SEER - Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio: The total cooling output of an air conditioner during its normal annual usage period, in Btu's, divided by the total electric energy input in watt-hours, during the same period, as determined by 10 CFR, Part 430.
Semi-heated space: Sub-category of Heated Space. (See Heated Space.)
Sequence: A consecutive series of operations.
Service systems: All energy-using systems in a building that are operated to provide services for the occupants or processes housed therein, including HVAC, service water heating, illumination, transportation, cooking or food preparation, laundering or similar functions.
Service water heating: Supply of hot water for domestic or commercial purposes other than comfort heating.
Shaded: Glazed area which is externally protected from direct solar radiation by use of devices permanently affixed to the structure or by an adjacent building, topographical feature, or vegetation.
Shading coefficient: The ratio of solar heat gain occurring through nonopaque portions of the glazing, with or without integral shading devices, to the solar heat gain occurring through an equivalent area of unshaded, 1/8 inch thick, clear, double-strength glass.
| Note: | Heat gains to be compared under the same conditions. See Chapter (( |
Single family: ((One and two family residential dwelling
units with no more than two units in a single building.)) (See
Residential.)
Skylight: (See ((Overhead glazing)) Fenestration.)
Slab-below-grade: Any portion of a slab floor in contact with the ground which is more than 24 inches below the final elevation of the nearest exterior grade.
Slab-on-grade, exterior: Any portion of a slab floor in contact with the ground which is less than or equal to twenty-four inches below the final elevation of the nearest exterior grade.
Small business: Any business entity (including a sole proprietorship, corporation, partnership, or other legal entity) which is owned and operated independently from all other businesses, which has the purpose of making a profit, and which has fifty or fewer employees, or which has a million dollars or less per year in gross sales, of window products.
Solar energy source: Source of natural daylighting and of thermal, chemical or electrical energy derived directly from conversion of incident solar radiation.
Solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC): The ratio of the solar heat gain entering the space through the glazing product to the incident solar radiation. Solar heat gain includes directly transmitted solar heat and absorbed solar radiation which is then reradiated, conducted or convected into the space.
Split system: Any heat pump or air conditioning unit which is provided in more than one assembly requiring refrigeration piping installed in the field.
Standard framing: All framing practices not defined as "intermediate" or "advanced" shall be considered standard. (See Advanced framed ceiling, Advanced framed walls, Intermediate framed wall and Section 1005.2 of this Code.)
Substantial contact: A condition where adjacent building materials are placed in a manner that proximal surfaces are contiguous, being installed and supported as to eliminate voids between materials, without compressing or degrading the thermal performance of either product.
System: A combination of central or terminal equipment or components and/or controls, accessories, interconnecting means, and terminal devices by which energy is transformed so as to perform a specific function, such as HVAC, service water heating or illumination.
Tapering: Installation of a reduced level of ceiling insulation at the eaves, due to reduced clearance.
Thermal by-pass: An area where the envelope surrounding the conditioned space is breached, or where an ineffective application compromises the performance of a thermal or infiltration barrier, increasing the structure's energy consumption by exposing finished surfaces to ambient conditions and additional heat transfer.
Thermal conductance (C): Time rate of heat flow through a body (frequently per unit area) from one of its bounding surfaces to the other for a unit temperature difference between the two surfaces, under steady conditions (Btu/hr •ft2•°F).
Thermal resistance (R): The reciprocal of thermal conductance (hr • ft2•°F/Btu).
Thermal transmittance (U): The coefficient of heat transmission (air to air). It is the time rate of heat flow per unit area and unit temperature difference between the warm side and cold side air films (Btu/hr • ft2 •°F).
Thermal transmittance, overall (Uo): The overall (average) heat transmission of a gross area of the exterior building envelope (Btu/hr • ft2 •°F). The Uo-Tfactor applies to the combined effect of the time rate of heat flows through the various parallel paths, such as glazing, doors and opaque construction areas, comprising the gross area of one or more exterior building components, such as walls, floors or roof/ceiling.
Thermostat: An automatic control device actuated by temperature and designed to be responsive to temperature.
Total on-site energy input: The combination of all the energy inputs to all elements and accessories as included in the equipment components, including but not limited to, compressor(s), compressor sump heater(s), circulating pump(s), purge devices, fan(s), and the HVAC system component control circuit.
Transmission coefficient: The ratio of the solar heat gain through a glazing system to that of an unshaded single pane of double strength window glass under the same set of conditions.
Transverse joint: The primary connection between air distribution system fittings.
U-factor: (See thermal transmittance.)
U-Value: (See U-factor.)
Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC): (See Washington State Plumbing Code.)
Unitary cooling and heating equipment: One or more factory-made assemblies which include an evaporator or cooling coil, a compressor and condenser combination, and may include a heating function as well. Where such equipment is provided in more than one assembly, the separate assemblies shall be designed to be used together.
Unitary heat pump: One or more factory-made assemblies which include an indoor conditioning coil, compressor(s) and outdoor coil or refrigerant-to-water heat exchanger, including means to provide both heating and cooling functions. When such equipment is provided in more than one assembly, the separate assemblies shall be designed to be used together.
Vapor retarder: A layer of low moisture transmissivity material (not more than 1.0 perm dry cup) placed over the warm side (in winter) of insulation, over the exterior of below grade walls, and under floors as ground cover to limit the transport of water and water vapor through exterior walls, ceilings, and floors. Vapor retarding paint, listed for this application, also meets this definition.
Vaulted ceilings: All ceilings where enclosed joist or rafter space is formed by ceilings applied directly to the underside of roof joists or rafters.
Ventilation: The process of supplying or removing air by natural or mechanical means to or from any space. Such air may or may not have been conditioned.
Ventilation air: That portion of supply air which comes from outside (outdoors) plus any recirculated air that has been treated to maintain the desired quality of air within a designated space.
Vertical glazing: A glazing surface that has a slope of 60° or greater from the horizontal plane.
Wall: That portion of the building envelope, including opaque area and fenestration, that is vertical or tilted at an angle of 60 degrees from horizontal or greater. This includes above- and below-grade walls, between floor spandrels, peripheral edges of floors, and foundation walls. For the purposes of determining building envelope requirements, the classifications are defined as follows:
a. Above-grade wall: A wall that is not a below-grade wall.
b. Below-grade wall: That portion of a wall in the building envelope that is entirely below the finish grade and in contact with the ground.
c. Mass wall: A wall with a heat capacity exceeding 7 Btu/ft2•°F or 5 Btu/ft2•°F, provided that the wall has a material unit weight not greater than 120 lb/ft3.
d. Metal building wall: A wall whose structure consists of metal spanning members supported by steel structural members (i.e., does not include spandrel glass or metal panels in curtain wall systems).
e. Steel-framed wall: A wall with a cavity (insulated or otherwise) whose exterior surfaces are separated by steel framing members (i.e., typical steel stud walls and curtain wall systems).
f. Wood-framed and other walls: All other wall types, including wood stud walls.
Walls (exterior): Any member or group of members which defines the exterior boundaries or courts of a building and which have a slope of sixty degrees or greater with the horizontal plane, and separates conditioned from unconditioned space. Band joists between floors are to be considered a part of exterior walls.
Washington State Building Code: The Washington State Building Code is comprised of the International Building Code; the International Residential Code; the International Mechanical Code; the International Fire Code; the Uniform Plumbing Code; the state regulations for barrier-free facilities, as designated in RCW 19.27.031; the State Energy Code; and any other codes so designated by the Washington state legislature as adopted and amended by the State Building Code Council.
Zone: A space or group of spaces within a building with heating and/or cooling requirements sufficiently similar so that comfort conditions can be maintained throughout by a single controlling device. Each dwelling unit in residential buildings shall be considered a single zone.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-0201, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-0201, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04; 02-24-076, § 51-11-0201, filed 12/4/02, effective 5/1/03. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-0201, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-0201, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: Chapters 19.27, 19.27A and 34.05 RCW. 94-05-059, § 51-11-0201, filed 2/10/94, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-0201, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0201, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
302.1 Exterior Design Conditions: The heating or cooling
outdoor design temperatures shall be selected from ((0.6
percent column for winter and 0.5 percent column for summer
from the Puget Sound Chapter of ASHRAE publication
"Recommended Outdoor Design Temperatures, Washington State,
ASHRAE." (See also Washington State Energy Code Manual.)))
Table 3-1.
302.2 Interior Design Conditions:
302.2.1 Indoor Design Temperature: Indoor design
temperature shall be seventy degrees F for heating and
seventy-eight degrees F for cooling.
| EXCEPTION: | Other design temperatures may be used for equipment selection if it results in a lower energy usage. |
302.3 Climate Zones: All buildings shall comply with the
requirements of the appropriate climate zone as defined
herein.
ZONE 1: Climate Zone 1 shall include all counties not
included in Climate Zone 2.
ZONE 2: Climate Zone 2 shall include: Adams, Chelan,
Douglas, Ferry, Grant, Kittitas, Lincoln, Okanogan, Pend
Oreille, Spokane, Stevens, and Whitman counties.
| Outdoor Design Temp. (in °F) | Outdoor Design Temp. (in °F) | |||
| Location | (heating) | (cooling) | ||
| Aberdeen 20 NNE | 25.0 | 83 | ||
| Anacortes | 24.0 | 72 | ||
| Anatone | -4.0 | 89 | ||
| Auburn | 25.0 | 84 | ||
| Battleground | 19.0 | 91 | ||
| Bellevue | 24.0 | 83 | ||
| Bellingham 2 N | 19.0 | 78 | ||
| Blaine | 17.0 | 73 | ||
| Bremerton | 29.0 | 83 | ||
| Burlington | 19.0 | 77 | ||
| Chehalis | 21.0 | 87 | ||
| Chelan | 10.0 | 89 | ||
| Cheney | 4.0 | 94 | ||
| Chesaw | -11.0 | 81 | ||
| Clarkston | 10.0 | 94 | ||
| Cle Elum | 1.0 | 91 | ||
| Colfax 1 NW | 2.0 | 94 | ||
| Colville AP | -2.0 | 92 | ||
| Concrete | 19.0 | 83 | ||
| Connell 4 NNW | 6.0 | 100 | ||
| Cougar 5 E | 25.0 | 93 | ||
| Dallesport AP | 14.0 | 99 | ||
| Darrington RS | 13.0 | 85 | ||
| Davenport | 5.0 | 92 | ||
| Edmonds | 24.0 | 82 | ||
| Ellensburg AP | 2.0 | 90 | ||
| Elma | 24.0 | 88 | ||
| Ephrata AP | 7.0 | 97 | ||
| Everett Paine AFB | 21.0 | 79 | ||
| Forks 1 E | 23.0 | 81 | ||
| Glacier RS | 13.0 | 82 | ||
| Glenoma (Kosmos) | 18.0 | 89 | ||
| Goldendale | 7.0 | 94 | ||
| Grays River Hatchery | 24.0 | 86 | ||
| Greenwater | 1.4 | 84 | ||
| Grotto | 21.0 | 84 | ||
| Hoquiam AP | 26.0 | 79 | ||
| Inchelium 2 NW | 0.0 | 92 | ||
| John Day Dam | 19.0 | 100 | ||
| Kent | 21.0 | 85 | ||
| Kirkland | 17.0 | 83 | ||
| La Grande | 23.0 | 88 | ||
| Leavenworth | -3.0 | 93 | ||
| Little Goose Dam | 22.0 | 101 | ||
| Long Beach 3 NNE | 25.0 | 77 | ||
| Longview | 24.0 | 87 | ||
| Lower Granite Dam | 14.0 | 98 | ||
| Lower Monument Dam | 18.0 | 103 | ||
| Marysville | 23.0 | 79 | ||
| Metaline Falls | -1.0 | 89 | ||
| Methow 2 W | 1.0 | 89 | ||
| Nespelem 2 S | -4.0 | 93 | ||
| Newhalem | 19.0 | 89 | ||
| Newport | -5.0 | 92 | ||
| Northport | 2.0 | 92 | ||
| Oak Harbor | 16.0 | 74 | ||
| Odessa | 7.0 | 100 | ||
| Olga 2 SE | 24.0 | 71 | ||
| Olympia, AP | 17.0 | 85 | ||
| Omak 2 NW | 3.0 | 90 | ||
| Oroville | 5.0 | 93 | ||
| Othello | 9.0 | 98 | ||
| Packwood | 16.0 | 90 | ||
| Plain | -3.0 | 89 | ||
| Pleasant View | 16.0 | 98 | ||
| Pomeroy | 3.0 | 95 | ||
| Port Angeles | 28.0 | 75 | ||
| Port Townsend | 25.0 | 76 | ||
| Prosser | 12.0 | 97 | ||
| Puyallup | 19.0 | 86 | ||
| Quilcene 2 SW | 23.0 | 83 | ||
| Quinault RS | 25.0 | 84 | ||
| Rainier, Longmire | 15.0 | 85 | ||
| Paradise RS | 8.0 | 71 | ||
| Raymond | 28.0 | 81 | ||
| Redmond | 17.0 | 83 | ||
| Republic | -9.0 | 87 | ||
| Richland | 11.0 | 101 | ||
| Ritzville | 6.0 | 99 | ||
| Satus Pass | 10.0 | 90 | ||
| Seattle: Sea-Tac AP | 24.0 | 83 | ||
| Sedro Woolley 1 E | 19.0 | 78 | ||
| Sequim | 23.0 | 78 | ||
| Shelton | 23.0 | 85 | ||
| Smyrna | 8.0 | 102 | ||
| Snohomish | 21.0 | 81 | ||
| Snoqualmie Pass | 6.0 | 80 | ||
| Spokane AP | 4.0 | 92 | ||
| Spokane CO | 10.0 | 96 | ||
| Stampede Pass | 7.0 | 76 | ||
| Stehekin 3 NW | 12.0 | 85 | ||
| Stevens Pass | 6.0 | 77 | ||
| Tacoma CO | 29.0 | 82 | ||
| Tatoosh Island | 31.0 | 63 | ||
| Toledo AP | 17.0 | 84 | ||
| Vancouver | 22.0 | 88 | ||
| Vashon Island | 28.0 | 78 | ||
| Walla Walla AP | 6.0 | 96 | ||
| Waterville | 1.0 | 88 | ||
| Wellpinit | 1.0 | 93 | ||
| Wenatchee CO | 10.0 | 92 | ||
| Whidbey Island | 11.0 | 71 | ||
| Willapa Harbor | 26.0 | 81 | ||
| Wilson Creek | 3.0 | 96 | ||
| Winthrop 1 WSW | -12.0 | 91 | ||
| Yakima AP | 11.0 | 94 | ||
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0302, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0303, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
401.1 General: This chapter establishes design criteria
in terms of total energy use by a building, including all of
its systems. Analysis of design for all ((Group R Occupancy))
single-family residential shall comply with Sections 402.1 to
402.6. In addition, the design shall comply with the
additional energy efficiency requirements of Chapter 9.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-0401, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0401, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
402.1 Special Requirements for ((All Group R Occupancy))
Single-Family Residential:
402.1.1 Energy Budgets: Proposed buildings designed in
accordance with this section shall be designed to use no more
energy from nonrenewable sources for space heating, space
cooling and domestic hot water heating than a standard
building whose enclosure elements and energy consuming systems
are designed in accordance with section 502.2 of this Code for
the appropriate climate zone, and heating system type and
cooling system and whose mechanical system type is the same as
the proposed building and which complies with Section 503 of
this Code. Energy derived from renewable sources may be
excluded from the total annual energy consumption attributed
to the alternative building.
402.1.2 Calculation of Energy Consumption: The
application for a building permit shall include documentation
which demonstrates, using a calculation procedure as listed in
Chapter 8, or an approved alternate, that the proposed
building's annual space heating, space cooling and domestic
hot water heating energy use does not exceed the annual space
heating, space cooling and domestic hot water heating energy
use of a standard building conforming to Chapter 5 of this
Code for the appropriate climate zone. The total calculated
annual energy consumption shall be shown in units of kWh/ft2-yr
or Btu/ft2-yr of conditioned area.
402.1.3 Input Values: The following standardized input
values shall be used in calculating annual space heating
budgets:
| PARAMETER | VALUE | |
| Thermostat set point, heating Thermostat set point, cooling Thermostat night set back Thermostat night set back period |
65° F 78° F 65° F 0 hours |
|
| Internal gain | 3000 Btu/h | |
| (( R-1 and R-2 units |
1500 Btu/hr)) |
|
| Domestic Hot Water Heater Setpoint |
120° F |
|
| Domestic Hot Water Consumption |
20 gallons/person/day. | |
| Minimum heat storage | Calculated using standard engineering practice for the actual building or as approved. | |
Site weather data |
Typical meteorological year (TMY) or ersatz TMY data for the closest appropriate TMY site or other sites as approved. |
|
| Heating and cooling equipment efficiency |
Equipment shall comply with Section 1411. | |
1. Overall thermal transmittance, Uo, of building envelope
or individual building components;
2. Heat storage capacity of building;
3. Glazing orientation; area; and solar heat
coefficients; (where Chapter 5 does not contain SHGC
requirements, the standard design shall be modeled with
glazing SHGC as determined by Tables 13-1 and 13-2. SHGC
values shall be determined in accordance with Section 1312.2.)
4. Heating system efficiency.
Parameter values that may not be varied:
• Domestic hot water consumption.
402.1.4 Solar Shading and Access: Building designs using
passive solar features with eight percent or more south facing
equivalent glazing to qualify shall provide to the building
official a sun chart or other approved documentation depicting
actual site shading for use in calculating compliance under
this section. The building shall contain at least forty-five
Btu/°F for each square foot of south facing glass.
402.1.5 Infiltration: Infiltration levels used shall be
set at 0.35 air changes per hour for thermal calculation
purposes only.
402.1.6 Heat Pumps: The heating season performance
factor (HSPF) for heat pumps shall be calculated using
procedures consistent with section 5.2 of the U.S. Department
of Energy Test Procedure for Central Air Conditioners,
including heat pumps published in the December 27, 1979
Federal Register Vol. 44, No. 24.10 CFR 430. Climate data as
specified above, the proposed buildings overall thermal
performance value (Btu/°F) and the standardized input
assumptions specified above shall be used to model the heat
pumps HSPF.
402.2 Energy Analysis: Compliance with this chapter will
require an analysis of the annual energy usage, hereinafter
called an annual energy analysis.
EXCEPTIONS:
Chapters 5, and 6 of this Code establish criteria for different energy-consuming and enclosure elements
of the building which, will eliminate the requirement for an annual systems energy analysis while
meeting the intent of this Code.
A building designed in accordance with this chapter will be deemed as complying with this Code if the
calculated annual energy consumption is ((
not greater than)) 16 percent less than a similar building
(defined as a "standard design") whose enclosure elements and energy-consuming systems are designed
in accordance with Chapter 5.
For an alternate building design to be considered similar to a "standard design," it shall utilize the
same energy source(s) for the same functions and have equal floor area and the same ratio of envelope
area to floor area, environmental requirements, occupancy, climate data and usage operational
schedule.
402.3 Design: The standard design, conforming to the
criteria of Chapter 5 and the proposed alternative design
shall be designed on a common basis as specified herein:
The comparison shall be expressed as kBtu or kWh input
per square foot of conditioned floor area per year at the
building site.
402.4 Analysis Procedure: The analysis of the annual
energy usage of the standard and the proposed alternative
building and system design shall meet the following criteria:
a. The building heating/cooling load calculation
procedure used for annual energy consumption analysis shall be
detailed to permit the evaluation of effect of factors
specified in section 402.5.
b. The calculation procedure used to simulate the
operation of the building and its service systems through a
full-year operating period shall be detailed to permit the
evaluation of the effect of system design, climatic factors,
operational characteristics, and mechanical equipment on
annual energy usage. Manufacturer's data or comparable field
test data shall be used when available in the simulation of
systems and equipment. The calculation procedure shall be
based upon eight thousand seven hundred sixty hours of
operation of the building and its service systems.
402.5 Calculation Procedure: The calculation procedure
shall cover the following items:
a. Design requirements -- Environmental requirements as
required in Chapter 3.
b. Climatic data -- Coincident hourly data for
temperatures, solar radiation, wind and humidity of typical
days in the year representing seasonal variation.
c. Building data -- Orientation, size, shape, mass, air,
moisture and heat transfer characteristics.
d. Operational characteristics -- Temperature, humidity,
ventilation, illumination, control mode for occupied and
unoccupied hours.
e. Mechanical equipment -- Design capacity, part load
profile.
f. Building loads -- Internal heat generation, lighting,
equipment, number of people during occupied and unoccupied
periods.
| EXCEPTION: | (( |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-0402, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-0402, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025 and 19.27A.045. 98-03-003, § 51-11-0402, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: Chapters 19.27, 19.27A and 34.05 RCW. 94-05-059, § 51-11-0402, filed 2/10/94, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0402, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
501.1 General: Buildings that are heated or mechanically
cooled shall be constructed so as to provide the required
thermal performance of the various components. A building
that is designed to be both heated and cooled shall meet the
more stringent of the heating or cooling requirements as
provided in this Code when requirements of the exterior
envelope differ. In addition, the design shall comply with
the additional energy efficiency requirements of Chapter 9.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0501, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
502.1 General:
502.1.1: The stated U- or F-factor of any component
assembly, listed in Table 5-1, such as roof/ceiling, opaque
wall or opaque floor may be increased and the U-factor for
other components decreased, provided that the total heat gain
or loss for the entire building envelope does not exceed the
total resulting from compliance to the U-factors specified in
this section.
The U-factors for typical construction assemblies are
included in Chapter 10. These values shall be used for all
calculations. Where proposed construction assemblies are not
represented in Chapter 10, values shall be calculated in
accordance with Chapters ((23-30)) 16 through 18 and 25
through 27 in Standard RS-1 listed in Chapter 7, using the
framing factors listed in Chapter 10 where applicable.
For envelope assemblies containing metal framing, the
U-factor shall be determined by one of the following methods:
1. Results of laboratory or field measurements.
2. Standard RS-1, listed in Chapter 7, where the metal
framing is bonded on one or both sides to a metal skin or
covering.
3. The zone method as provided in Chapter ((25)) 27 of
Standard RS-1, listed in Chapter 7.
4. Results of parallel path correction factors effective
framing/cavity R-values as provided in Table 10-5A - EFFECTIVE
R-VALUES FOR METAL FRAMING AND CAVITY ONLY for metal stud walls and
roof/ceilings.
502.1.2: For consideration of thermal mass effects, see
section 402.4.
502.1.3: When return air ceiling plenums are employed,
the roof/ceiling assembly shall:
a. For thermal transmittance purposes, not include the
ceiling proper nor the plenum space as part of the assembly;
and
b. For gross area purposes, be based upon the interior
face of the upper plenum surface.
502.1.4 Insulation:
502.1.4.1 General: All insulating materials shall comply
with sections 2603 and/or 719 of the International Building
Code. Substantial contact of the insulation with the surface
being insulated is required. All insulation materials shall
be installed according to the manufacturer's instructions to
achieve proper densities and maintain uniform R-values and
shall be installed in a manner which will permit inspection of
the manufacturer's R-value identification mark. To the
maximum extent possible, insulation shall extend over the full
component area to the intended R-value.
((Alternatively,)) The thickness of roof/ceiling ((and
wall)) insulation that is either blown in or spray-applied
shall be identified by inches of thickness, density and
R-value markers installed at least one for every 300 square
feet (28 m2) through the attic, ceiling ((and/or wall)) space. In attics, the markers shall be affixed to the trusses or
joists and marked with the minimum initial installed thickness
((and minimum settled thickness)) with numbers a minimum 1.0
inch (25 mm) in height. Each marker shall face the attic
access. The thickness of installed attic insulation shall
meet or exceed the minimum initial installed thickness shown
by the marker. ((In cathedral ceilings and walls, the markers
shall be affixed to the rafter and wall frame at alternating
high and low intervals and marked with the minimum installed
density and R-value with numbers a minimum 1.0 inch (25 mm) in
height. Each marker shall face the conditioned room area.))
502.1.4.2 Insulation Materials: All insulation materials
including facings such as vapor barriers or breather papers
installed within floor/ceiling assemblies, roof/ceiling
assemblies, walls, crawl spaces, or attics shall have a flame
spread rating of less than 25 and a smoke density not to
exceed 450 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84-01.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Foam plastic insulation shall comply with section 2603 of the International Building Code.
2. When such materials are installed in concealed spaces of Types III, IV and V construction, the flame
spread and smoke developed limitations do not apply to facing, provided that the facing is installed in
substantial contact with the unexposed surface of the ceiling, floor or wall finish.
3. Cellulose insulation shall comply with section 719 of the International Building Code.
502.1.4.3 Clearances: Where required, insulation shall
be installed with clearances according to manufacturer's
specifications. Insulation shall be installed so that
required ventilation is unobstructed. For blown or poured
loose fill insulation, clearances shall be maintained through
installation of a permanent retainer.
502.1.4.4 Access Hatches and Doors: Access doors from
conditioned spaces to unconditioned spaces (e.g., attics and
crawl spaces) shall be weatherstripped and insulated to a
level equivalent to the insulation on the surrounding
surfaces. Access shall be provided to all equipment which
prevents damaging or compressing the insulation. A wood
framed or equivalent baffle or retainer must be provided when
loose fill insulation is installed, the purpose of which is to
prevent the loose fill insulation from spilling into the
living space when the attic access is opened, and to provide a
permanent means of maintaining the installed R-value of the
loose fill insulation.
502.1.4.5 Roof/Ceiling Insulation: Where two or more
layers of rigid board insulation are used in a roof assembly,
the vertical joints between each layer shall be staggered.
Open-blown or poured loose fill insulation may be used in
attic spaces where the slope of the ceiling is not more than 3
feet in 12 and there is at least 30 inches of clear distance
from the top of the bottom chord of the truss or ceiling joist
to the underside of the sheathing at the roof ridge. When
eave vents are installed, baffling of the vent openings shall
be provided so as to deflect the incoming air above the
surface of the insulation. Baffles shall be, rigid material,
resistant to wind driven moisture. Requirements for baffles
for ceiling insulation shall meet the International Building
Code section 1203.2 for minimum ventilation requirements. When feasible, the baffles shall be installed from the top of
the outside of the exterior wall, extending inward, to a point
6 inches vertically above the height of noncompressed
insulation, and 12 inches vertically above loose fill
insulation.
502.1.4.6 Wall Insulation: Insulation installed in
exterior walls shall comply with the provisions of this
section. All wall insulation shall fill the entire framed
cavity. Exterior wall cavities isolated during framing shall
be fully insulated to the levels of the surrounding walls.
All faced insulation shall be face stapled to avoid
compression.
| EXCEPTION: | Framed cavity can be empty or partially filled provided: |
| 1. The wall assembly calculations are performed along with a completed performance calculation for
the whole building; and |
|
| 2. Insulation installed in partially filled cavities is not included in the performance calculation. |
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Insulation may be omitted from floor areas over heated basements, heated garages or underfloor
areas used as HVAC supply plenums. When foundation walls are insulated, the insulation shall be
attached in a permanent manner. The insulation shall not block the airflow through foundation vents
when installed. When foundation vents are not placed so that the top of the vent is below the lower
surface of the floor insulation, a permanently attached baffle shall be installed at an angle of 30° from
horizontal, to divert air flow below the lower surface of the floor insulation.
2. Substantial contact with the surface being insulated is not required in enclosed floor/ceiling
assemblies containing ducts where full depth insulation is installed between the duct and the exterior
surface.
502.1.4.8 Slab-On-Grade: Slab-on-grade insulation((,
installed)) shall be placed on the outside of the foundation
or on the inside of the foundation wall((,)). The insulation
shall extend downward from the top of the slab for a minimum
distance of 24 inches or downward to at least the bottom of
the slab and then horizontally ((beneath the slab for a
minimum combined distance of 24 inches. Insulation installed
outside the foundation shall extend downward to a minimum of
24 inches or to the frostline)) to the interior or exterior
for the total distance of 24 inches. Above grade insulation
shall be protected. A 2-inch by 2-inch (maximum) nailer may
be placed at the finished floor elevation for attachment of
interior finish materials.
((
EXCEPTION:For monolithic slabs, the insulation shall extend downward from the top of the slab to the bottom of
the footing.))
502.1.4.9 Radiant Slabs: The entire area of a radiant
slab shall be thermally isolated from the soil, with a minimum
of R-10 insulation. The insulation shall be an approved
product for its intended use. If a soil gas control system is
present below the radiant slab, which results in increased
convective flow below the radiant slab, the radiant slab shall
be thermally isolated from the sub-slab gravel layer. R-10
radiant slab insulation is required for all compliance paths.
502.1.4.10 Below Grade Walls: Below grade exterior wall
insulation used on the exterior (cold) side of the wall shall
extend from the top of the below grade wall to the top of the
footing and shall be approved for below grade use. Above
grade insulation shall be protected.
Insulation used on the interior (warm) side of the wall
shall extend from the top of the below grade wall to the below
grade floor level.
502.1.5 Glazing and Door U-factors: Glazing and door
U-factors shall be determined in accordance with sections
502.1.5.1 and 502.1.5.2. All products shall be labeled with
the NFRC certified or default U-factor. The labeled U-factor
shall be used in all calculations to determine compliance with
this Code. Sealed insulating glass shall conform to, or be in
test for, ASTM E-774-81 class A.
| (( |
|
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Glazing products without NFRC ratings may be assigned default U-factors from Table 10-6A for
vertical glazing and from Table 10-6E for overhead glazing.
2. Units without NFRC ratings produced by a small business may be assigned default U-factors from
Table 10-6A for garden windows, from Table 10-6B for other vertical glazing, and from Table 10-6E
for overhead glazing.
502.1.5.2 Standard Procedure for Determination of Door
U-factors: All doors, including fire doors, shall be assigned
default U-factors from Table 10-6C.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. U-factors determined, certified and labeled in accordance with the National Fenestration Rating
Council (NFRC) Product Certification Program (PCP), as authorized by an independent certification
and inspection agency licensed by the NFRC.
2. The default values for the opaque portions of doors shall be those listed in Table 10-6C, provided
that the U-factor listed for a door with a thermal break shall only be allowed if both the door and the
frame have a thermal break.
3. One unlabeled or untested exterior swinging door with the maximum area of 24 square feet may be
installed for ornamental, security or architectural purposes. Products using this exception shall not be
included in the U-factor calculation requirements, however glazing area shall be included in glazing area
calculations.
502.1.6 Moisture Control:
502.1.6.1 Vapor Retarders: Vapor retarders shall be
installed on the warm side (in winter) of insulation as
specified in the following cases.
| EXCEPTION: | Vapor retarder installed with not more than 1/3 of the nominal R-value between it and the conditioned space. |
502.1.6.3 Roof/Ceilings: Roof/ceiling assemblies where
the ventilation space above the insulation is less than an
average of 12 inches shall be provided with a vapor retarder.
Faced batt insulation where used as a vapor retarder shall be
face stapled. Single rafter joist vaulted ceiling cavities
shall be of sufficient depth to allow a minimum one inch
vented air space above the insulation.
| EXCEPTION: | Unvented attic assemblies (spaces between the ceiling joists of the top story and the roof rafters) shall be permitted if all the following conditions are met: |
| 1. The unvented attic space is completely contained within the building thermal envelope. | |
| 2. No interior vapor retarders are installed on the ceiling side (attic floor) of the unvented attic assembly. | |
| 3. Where wood shingles or shakes are used, a minimum 1/4 inch (6 mm) vented air space separates the shingles or shakes and the roofing underlayment above the structural sheathing. | |
| 4. Any air-impermeable insulation shall be a vapor retarder, or shall have a vapor retarder coating or covering in direct contact with the underside of the insulation. | |
| 5. Either items a, b or c shall be met, depending on the air permeability of the insulation directly under the structural roof sheathing. | |
| a. Air-impermeable insulation only. Insulation shall be applied in direct contact to the underside of the structural roof sheathing. | |
| b. Air-permeable insulation only. In addition to the air-permeable insulation installed directly below the structural sheathing, rigid board or sheet insulation shall be installed directly above the structural roof sheathing as specified per WA Climate Zone for condensation control. | |
| i. Climate Zone #1 R-10 minimum rigid board or air-impermeable insulation R-value. | |
| ii. Climate Zone #2 R-25 minimum rigid board or air-impermeable insulation R-value. | |
| c. Air-impermeable and air-permeable insulation. The air-impermeable insulation shall be applied in direct contact to the underside of the structural roof sheathing as specified per WA Climate Zone for condensation control. The air-permeable insulation shall be installed directly under the air-impermeable insulation. | |
| i. Climate Zone #1 R-10 minimum rigid board or air-impermeable insulation R-value. | |
| ii. Climate Zone #2 R-25 minimum rigid board or air-impermeable insulation R-value. |
502.1.6.5: Vapor retarders shall not be required where
all of the insulation is installed between the roof membrane
and the structural roof deck.
502.1.6.6 Walls: Walls separating conditioned space from
unconditioned space shall have a vapor retarder installed.
Faced batt insulation shall be face stapled.
| EXCEPTION: | For climate zone 1, wood framed walls with a minimum of nominal R-5 continuous insulated sheathing installed outside of the framing and structural sheathing. For climate zone 2, wood framed walls with a minimum of nominal R-7.5 continuous insulated sheathing installed outside of the framing and structural sheathing. The interior cavity insulation for this exception shall be a maximum of nominal R-21. |
| EXCEPTION: | The ground cover may be omitted in crawl spaces if the crawl space has a concrete slab floor with a minimum thickness of 3-1/2 inches. |
502.2.1 UA Calculations: The proposed UA as calculated
using Equations 2 and 3 shall not exceed the target UA as
calculated using Equation 1. For the purpose of determining
equivalent thermal performance, the glazing area for the
target UA shall be calculated using values in Table 5-1. The
opaque door area shall be the same in the target UA and the
proposed UA. When showing compliance with Table 9-1 using
options 3a, 3b or 3c, the proposed design shall be less than
the target UA by the fraction noted in the table.
| EXCEPTION: | Log and solid timber walls that have a minimum average thickness of 3.5" and with space heat type other than electric resistance, are exempt from wall target UA and proposed UA calculations. |
1. Electric Resistance: Space heating systems which
include baseboard units, radiant units and forced air units as
either the primary or secondary heating system.
| EXCEPTION: | Electric resistance systems for which the total electric heat capacity in each individual dwelling unit does not exceed the greater of: 1) One thousand watts (1000 w) per dwelling unit, or; 2) One watt per square foot (1 w/ft2) of the gross floor area. |
502.3 Reserved.
502.4 Air Leakage:
502.4.1 General: The requirements of this section shall
apply to all buildings and structures, or portions thereof,
and only to those locations separating outdoor ambient
conditions from interior spaces that are heated or
mechanically cooled.
502.4.2 Doors and Windows, General: Exterior doors and
windows shall be designed to limit air leakage into or from
the building envelope. Site-constructed doors and windows
shall be sealed in accordance with Section 502.4.3.
502.4.3 Seals and Weatherstripping:
a. Exterior joints around windows and door frames,
openings between walls and foundation, between walls and roof
and wall panels; openings at penetrations of utility services
through walls, floors and roofs; and all other openings in the
building envelope ((for all occupancies)) and all other
openings in between units ((in R-1 and R-2 Occupancy)) shall
be sealed, caulked, gasketed or weatherstripped to limit air
leakage. Other exterior joints and seams shall be similarly
treated, or taped, or covered with moisture vapor permeable
housewrap.
b. All exterior doors or doors serving as access to an
enclosed unheated area shall be weatherstripped to limit
leakage around their perimeter when in a closed position.
c. Site built windows are exempt from testing but shall
be made tight fitting. Fixed lights shall have glass retained
by stops with sealant or caulking all around. Operating sash
shall have weatherstripping working against overlapping trim
and a closer/latch which will hold the sash closed. The
window frame to framing crack shall be made tight with
caulking, overlapping membrane or other approved technique.
d. Openings that are required to be fire resistive are
exempt from this section.
502.4.4 Recessed ((Lighting Fixtures)) Luminaires: When
installed in contact with the building envelope, recessed
((lighting fixtures)) luminaires shall be Type IC rated and
certified under ASTM E283 to have no more than 2.0 cfm air
movement from the conditioned space to the ceiling cavity. The ((lighting fixture)) luminaire shall be tested at 75
Pascals or 1.57 lbs/ft2 pressure difference and have a label
attached, showing compliance with this test method. Recessed
((lighting fixtures)) luminaires shall be installed with a
gasket or caulk between the fixture and ceiling to prevent air
leakage.
502.4.5 Building Air Leakage Testing: Building envelope
air leakage control shall be considered acceptable when tested
to have an air leakage is less than 0.00030 Specific Leakage
Area (SLA) when tested with a blower door at a pressure of 50
Pascals (0.2 inch w.g.). Testing shall occur any time after
rough in and after installation of penetrations of the
building envelope, including penetrations for utilities,
plumbing, electrical, ventilation, and combustion appliances
and sealing thereof. When required by the building official,
the test shall be conducted in the presence of department
staff. The blower door test results shall be recorded on the
certificate required in Section 105.4.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Additions less than 750 square feet. |
| 2. Once a visual inspection has confirmed the presence of a gasket (see Section 502.4), operable windows and doors manufactured by a small business shall be permitted to be sealed off at the frame prior to the test. |
| SLA | = | (CFM50 x 0.055) / (CFA x 144) |
| CFM50 | = | Blower door fan flow at 50 Pascal pressure difference |
| CFA | = | Conditioned Floor Area of the housing unit |
1. Exterior windows and doors, fireplace and stove doors shall be closed, but not sealed;
2. Dampers shall be closed, but not sealed; including exhaust, intake, makeup air, back draft, and flue dampers;
3. Interior doors connecting conditioned spaces shall be open; access hatches to conditioned crawl spaces and conditioned attics shall be open; doors connecting to unconditioned spaces closed but not sealed;
4. Exterior openings for continuous operation ventilation systems and heat recovery ventilators shall be closed and sealed;
5. Heating and cooling system(s) shall be turned off;
6. HVAC ducts supply and return registers shall not be sealed.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045 and chapters 19.27, 19.27A, and 34.05 RCW. 09-06-024, § 51-11-0502, filed 2/23/09, effective 7/1/10. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-0502, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045 and chapters 19.27, 19.27A, and 34.05 RCW. 05-01-013, § 51-11-0502, filed 12/2/04, effective 7/1/05. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-0502, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-0502, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02; 01-03-010, § 51-11-0502, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-0502, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: Chapters 19.27 and 19.27A RCW and 1994 c 226. 95-01-126, § 51-11-0502, filed 12/21/94, effective 6/30/95. Statutory Authority: Chapters 19.27, 19.27A and 34.05 RCW. 94-05-059, § 51-11-0502, filed 2/10/94, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: Chapter 19.27A RCW. 92-01-140, § 51-11-0502, filed 12/19/91, effective 7/1/92. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0502, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
503.1 General: This section covers the determination of
design requirements, system and component performance, control
requirements, insulating systems and duct sealing. For all
other duct construction requirements, refer to the State
Mechanical Code (chapter ((51-42)) 51-52 WAC).
503.2 Calculations of Heating and Cooling Loads, and
System Sizing Limits: The design parameters specified in
Chapter 3 shall apply for all computations.
503.2.1 Calculation Procedures: Heating and cooling
design loads for the purpose of sizing HVAC systems are
required and shall be calculated in accordance with accepted
engineering practice, including infiltration and ventilation.
503.2.2 Space Heating and Space Cooling System Sizing
Limits: ((Building)) Mechanical systems for all buildings
which provide space heating and/or space cooling shall be
sized ((no greater than one hundred fifty percent (150%) of
the heating and cooling design loads as calculated above)) as
required in IRC Section M1401.3.
EXCEPTIONS:
The following limited exemptions from the sizing limit shall be allowed; however, in all cases heating
and/or cooling design load calculations shall be submitted.
1. For equipment which provides both heating and cooling in one package unit, including heat pumps
with electric heating and cooling and gas-pack units with gas heating and electric cooling, compliance
need only be demonstrated for ((
either)) the larger of the space heating or space cooling load for the
selected system size.
2. Natural gas- or oil-fired space heating equipment whose total rated space heating output in any one
dwelling unit is 40,000 Btu/h or less is exempt from the sizing limit.
((
a. 40,000 Btu/h or less is exempt from the sizing limit,
b. Larger than 40,000 Btu/h may exceed the one hundred fifty (150%) percent sizing limit but not
exceed 250 percent provided that the installed equipment has an annual fuel utilization efficiency
(AFUE) of ninety (90%) percent or greater.))
3. Stand-by equipment may be installed if controls and other devices are provided which allow
redundant equipment to operate only when the primary equipment is not operating.
4. Electric resistance heaters under 2 kW.
503.3 Simultaneous Heating and Cooling: Systems and
equipment that provide simultaneous heating and cooling shall
comply with the requirements in, as appropriate, Section 1422
or Section 1435.
503.4 HVAC Equipment Performance Requirements: All
heating equipment shall meet the requirements of the National
Appliance Energy Conservation Act (NAECA) and be so labeled. Equipment shall also comply with Section 1411.
503.4.1 Fan Power: Furnace and space conditioning air
handling equipment covered under this section shall have
direct induction fans (variable speed DC motors) with the
capability of having reduced speed of at least 75 percent of
the main rating power. The use of these fans for ventilation
or circulation separate from space conditioning shall be
restricted to a maximum of 50 percent of the rated fan power.
503.5 Reserved.
503.6 Balancing: The HVAC system design shall provide a
means for balancing air and water systems. Balancing the
system shall include, but not be limited to, dampers,
temperature and pressure test connections and balancing
valves.
503.7 Cooling with Outdoor Air (Economizer Cycle):
Systems and equipment that provide mechanical cooling shall
comply with Section 1413 and, as appropriate, Section 1423 or
1433.
503.8 Controls:
503.8.1 Temperature Control: The primary space
conditioning system within each dwelling unit shall be
provided with at least one programmable thermostat for the
regulation of temperature. The thermostat shall allow for, at
a minimum, a 5-2 programmable schedule (weekdays/weekends) and
be capable of providing at least two programmable setback
periods per day.
Each additional system provided within a dwelling unit shall be provided with at least one adjustable thermostat for the regulation of temperature. The thermostat shall allow for, at a minimum, a 5-2 programmable scheduled (weekdays/weekends).
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Systems controlled by an occupant sensor that is capable of shutting the system off when no occupant is sensed for a period of up to thirty minutes. |
| 2. Systems controlled solely by a manually operated timer capable of operating the system for no more than two hours. |
503.8.1.1: When used to control heating only:
Fifty-five degrees to seventy-five degrees F.
503.8.1.2: When used to control cooling only: Seventy
degrees to eighty-five degrees F.
503.8.1.3: When used to control both heating and
cooling, it shall be capable of being set from fifty-five
degrees to eighty-five degrees F and shall be capable of
operating the system heating and cooling in sequence. The
thermostat and/or control system shall have an adjustable
deadband of not less than ten degrees F.
503.8.2 Humidity Control: If a system is equipped with a
means for adding moisture to maintain specific selected
relative humidities in space or zones, a humidistat shall be
provided. Humidistats shall be capable of being set to
prevent new energy from being used to produce space-relative
humidity above thirty percent.
EXCEPTION:
Special uses requiring different relative humidities may be permitted when approved by the building
official.
503.8.3 Zoning for Temperature Control:
503.8.3.1 One- and Two-Family Dwellings: At least one
thermostat for regulation of space temperature shall be
provided for each separate system. In addition, a readily
accessible manual or automatic means shall be provided to
partially restrict or shut off the heating and/or cooling
input to each zone or floor.
503.8.3.2 Multifamily Dwellings: For multifamily
dwellings, each individual dwelling unit shall have at least
one thermostat for regulation of space temperature. A readily
accessible manual or automatic means shall be provided to
partially restrict or shut off the heating and/or cooling
input to each room. Spaces other than living units shall meet
the requirements of 503.8.3.3.
503.8.3.3 Control Setback and Shutoff:
One- and Two-Family and Individual Multifamily dwelling
units -- The thermostat required in section 503.8.3.1 or section
503.8.3.2, or an alternate means such as a switch or clock,
shall provide a readily accessible, manual or automatic means
for reducing the energy required for heating and cooling
during the periods of nonuse or reduced need, such as, but not
limited to unoccupied periods and sleeping hours. Lowering
thermostat set points to reduce energy consumption of heating
systems shall not cause energy to be expended to reach the
reduced setting.
503.8.3.4 Systems Serving Multiple Dwelling Units, Guest
Rooms, and Common Areas: Systems that serve more than two
dwelling units, guest rooms, and common areas shall comply
with the control requirements in Sections 1412 and 1432, with
the exceptions of Sections 1412.4.2 and 1432.1.
503.8.3.5 Heat Pump Controls: ((Programmable thermostats
are required for all heat pump systems. The cut-on
temperature for the compression heating shall be higher than
the cut-on temperature for the supplementary heat, and the
cut-off temperature for the compression heating shall be
higher than the cut-off temperature for the supplementary
heat. Heat pump thermostats will be capable of providing at
least two programmable setback periods per day. The automatic
setback thermostat shall have the capability of limiting the
use of supplemental heat during the warm-up period.)) Heat
pumps with supplementary electric resistance heaters shall
have controls complying with Section 503.8.1. In addition,
controls shall meet the following requirements:
1. Prevent supplementary heater operation when the
heating load can be met by the heat pump alone; and
2. The cut-on temperature for compression heating shall
be higher than the cut-on temperature for supplementary
heating, and the cut-off temperature for compressing heating
shall be higher than the cut-off temperature for supplementary
heating.
All heat pumps installed under this section shall include
the capability to lock out the supplementary heat based on
outdoor temperature. This control shall have a maximum
setting of 40°F. At final inspection, the lock out control
shall be set to 32°F or less.
| EXCEPTION: | The controls may allow supplementary heater operation during defrost. |
EXCEPTIONS:
Duct insulation (except where required to prevent condensation) is not required in any of the following
cases:
1. When the heat gain or loss of the ducts, without insulation, will not increase the energy requirements
of the building.
2. Within the HVAC equipment.
3. Exhaust air ducts.
4. Supply or return air ducts installed in ((
unvented crawl spaces with insulated walls,)) basements((,)) or
cellars in one- and two-family dwellings.
5. The insulation required on supply air ducts may be reduced to R-4 when installed in buffer spaces not
intended for human occupancy such as insulation crawl spaces and enclosed attic spaces. The buffer
space must be air sealed and insulated to the full value of conditioned spaces.
503.10 Ducts.
503.10.1 Installation of ducts in exterior walls, floors
or ceilings shall not displace required envelope insulation.
Building cavities may not be used as ducts.
503.10.2 Leakage Testing: ((High-pressure and
medium-pressure ducts shall be leak tested in accordance with
the 1985 Edition of the SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test
Manual with the rate of air leakage not to exceed the maximum
rate specified in that standard.)) Ducts shall be leak tested
in accordance with RS-33, using the maximum duct leakage rates
specified in Section 503.10.3.
((503.10.2)) 503.10.3 Sealing: All ducts, air handlers,
filter boxes, and building cavities used as ducts shall be
sealed. Joints and seams shall comply with Section M1601.3 of
the International Residential Code or Section 603.9 of the
International Mechanical Code. Duct tightness testing shall
be conducted to verify that the ducts are sealed. A signed
affidavit documenting the test results shall be provided to
the jurisdiction having authority by the testing agent. When
required by the building official, the test shall be conducted
in the presence of department staff. Duct tightness shall be
verified by either of the following:
1. Postconstruction test: Leakage to outdoors shall be
less than or equal to 6 cfm per 100 ft2 of conditioned floor
area or a total leakage less than or equal to 8 cfm per 100 ft2
of conditioned floor area when tested at a pressure
differential of 0.1 inches w.g. (25 Pa) across the entire
system, including the manufacturer's air handler enclosure.
All register boots shall be taped or otherwise sealed during
the test.
2. Rough-in test: Total leakage shall be less than or
equal to 6 cfm per 100 ft2 of conditioned floor area when
tested at a pressure differential of 0.1 inches w.g. (25 Pa)
across the roughed-in system, including the manufacturer's air
handler enclosure. All register boots shall be taped or
otherwise sealed during the test. If the air handler is not
installed at the time of the test, total leakage shall be less
than or equal to 4 cfm per 100 ft2 of conditioned floor area.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Duct tightness test is not required if the air handler and all ducts are located within conditioned space. |
| 2. Duct tightness test is not required if the furnace is a nondirect vent type combustion appliance installed in an unconditioned space. A maximum of six feet of connected ductwork in the unconditioned space is allowed. All additional supply and return ducts shall be within the conditioned space. Ducts outside the conditioned space shall be sealed with a mastic type duct sealant and insulated on the exterior with R-8 insulation for above grade ducts and R-5 water resistant insulation when within a slab or earth. |
503.11 Pipe Insulation: All piping shall be thermally
insulated in accordance with Table 5-12.
EXCEPTION:
Piping installed within unitary HVAC equipment.
Cold water pipes outside the conditioned space shall be
insulated in accordance with the Washington State Plumbing
Code (chapter 51-56 WAC).
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045 and chapters 19.27, 19.27A, and 34.05 RCW. 09-06-024, § 51-11-0503, filed 2/23/09, effective 7/1/10. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-0503, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-0503, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04; 02-24-076, § 51-11-0503, filed 12/4/02, effective 5/1/03. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-0503, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02; 01-03-010, § 51-11-0503, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045, and 19.27.020. 98-24-075, § 51-11-0503, filed 12/1/98, effective 7/1/99. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025 and 19.27A.045. 98-03-003, § 51-11-0503, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-0503, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: Chapter 19.27A RCW. 92-01-140, § 51-11-0503, filed 12/19/91, effective 7/1/92. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0503, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
504.1 Scope: The purpose of this section is to provide
criteria for design and equipment selection that will produce
energy savings when applied to ((service)) domestic water
((heating)) systems.
504.2 Water Heaters, Storage Tanks and Boilers:
504.2.1 Performance Efficiency: ((All Storage water
heaters shall meet the requirements of the National Appliance
Energy Conservation Act and be so labeled.)) Domestic water
heating equipment shall comply with the applicable
efficiencies in Tables 14-1A through 14-1G. All electric
water heaters in unheated spaces or on concrete floors shall
be placed on an incompressible, insulated surface with a
minimum thermal resistance of R-10.
For combination space and service water heaters with a
principal function of providing space heat, the Combined
Annual Efficiency (CAE) may be calculated by using ASHRAE
Standard 124-1991. Storage water heaters used in combination
space heat and water heat applications shall have either an
Energy Factor (EF) or a Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) of
not less than the following:
| Energy Factor (EF) | Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) | |
| <50 gallon storage | 0.58 | 0.71 |
| 50 to 70 gallon storage | 0.57 | 0.71 |
| >70 gallon storage | 0.55 | 0.70 |
504.2.3 Combination Service Water Heating/Space Heating
Boilers: Service water heating equipment shall not be
dependent on year round operation of space heating boilers.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Systems with service/space heating boilers having a standby loss Btu/h less than: | ||
| (13.3 pmd + 400)/n | |||
| determined by the fixture count method where: | |||
| pmd | = | probably maximum demand in gallons/hour as determined in accordance with Chapter 49 of Standard RS-11. | |
| n | = | fraction of year when outdoor daily mean temperature exceeds 64.9° F. | |
| The standby loss is to be determined for a test period of twenty-four-hour duration while maintaining a boiler water temperature of ninety degrees F above an ambient of sixty degrees F and a five foot stack on appliance. | |||
| 2. For systems where the use of a single heating unit will lead to energy savings, such unit shall be utilized. | |||
504.4 Shutdown: A separate switch shall be provided to
permit turning off the energy supplied to electric service
water heating systems. A separate valve shall be provided to
permit turning off the energy supplied to the main burner(s)
of all other types of service water heater systems.
504.5 Swimming Pools:
504.5.1 Controls: All pool heaters shall be equipped
with readily accessible ON/OFF switch to allow shutting off
the operation of the heater without adjusting the thermostat
setting. Controls shall be provided to allow the water
temperature to be regulated from the maximum design
temperature down to sixty-five degrees F.
504.5.2 Residential Pool Pumps:
504.5.2.1 Motor Efficiency: Pool pump motors may not be
split-phase or capacitor start-induction run type.
504.5.2.2 Two-Speed Capability:
1. Pump motors: Pool pump motors with a capacity of 1 hp
or more shall have the capability of operating at two or more
speeds with low speed having a rotation rate that is no more
than one-half of the motor's maximum rotation rate.
2. Pump controls: Pool pump motor controls shall have
the capability of operating the pool pump with at least two
speeds. The default circulation speed shall be the lowest
speed, with a high speed override capability being for a
temporary period not to exceed one normal cycle.
504.5.2.3 Portable Electric Spas: The standby power of
portable electric spas shall not be greater than 5(V2/3) watts
where V = the total volume, in gallons.
504.5.3 Pool Covers: Heated swimming pools shall be
equipped with a pool cover, approved by the building official.
504.6 Pump Operation: Circulating ((hot)) water systems
shall be controlled so that the circulation pump(s) can be
conveniently turned off, automatically or manually, when the
((hot)) water system is not in operation.
504.7 Pipe Insulation: Piping shall be thermally
insulated in accordance with section 503.11.
504.8 Conservation of ((Hot)) Water:
504.8.1 Showers and Lavatories: Showers and lavatories
used for other than safety reasons shall be equipped with flow
control devices or specially manufactured showerheads or
aerators to limit the total water flow rate as set forth in
chapter 51-56 WAC, as measured with both hot and cold faucets
turned on to their maximum flow.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-0504, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-0504, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-0504, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-0504, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: Chapter 19.27A RCW. 92-01-140, § 51-11-0504, filed 12/19/91, effective 7/1/92. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0504, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
505.1 Interior Lighting ((Controls)): ((Hotel and motel
guest rooms and guest suites shall have a master control
device at the main room entry that controls all permanently
installed luminaires and switched receptacles.
505.2 Lighting Power: Lighting shall comply with the
Prescriptive Lighting Option in Section 1520 or the Lighting
Power Allowance Option in Section 1530.
| EXCEPTION: | Lighting that complies with the Prescriptive Lighting Option in Section 1520 or the Lighting Power Allowance Option in Section 1530. |
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Permanently installed outdoor luminaires that are not high efficacy shall be allowed provided they are controlled by a motion sensor(s) with integral photocontrol photosensor. |
| 2. Permanently installed luminaires in or around swimming pools, water features. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-0505, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-0505, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-0505, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-0505, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: Chapter 19.27A RCW. 92-01-140, § 51-11-0505, filed 12/19/91, effective 7/1/92. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0505, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
align="center"
EQUATION 1 -- ((GROUP R OCCUPANCY)) SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
TARGET UA
| UAT | = | UWAW + UBGWABGW + UVGAVG + UOGAOG + UFAF + URCARC + UCCACC + UDAD + FSPS | ||
| Where: | ||||
| UAT | = | the target combined thermal transmittance of the gross exterior wall, floor and roof/ceiling assembly area. | ||
| UW | = | the thermal transmittance value of the opaque above grade wall area found in Table 5-1. | ||
| AW | = | opaque above grade wall area. | ||
| UBGW | = | the thermal transmittance value of the below grade opaque wall area found in Table 5-1. | ||
| ABGW | = | opaque below grade wall area. | ||
| UVG | = | the thermal transmittance value of the vertical glazing area found in Table 5-1. | ||
| AVG | = | 15% of the total floor area of the conditioned space minus AOG. | ||
| UOG | = | the thermal transmittance value of the overhead glazing area found in Table 5-1 (see Table 5-1 footnote 2). | ||
| AOG | = | overhead glazing area (if the proposed AOG exceeds 15 percent, the target AOG shall be 15 percent of the total floor area of the conditioned space). | ||
| UF | = | the thermal transmittance value of the floor area found in Table 5-1. | ||
| AF | = | floor area over unconditioned space. | ||
| URC | = | the thermal transmittance value of the roof/ceiling area found in Table 5-1. | ||
| ARC | = | roof/ceiling area. | ||
| UCC | = | the thermal transmittance value of the cathedral ceiling area found in Table 5-1. | ||
| ACC | = | cathedral ceiling area. | ||
| UD | = | the thermal transmittance value of the opaque door area found in Table 5-1. | ||
| AD | = | opaque door area. | ||
| FS | = | concrete slab component F-factor found in Table 5-1. | ||
| PS | = | lineal ft. of concrete slab perimeter. | ||
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-0525, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025 and 19.27A.045. 98-03-003, § 51-11-0525, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: Chapters 19.27, 19.27A and 34.05 RCW. 94-05-059, § 51-11-0525, filed 2/10/94, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: Chapter 19.27A RCW. 92-01-140, § 51-11-0525, filed 12/19/91, effective 7/1/92.]
EQUATION 3 -- ((GROUP R OCCUPANCY)) SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
PROPOSED UA
| UA | = | UWAW+ UBGWABGW+ UVGAVG+ UOGAOG+ UFAF+ URCARC+ UCCACC+ UDAD+ FSPS | |
| Where: | |||
| UA | = | the combined thermal transmittance of the gross exterior wall, floor and roof/ceiling assembly area. | |
| UW | = | the thermal transmittance of the opaque wall area. | |
| AW | = | opaque wall area. | |
| UBGW | = | the thermal transmittance value of the below grade opaque wall area. | |
| ABGW | = | opaque below grade wall area. | |
| UVG | = | the thermal transmittance value of the vertical glazing area. | |
| AVG | = | vertical glazing area, including windows in exterior doors. | |
| UOG | = | the thermal transmittance value of the overhead glazing area. | |
| AOG | = | overhead glazing area. | |
| UF | = | the thermal transmittance of the floor area. | |
| AF | = | floor area over unconditioned space. | |
| URC | = | the thermal transmittance of the roof/ceiling area. | |
| ARC | = | roof/ceiling area. | |
| UCC | = | the thermal transmittance of the cathedral ceiling area. | |
| ACC | = | cathedral ceiling area. | |
| UD | = | the thermal transmittance value of the opaque door area. | |
| AD | = | opaque door area. | |
| FS | = | concrete slab component F-factor. | |
| PS | = | lineal ft. of concrete slab perimeter. | |
| NOTE : Where more than one type of wall, window, roof/ceiling, door and skylight is used, the U and A terms for those items shall be expanded into sub-elements as: | |||
| UW1AW1+ UW2AW2+ UW3AW3+ . . . etc. | |||
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025 and 19.27A.045. 98-03-003, § 51-11-0527, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: Chapters 19.27, 19.27A and 34.05 RCW. 94-05-059, § 51-11-0527, filed 2/10/94, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: Chapter 19.27A RCW. 92-01-140, § 51-11-0527, filed 12/19/91, effective 7/1/92.]
TABLE 5-1
TARGET COMPONENT VALUES FOR ((GROUP R
OCCUPANCY)) SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
| Climate Zone | ||
| Component | 1 | 2 |
| Glazing % Floor Area | 15% | 15% |
| Vertical Glazing U-Factor | U = 0.30 | U = 0.30 |
| Vertical Glazing U-Factor (( |
|
U = 0.400 U = 0.350 U = 0.30 |
| Overhead Glazing U-Factor | (( |
(( |
| Doors | U = 0.200 (( |
U = 0.200 (( |
| Ceilings (( Single Rafter/ Joist Vaulted3)) |
(( (R-38) U = 0.034 (R-30))) U = 0.027 |
(( (R-38) U = 0.034 (R-30))) U = 0.027 |
| Walls((
|
U = (( (R-21))) 0.056 |
U = (( (R-19A +R-5))) 0.056 |
| Floors | U = 0.029 (( |
U = 0.029 (( |
| Slab on Grade (( |
F = (( (R-10))) 0.36 |
F = (( (R-10))) 0.36 |
| Below Grade (( |
||
| Wall R-Value | (( |
(( |
| 2' Depth: Walls Slab |
U = (( F = (( |
U = (( F = (( |
| 3.5' Depth: Walls Slab |
U = 0.041 F = 0.64 |
U = 0.041 F = 0.64 |
| 7' Depth: Walls Slab |
U = 0.037 F = 0.57 |
U = 0.037 F = 0.57 |
| (( |
||
Slab |
F = 0.60 |
F = 0.60 |
Slab |
F = 0.57 |
F = 0.57 |
Slab |
F = 0.42 |
F = 0.42)) |
((2. "A" means advanced framing. For more information, see Section 1005.2.
3. Requirement applicable only to single rafter or joist vaulted ceilings where both (a) the distance between the top of the ceiling and the underside of the roof sheathing is less than 12 inches and (b) there is a minimum 1-inch vented airspace above the insulation. Other single rafter or joist vaulted ceilings shall comply with the "ceiling" requirements. This option is limited to 500 square feet of ceiling area for any one dwelling unit.))
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-0530, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-0530, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02; 01-03-010, § 51-11-0530, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-0530, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: Chapters 19.27 and 19.27A RCW and 1994 c 226. 95-01-126, § 51-11-0530, filed 12/21/94, effective 6/30/95. Statutory Authority: Chapter 19.27A RCW. 92-01-140, § 51-11-0530, filed 12/19/91, effective 7/1/92.]
| TABLE 5-11 INSULATION OF DUCTS |
||
DUCT LOCATION |
CLIMATE ZONE |
(( HEATING OR COOLING DUCTS |
On roof or on exterior of building |
I II |
E and W D and W |
| Attic, garage, crawl space, in walls1, in floor/ceiling1 |
I II |
E E |
| Within the
conditioned space
or in heated
basement |
None Required |
|
| In cement slab or in ground |
B |
| 1 | Insulation may be omitted on that portion of a duct which is located within a wall or floor-ceiling space where both sides of this space are exposed to conditioned air and where this space is not ventilated or otherwise exposed to unconditioned air. |
| 2 | Vapor barriers shall be installed on conditioned air
supply ducts in geographic areas where the average of the
July, August, and September mean dewpoint temperature
exceeds 60°F. |
| A. | 0.5-inch 1.5 to 2 lb/cu. ft. duct liner, mineral or glass fiber blanket or equivalent to provide an installed total thermal resistance of at least R-2. |
| B. | 2-inch 0.60 lb/cu. ft. mineral or glass fiber blanket 1.5-inch 1.5 to 2 lb/cu. ft. duct liner, mineral or glass fiber blanket. 1.5-inch 3 to 7 lb/cu. ft. mineral or glass fiber board or equivalent to provide an installed total thermal resistance of at least R-5. |
| C. | 3-inch 0.60 lb/cu. ft. mineral or glass fiber blanket 2-inch 1.5 to 2 lb/cu. ft. duct liner, mineral or glass fiber blanket. 2-inch 3 to 7 lb/cu. ft. mineral or glass fiber board or equivalent to provide an installed total thermal resistance of at least R-7. |
| D. | 4-inch 0.60 lb/cu. ft. mineral or glass fiber blanket 3-inch 1.5 to 2 lb/cu. ft. duct liner, mineral or glass fiber blanket. 3-inch 3 to 7 lb/cu. ft. mineral or glass fiber board or equivalent to provide an installed total thermal resistance of at least R-10. |
| E. | 3.5 inch 0.60 lb/cu. ft. mineral or glass fiber blanket, 2.5 inch 1.5 to 2 lb/cu. ft. duct liner, mineral or glass fiberboard or equivalent to provide an installed total thermal resistance of at least R-8. |
| V. | Vapor barrier, with perm rating not greater than 0.5 perm, all joints sealed. |
| W. | Approved weatherproof barrier. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-0540, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-0540, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: Chapter 19.27A RCW. 92-01-140, § 51-11-0540, filed 12/19/91, effective 7/1/92.]
TABLE 5-12
MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION ((REQUIREMENTS)) THICKNESS1
| Fluid Design Operating Temp. Range, °F |
Insulation Conductivity | Normal Pipe (( |
||||||
| Conductivity Range Btu•in./(h•ft2•°F) |
Mean Rating Temp. °F |
(( |
<1 (( less)) |
(( to (( |
(( to 4 |
(( to
(( |
> (( |
|
| Heating systems (Steam, Steam Condensate and Hot water)2 | (( |
|||||||
| (( 251-350 201-250 141-200 105-140 |
0.32-0.34 0.29-(( 0.27-0.30 0.25-0.29 0.24-0.28 |
250 200 150 125 100 |
(( (( (( (( (( |
(( 2.0 (( 2.0 1.5 1.0 |
(( 3.5 (( 3.0 (( 1.5 1.0 |
(( 3.5 (( 3.5 (( 2.5 1.5 (( 1.5 |
(( 4.5 3.5 (( 2.5 (( 2.0 1.5 |
(( 3.5 (( (( 1.5 |
| Domestic and Service Hot Water Systems | ||||||||
| ≥105 (( |
(( |
100 | (( |
1.0 | 1.0 | 1.5 | 1.5 | 1.5 |
| Cooling Systems (Chilled Water, Brine and Refrigerant) | ||||||||
| 40-55 (( |
(( 0.22-0.28 (( 0.22-0.28 |
(( 100 (( 100 |
(( (( |
(( 1.0 1.0 |
(( 1.0 1.5 |
(( 1.5 1.5 |
(( 1.5 1.5 |
(( (( |
| 1. | (( |
| T | = | (( |
||||
| Where: | ||||||
| T | = | Minimum insulation thickness (( |
||||
| (( |
= | (( |
||||
| t | = | Insulation thickness from Table 5-12(( |
||||
| K | = | Conductivity of alternate material at the mean rating
temperature indicated (( |
||||
| k | = | The (( |
||||
| 2. | (( |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025 and 19.27A.045. 98-03-003, § 51-11-0541, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: Chapter 19.27A RCW. 92-01-140, § 51-11-0541, filed 12/19/91, effective 7/1/92.]
601.1 General: This chapter establishes design criteria
in terms of prescribed requirements for building construction.
The provisions of this chapter are applicable to all
((Group R Occupancies)) Single-Family residential. ((Occupancies)) Spaces shall comply with all the requirements
of Chapter 5 except for the modifications herein specified.
In addition, the design shall comply with the additional
energy efficiency requirements of Chapter 9.
For duplexes and townhouses, compliance shall be shown on a dwelling-unit by dwelling-unit basis. Averaging is not allowed.
For wood frame assemblies, the building envelope
requirements of this chapter may be met by installing one of
the prescriptive packages in Table 6-1 ((or 6-2)). Installed
components shall meet the requirements of section 602.
Compliance with nominal R-Values shall be demonstrated for the
thermal resistance of the added insulation in framing cavities
and/or insulated sheathing only and shall not include the
thermal transmittance of other building materials or air
films, but shall permit interruption by occasional framing
members. Other than wood frame assemblies with continuous
insulation uninterrupted by framing shall also be allowed to
comply with nominal R-values.
For metal frame assemblies, compliance shall be
demonstrated in accordance with Chapter 4 or Chapter 5 based
on the assemblies in Chapter 10. Compliance with nominal
R-values is not allowed, unless the full nominal R-value of
the insulation is installed either inside or outside of the
framing and is uninterrupted by framing.
| (( |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-0601, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04; 02-24-076, § 51-11-0601, filed 12/4/02, effective 5/1/03. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-0601, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02; 01-03-010, § 51-11-0601, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: Chapters 19.27, 19.27A and 34.05 RCW. 94-05-059, § 51-11-0601, filed 2/10/94, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0601, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
602.1 Roof/Ceiling: Ceilings below vented attics and
single-rafter, joist-vaulted ceilings shall be insulated to
not less than the nominal R-value specified for ceilings in
Table 6-1 or 6-2 as applicable.
602.2 Exterior Walls Both Above and Below Grade: Above
grade exterior walls shall be insulated to not less than the
nominal R-value specified in Table 6-1 ((or 6-2)) as
applicable. The following walls should be considered to meet
R-21 without additional documentation:
1. 2 x 6 framed and insulated with R-21 fiberglass batts.
2. 2 x 4 framed and insulated with R-15 fiberglass batts
plus R-4.0 foam sheathing.
3. 2 x 4 framed and insulated with R-13 fiberglass batts
plus R-5.0 foam sheathing.
4. 2 x 6 framed and insulated to full depth with spray
applied or blown insulation having a minimum R-value of 3.6
per inch of thickness.
602.3 Exterior Walls (Below Grade): Below grade exterior
walls surrounding conditioned space shall be insulated to not
less than the nominal R-value specified for below grade walls
in Table 6-1 ((or 6-2)) as applicable.
602.4 Slab-on-grade Floors: Slab-on-grade floors shall
be insulated along their perimeter to not less than the
nominal R-values specified for slab-on-grade floors in Table
6-1 ((or 6-2)) as applicable. Slab insulation shall be
installed in compliance with section 502.1.4.8. See Chapter
5, section 502.1.4.9, for additional requirements for radiant
slab heating.
602.5 Floors Over Unconditioned Space: Floors over
unconditioned spaces, such as vented crawl spaces,
unconditioned basements, and parking garages shall be
insulated to not less than the nominal R-value shown for
floors over unconditioned spaces, in Table 6-1 ((or 6-2)).
602.6 Exterior Doors: Doors shall comply with Sections
602.6.1 and 602.6.2.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Glazed doors whose area and U-factor are included in the calculations for compliance with the
requirements for glazing in section 602.7 shall be exempt from the door U-factor requirements
prescribed in Table 6-1 (( |
| 2. One unlabeled or untested exterior swinging door with the maximum area of 24 square feet may be
installed per unit for ornamental, security or architectural purposes. Products using this exception shall
not be included in either the U-factor or glazing area calculation requirements. |
602.6.2 Exterior Door U-Factor: Doors, including fire
doors, shall have a maximum area weighted average U-factor not
exceeding that prescribed in Table 6-1 ((or 6-2)).
602.7 Glazing:
602.7.1 Glazing Area: The total glazing area as defined
in Chapter 2 shall not exceed the percentage of gross
conditioned floor area specified in Table 6-1 ((or 6-2)). This area shall also include any glazing in doors.
602.7.2 Glazing U-Factor: The total glazing area as
defined in Chapter 2 shall have an area weighted average
U-factor not to exceed that specified in Table 6-1 ((or 6-2)).
U-factors for glazing shall be determined in accordance with
section 502.1.5. These areas and U-factors shall also include
any doors using the exception of section 602.6.
If the U-factors for all vertical and overhead glazing
products are below the appropriate U-factor specified, then no
calculations are required. If compliance is to be achieved
through an area weighted calculation, then the areas and
U-factors shall be included in the plans submitted with a
building permit application.
EXCEPTION:
((
Single glazing for ornamental, security, or architectural purposes and)) Double glazed garden windows
with a wood or vinyl frame shall be exempt from the U-factor calculations but shall have its area
tripled and shall be included in the percentage of the total glazing area as allowed for in Table 6-1 ((or
6-2)). The maximum area (before tripling) allowed for the total of all ((single glazing and)) garden
windows is one percent of the floor area or 20 square feet, whichever is less.
602.8 Air Leakage For ((Group R Occupancy)) Single-Family
Residential: The minimum air leakage control measures shall
be as specified in section 502.4 as applicable, including
building envelope air leakage testing.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-0602, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 02-24-076, § 51-11-0602, filed 12/4/02, effective 5/1/03. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-0602, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02; 98-03-003, § 51-11-0602, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: Chapters 19.27, 19.27A and 34.05 RCW. 94-05-059, § 51-11-0602, filed 2/10/94, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0602, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
603.1: ((Group R Occupancies)) Spaces that are ((space))
heated by air-to-air, ground-to-air, or water-to-air heat
pumps shall comply with Table 6-1 ((or 6-2)). System sizing
shall be determined by an analysis consistent with section
503.2 of this Code((, or, when approved by the building
official, Chapter 9)). All mechanical equipment efficiencies
((and service water heating system efficiencies)) shall comply
with standard((s)) as stated in Section((s)) 503 ((and 504))
of this Code.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-0603, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02. Statutory Authority: Chapters 19.27, 19.27A and 34.05 RCW. 94-05-059, § 51-11-0603, filed 2/10/94, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0603, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-0604, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0604, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
TABLE 6-1
PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS0,1 FOR ((GROUP R OCCUPANCY)) SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
CLIMATE ZONE 1 AND 2
| Option | Glazing Area10: % of Floor |
Glazing U-Factor | Door9 U- Factor |
Ceiling2 | Vaulted Ceiling3 | Wall12 Above Grade | Wall• int4 Below Grade | Wall• ext4 Below Grade | Floor5 | Slab6 on Grade |
|
| Vertical | Overhead11 | ||||||||||
| I. | (( 13% |
(( 0.34 |
(( |
0.20 | R-49 or R-38 adv | (( R-38 |
(( R-21 int7 |
(( R-21 TB |
R-10 | R-30 | R-10 2' |
| II.* | (( 25% |
(( 0.32 |
(( 0.50 |
0.20 | R-49 or R-38 adv | (( R-38 |
R-21 int7 | R-21 TB | R-10 | R-30 | R-10 2' |
| (( |
Group R-1 and R-2 Occupancy only |
U = 0.031 |
U = 0.034 |
U = 0.057 |
U = 0.029 |
||||||
| (( |
Unlimited
(( |
(( 0.30 |
(( 0.50 |
0.20 | R-49 or
R-38(( U = 0.031)) adv |
(( U = 0.034)) R-38 |
R-21(( U = 0.057)) int |
(( |
R-10 | R-30(( U = 0.029)) |
R-10 2' |
| * | Reference Case |
| 0. | Nominal R-values are for wood frame assemblies only or assemblies built in accordance with Section 601.1. |
| 1. | Minimum requirements for each option listed. For example, if a proposed design has a glazing ratio to the conditioned floor area of 13%, it shall comply with all of the requirements of the 15% glazing option (or higher). Proposed designs which cannot meet the specific requirements of a listed option above may calculate compliance by Chapters 4 or 5 of this Code. |
| 2. | Requirement applies to all ceilings except single rafter or joist vaulted ceilings complying with note 3. 'Adv' denotes Advanced Framed Ceiling. |
| 3. | Requirement applicable only to single rafter or joist vaulted ceilings (( |
| 4. | Below grade walls shall be insulated either on the exterior to a minimum level of (( |
| 5. | Floors over crawl spaces or exposed to ambient air conditions. |
| 6. | Required slab perimeter insulation shall be a water resistant material, manufactured for its intended use, and installed according to manufacturer's specifications. See Section 602.4. For slabs inside a foundation wall, the insulation shall be installed to provide a thermal break between the slab edge and the foundation. Monolithic slabs shall include insulation, installed outside the foundation wall, and shall extend downward from the top of the slab for a minimum distance of 24 inches or downward and then horizontally for a minimum combined distance of 24 inches. Monolithic slabs shall also include R-10 insulation under the nonload bearing portions of the slab. |
| 7. | Int. denotes standard framing 16 inches on center with headers insulated with a minimum of R-10 insulation. |
| 8. | (( |
| 9. | Doors, including all fire doors, shall be assigned default U-factors from Table 10-6C. |
| 10. | Where a maximum glazing area is listed, the total glazing area (combined vertical plus overhead) as a percent of gross
conditioned floor area shall be less than or equal to that value. Overhead glazing with U-factor of (( |
| 11. | Overhead glazing shall have U-factors determined in accordance with NFRC 100 or as specified in Section 502.1.5. |
| 12. | Log and solid timber walls with a minimum average thickness of 3.5" are exempt from this insulation requirement. |
TABLE 6-2
((PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS0,1 FOR GROUP R OCCUPANCY)) RESERVED.
CLIMATE ZONE 2
| (( |
% of Floor |
U- Factor |
on Grade |
||||||||
+R-58 |
|||||||||||
+R-58 |
|||||||||||
Group R-1 and R-2 Occupancy only |
U = 0.031 |
U = 0.034 |
U = 0.054 |
U = 0.029 |
F = 0.54 |
||||||
Group R-3 and R-4 Occupancy only |
|||||||||||
Group R-1 Occupancy only |
U = 0.031 |
U = 0.034 |
int7/ U = 0.054 |
U = 0.029 |
F = 0.54)) |
||||||
| (( |
|
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-0625, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-0625, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04; 02-24-076, § 51-11-0625, filed 12/4/02, effective 5/1/03. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-0625, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02; 01-03-010, § 51-11-0625, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-0625, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: Chapters 19.27 and 19.27A RCW and 1994 c 226. 95-01-126, § 51-11-0625, filed 12/21/94, effective 6/30/95. Statutory Authority: Chapters 19.27, 19.27A and 34.05 RCW. 94-05-059, § 51-11-0625, filed 2/10/94, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: Chapter 19.27A RCW. 92-01-140, § 51-11-0625, filed 12/19/91, effective 7/1/92.]
| REFERENCE STANDARD NO. |
TITLE AND SOURCE |
| RS-1 | (( |
| RS-2 | Super Good Cents Technical Reference C Builder's Field Guide. |
| RS-3 | (Reserved). |
| RS-4 | ASHRAE Standard 55-2004 Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy. |
| RS-5 | 2006 ASHRAE Refrigeration Handbook. |
| RS-6 | (( |
| RS-7 | SMACNA, HVAC Duct Construction
Standards, Metal and Flexible, (( |
| RS-8 | (( |
| RS-9 | ASHRAE/IESNA Standard (( |
| RS-10 | (( |
| RS-11 | (( |
| RS-12 | through RS-28 (Reserved). |
| RS-29 | Nonresidential Building Design by Systems Analysis. |
| RS-30 | Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 430 (March 14, 1988). |
| RS-31 | National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) Standard 100-2004. |
| RS-32 | Seattle EnvStd 2006. |
| RS-33 | Duct Testing Standard for New and Existing Construction, Washington State University Extension Energy Program Publication #WSUEEP 09-008. |
| RS-34 | Optional Acceptance Requirements for Nonresidential Buildings, SBCC 2009. |
Phone 212-642-4900 fax 212-398-0023, internet www.ansi.org
((ARI)) AHRI refers to the Air Conditioning, Heating and
Refrigeration Institute, 4301 N. Fairfax Dr., Suite 425,
Arlington, VA 22203
Phone 703-524-8800 fax 703-528-3816, internet www.ari.org
ASHRAE refers to the American Society of Heating,
Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791
Tullie Circle, N.E., Atlanta, GA 30329
Phone 404-636-8400 fax 404-321-5478, internet www.ashrae.org
ASTM refers to the American Society for Testing and
Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA
19428-2959
Phone 610-832-9585 fax 610-832-9555, internet www.astm.org
CTI refers to the Cooling Tower Institute, 530 Wells
Fargo Drive, Suite 218, Houston, TX 77090
Phone 281-583-4087 fax 281-537-1721, internet www.cti.org
IESNA refers to the Illuminating Engineering Society of
North America, 120 Wall Street, Floor 17, New York, NY
10005-4001
Phone 212-248-5000 fax 212-248-5017, internet www.iesna.org
NFRC refers to the National Fenestration Rating Council,
Incorporated, 8484 Georgia Avenue, Suite 320, Silver Spring,
Maryland 20910
Phone 301-589-1776 fax 301-589-3884, internet www.nfrc.org
SBCC refers to the Washington State Building Code
Council, P.O. Box 42525, Olympia, WA 98504-2525
Phone 360-725-2990 fax 360-586-9383, internet www.sbcc.wa.gov
SMACNA refers to the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning
Contractors National Association, Inc., 4201 Lafayette Center
Drive, P.O. Box 221230, Chantilly, VA 20153-1230
Phone 703-803-2980 fax 703-803-3732, internet www.smacna.org
WSU refers to the Washington State University Extension
Energy Program, 905 Plum Street S.E., Building #3, P.O. Box
43165, Olympia, WA 98506-3166
Phone 360-956-2000 fax 360-956-2217, internet www.energy.wsu.edu
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-0701, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-0701, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-0701, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-0701, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0701, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
The following is a list of suggested software, but not limited to:
| Program Name: | Source | |
| (( |
40 Lincoln Street Lexington, MA 02173 (617) 861-0109)) |
|
| DOE (( |
(( 1204-1/2 Washington Avenue Golden, CO 80401 (303) 279-8136)) Energy Science Technology Software Center (ESTSC) P.O. Box 1220 Oakridge, TN 37831-1020 423-576-2606 |
|
| (( |
4406 Fox Bluff Rd. Middleton, WI 53562 (608) 836-8531 |
|
1721 Arroyo Drive Auburn, CA 95603 (800) 755-5903 |
||
2812 East Madison St. Seattle, WA 98112 (206) 322-3753)) |
||
| DOE 2.2 (EQuest) | James J. Hirsch & Associates Building Performance Analysis Software & Consulting 12185 Presilla Road Camarillo, CA 93012-9243 805-532-1045 |
|
| EnergyPlus | Kathy Ellington Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (LBNL) Building 90, Room 3147 Berkeley, CA 94720-0001 510-486-5711 |
|
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 02-24-076, § 51-11-0800, filed 12/4/02, effective 5/1/03. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025 and 19.27A.045. 98-03-003, § 51-11-0800, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0800, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
901 Additional Residential Energy Efficiency Requirements.
Dwelling units permitted under this Code shall comply with all
provisions of Chapter 5 of this Code and develop 2 credits
from Table 9-1.
| EXCEPTION: | Buildings complying using Chapter 4 Building Design by Systems Analysis shall meet this provision of this section by demonstrating that the proposed building energy use is 16 percent less than the target building energy use. |
| TABLE 9-1 ENERGY CREDITS (DEBITS) |
||
| OPTION | DESCRIPTION | CREDIT(S) |
| 1a | HIGH EFFICIENCY HVAC EQUIPMENT 1: Gas, propane or oil-fired furnace or boiler with minimum AFUE of 92%, or Air-source heat pump with minimum HSPF of 8.5. |
1.0 |
| 1b | HIGH EFFICIENCY HVAC EQUIPMENT 2: Closed-loop ground source heat pump; with a minimum COP of 3.3. |
2.0 |
| 1c | HIGH EFFICIENCY HVAC EQUIPMENT 3: DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS, ZONAL CONTROL: In home where the primary space heating system is zonal electric heating, a ductless heat pump system shall be installed and provide heating to at least one zone of the housing unit. |
1.0 |
| 2 | HIGH EFFICIENCY HVAC DISTRIBUTION
SYSTEM:1 All heating and cooling system components installed inside the conditioned space. All combustion equipment shall be direct vent or sealed combustion. Locating system components in conditioned crawl spaces is not permitted under this option. Electric resistance heat is not permitted under this option. Direct combustion heating equipment with AFUE less than 80% is not permitted under this option. |
1.0 |
| 3a | EFFICIENT BUILDING ENVELOPE 1: Prescriptive compliance is based on Table 6-1, Option III with the following modifications: Window U = .28 floor R-38, slab on grade R-10 full, below grade slab R-10 full. or Component performance compliance: Reduce the Target UA from Table 5-1 by 5%, as determined using EQUATION 1.1 |
0.5 |
| 3b | EFFICIENT BUILDING ENVELOPE 2: Prescriptive compliance is based on Table 6-1, Option III with the following modifications: Window U = .25 and wall R-21 plus R-4 and R-38 floor, slab on grade R-10 full, below grade slab R-10 full, and R-21 plus R-5 below grade basement walls. or Component performance compliance: Reduce the Target UA from Table 5.1 by 15%, as determined using EQUATION 1.1 |
1.0 |
| 3c | SUPER-EFFICIENT BUILDING
ENVELOPE 3: Prescriptive compliance is based on Table 6-1, Option III with the following modifications: Window U = .22 and wall R-21 plus R-12 and R-38 floor, slab on grade R-10 full, below grade slab R-10 full and R-21 plus R-12 below grade basement walls and R-49 advanced ceiling and vault. or Component performance compliance: Reduce the Target UA from Table 5.1 by 30%, as determined using EQUATION 1.1 |
2.0 |
| 4a | AIR LEAKAGE CONTROL AND
EFFICIENT VENTILATION: Envelope leakage reduced to SLA of 0.00020 building envelope tightness shall be considered acceptable when tested air leakage is less than specific leakage area of 0.00020 when tested with a blower door at a pressure difference of 50 PA. Testing shall occur after rough in and after installation of penetrations of the building envelope, including penetrations for utilities, plumbing, electrical, ventilation, and combustion appliances. and All whole house ventilation requirements as determined by Section M1508 of the Washington State Residential Code shall be met with a heat recovery ventilation system in accordance with Section M1508.7 of that Code. |
0.5 |
| 4b | ADDITIONAL AIR LEAKAGE CONTROL
AND EFFICIENT VENTILATION: Envelope leakage reduced to SLA of 0.00015 building envelope tightness shall be considered acceptable when tested air leakage is less than specific leakage area of 0.00015 when tested with a blower door at a pressure difference of 50 PA. Testing shall occur after rough in and after installation of penetrations of the building envelope, including penetrations for utilities, plumbing, electrical, ventilation, and combustion appliances. and All whole house ventilation requirements as determined by Section M1508 of the Washington State Residential Code shall be met with a heat recovery ventilation system in accordance with Section M1508.7 of that Code. |
1.0 |
| 5a | EFFICIENT WATER HEATING:1 Water heating system shall include one of the following: Gas, propane or oil water heater with a minimum EF of 0.62. or Electric Water Heater with a minimum EF of .93. and for both cases All showerhead and kitchen sink faucets installed in the house shall meet be rated at 1.75 GPM or less. All other lavatory faucets shall be rated at 1.0 GPM or less.2 |
0.5 |
| 5b | HIGH EFFICIENCY WATER HEATING:1 Water heating system shall include one of the following: Gas, propane or oil water heater with a minimum EF of 0.82. or Solar water heating supplementing a minimum standard water heater. Solar water heating will provide a rated minimum savings of 85 therms or 2000 kWh based on the Solar Rating and Certification Corporation (SRCC) Annual Performance of OG-300 Certified Solar Water Heating Systems. or Electric heat pump water heater with a minimum EF of 2.0. |
1.5 |
| 6 | SMALL DWELLING UNIT 1:1 Dwelling units less than 1500 square feet in floor area with less than 300 square feet of window + door area. Additions to existing building that are less than 750 square feet of heated floor area. |
1.0 |
| 7 | LARGE DWELLING UNIT 1:1 Dwelling units exceeding 5000 square feet of floor area shall be assessed a deduction for purposes of complying with Section 901 of this Code. |
-1.0 |
| 8 | RENEWABLE ELECTRIC ENERGY: For each 1200 kWh of electrical generation provided annually by on-site wind or solar equipment a 0.5 credit shall be allowed, up to 3 credits. Generation shall be calculated as follows: For solar electric systems, the design shall be demonstrated to meet this requirement using the National Renewable Energy Laboratory calculator PVWATTs. Documentation noting solar access shall be included on the plans.
The wind turbine power curve; average annual wind speed at the site; frequency distribution of the wind speed at the site and height of the tower. |
0.5 |
| FOOTNOTES: | 1. Interior Duct Placement: Ducts included as Option 2 of Table 9-1 shall be placed wholly within
the heated envelope of the housing unit. The placement shall be inspected and certified to receive the
credits associated with this option. |
| EXCEPTION: | Ducts complying with this section may have up to 5% of the total linear feet of ducts located in the exterior cavities or buffer spaces of the dwelling. If this exception is used the ducts will be tested to the following standards: |
| Post-construction test: Leakage to outdoors shall be less than or equal to 1 CFM per 100 ft2 of
conditioned floor area when tested at a pressure differential of 0.1 inches w.g. (25 Pa) across the entire
system, including the manufacturer's air handler enclosure. All register boots shall be taped or
otherwise sealed during the test. |
|
| 2. Plumbing Fixtures Flow Ratings. Low flow plumbing fixtures (water closets and urinals) and fittings (faucets and showerheads) shall comply with the following requirements: | |
| (a) Residential bathroom lavatory sink faucets: Maximum flow rate - 3.8 L/min (1.0 gal/min) when tested in accordance with ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. | |
| (b) Residential kitchen faucets: Maximum flow rate - 6.6 L/min (1.75 gal/min) when tested in accordance with ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. | |
| (c) Residential showerheads: Maximum flow rate - 6.6 L/min (1.75 gal/min) when tested in accordance with ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-0900, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-0900, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-0900, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02. Statutory Authority: Chapters 19.27 and 19.27A RCW and 1994 c 226. 95-01-126, § 51-11-0900, filed 12/21/94, effective 6/30/95. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-0900, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
1001.1 Scope: The following defaults shall apply to
Chapters 1 through 20. This chapter includes tables of
seasonal average heat-loss coefficients for specified nominal
insulation. The heat-loss coefficients may also be used for
heating system sizing.
1001.2 Description: These coefficients were developed
primarily from data and procedures from Standard RS-1, and
taken specifically from Standard RS-2, listed in Chapter 7.
Coefficients not contained in this chapter may be
computed using the procedures listed in these references if
the assumptions in the following sections and Standard RS-2,
listed in Chapter 7, are used, along with data from the
sources referenced above.
1001.3 Air Films: Default R-values used for air films
shall be as follows:
| R-Value | Condition |
| 0.17 | All exterior surfaces |
| 0.61 | Interior horizontal surfaces, heat flow up |
| 0.92 | Interior horizontal surfaces, heat flow down |
| 0.68 | Interior vertical surfaces |
TABLE 10-A
R-Value of Fiberglass Batts Compressed within Various Depth Cavities
| Insulation R-Value at Standard Thickness | ||||||||||||||||
| Rated R-Value | 82 | 71 | 60 | 49 | 38 | 30 | 22 | 21 | 19 | 15 | 13 | 11 | (( |
(( |
(( |
|
| Standard Thickness, Inches | 26.0 | 22.5 | 19.0 | 15.5 | 12(( |
(( |
(( |
(( |
(( |
(( |
(( |
(( |
(( |
(( |
||
| Nominal Lumber Sizes, Inches | Actual Depth of Cavity, Inches | Insulation R-Values when Installed in a Confined Cavity | ||||||||||||||
| Truss | 26.0 | 82 | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | |||
| Truss | 22.5 | -- | 71 | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | |||
| Truss | 19.0 | -- | -- | 60 | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | |||
| Truss | 15.5 | -- | -- | -- | 49 | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | |||
| Truss | 12.0 | -- | -- | -- | -- | 38 | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | |||
| 2 x 12 | (( |
-- | -- | -- | -- | 37 | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | (( |
(( |
(( |
| 2 x 10 | (( |
-- | -- | -- | -- | 32 | 30 | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | (( |
(( |
(( |
| 2 x 8 | (( |
-- | -- | -- | -- | 27 | 26 | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | (( |
(( |
(( |
| 2 x 6 | (( |
-- | -- | -- | -- | -- | 21 | 20 | 21 | 18 | -- | -- | -- | (( |
(( |
(( |
| 2 x 4 | (( |
-- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | 14 | -- | 13 | 15 | 13 | 11 | (( |
(( |
(( |
| (( |
(( |
-- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | 9.8 | -- | (( |
(( |
(( |
| (( |
(( |
-- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | 6.3 | 6.0 | (( |
(( |
(( |
| (( |
||||||||||||||||
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-1001, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1001, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-1001, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
1004.1 General: Tables 10-3, 10-4 and 10-4a list
heat-loss coefficients for floors over unconditioned spaces in
units of Btu/h • ft2 • °F.
They are derived from procedures listed in RS-1, listed
in Chapter 7, assuming an average outdoor temperature of 45°F,
an average indoor temperature of 65°F, and a crawlspace area
of 1350 ft2 and 100 ft of perimeter. The crawlspace is assumed
to be 2.5 feet high, with 24 inches below grade and 6 inches
above grade.
1004.2 Crawlspace Description: Four configurations are
considered: ((Vented)) Naturally ventilated crawlspace,
((unvented)) mechanically ventilated crawlspace, heated plenum
crawlspace and exposed floor.
((Vented)) Naturally ventilated crawlspaces: Assumed to
have 3.0 air-changes per hour, with at least 1.0 ft2 of
net-free ventilation in the foundation for every three hundred
ft2 of crawlspace floor area. The crawlspace is not actively
heated.
Floors over unheated areas, such as garages, may only use
those values which have R-0 perimeter insulation.
((Unvented)) Mechanically ventilated crawlspaces:
Assumed to have 1.5 air changes per hour, with less than 1.0
ft2 of net-free ventilation in the foundation for every three
hundred ft2 of crawlspace floor area. The crawlspace is not
actively heated. Floors over unheated basements may only use
those values which have R-0 perimeter insulation.
Heated-plenum crawlspaces: Assumed to have 0.25
air-changes per hour, with no foundation vents. Heated supply
air from central furnace is blown into a crawlspace and
allowed to enter the living space unducted via holes cut into
the floor.
Enclosed floors: Assumes no buffer space, and a covering
of one-half inch of T1-11 on the exterior of the cavity
exposed to the outside air or rigid insulation below a
concrete floor, such as over parking garages.
1004.3 Construction Description: Floors are assumed to
be either joisted floors framed on sixteen inch centers, or
post and beam on four by eight foot squares. Insulation is
assumed to be installed under the subflooring between the
joists or beams with no space between the insulation and the
subfloor. Insulation is assumed to be uncompressed. Exposed
floors also include concrete with continuous rigid insulation
assumed.
Perimeter insulation is assumed to extend from the top of
the rim joist to the crawlspace floor and then inward along
the ground (on top of the ground cover) for at least
twenty-four inches.
Floor coverings are assumed to be light carpet with
rubber pad.
| Nominal R-value | U-factor | |||
| Floor | Perimeter | Post & Beam | Joists | |
| 0 | 0 11 19 30 |
0.112 0.100 0.098 0.093 |
0.134 0.116 0.114 0.107 |
|
| 11 | 0 11 |
0.052 0.048 |
0.056 0.052 |
|
| 19 | 0 11 |
0.038 0.036 |
0.041 0.038 |
|
| 22 | 0 11 |
0.034 0.033 |
0.037 0.035 |
|
| 25 | 0 11 |
0.032 0.031 |
0.034 0.033 |
|
| 30 | 0 11 |
0.028 0.027 |
0.029 0.028 |
|
| 38 | 0 11 |
0.024 0.024 |
0.025 0.024 |
|
| Nominal R-value Perimeter |
U-factor |
| 11 | 0.085 |
| 19 | 0.075 |
| 30 | 0.069 |
TABLE 10-4A
EXPOSED FLOOR
| Nominal R-value |
U-factor | ||
| Concrete | Wood Joist | Metal Joist | |
| R-11 | 0.077 | 0.088 | 0.14 |
| R-15 | 0.059 | 0.076 | 0.12 |
| R-19 | 0.048 | 0.062 | 0.11 |
| R-21 | 0.043 | 0.057 | 0.11 |
| R-25 | 0.037 | 0.051 | 0.10 |
| R-30 | 0.031 | 0.040 | 0.09 |
| R-38 | 0.025 | 0.034 | 0.08 |
| Note: | Crawlspaces used as heated plenums have approximately 30% higher heat-loss rate than unvented crawlspaces with the same assumed ACH. Default U-values in Table 10-4 reflect this higher rate of heat loss. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-1004, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1004, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1004, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-1004, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
Section 1005.1 General: Table 10-5, 10-5A and 10-5B list
heat-loss coefficients for the opaque portion of above-grade
wood stud frame walls, metal stud frame walls and concrete
masonry walls (Btu/h • ft2 • °F) respectively. They are
derived from procedures listed in RS-1, listed in Chapter 7. For intermediate floor slabs which penetrate the insulated
wall, use the concrete wall U-factors in Table 10-5B.
Insulation is assumed to uniformly fill the entire cavity
and to be installed as per manufacturer's directions. All
walls are assumed to be finished on the inside with one-half
inch gypsum wallboard, and on the outside with either beveled
wood siding over one-half inch plywood sheathing or with
five-eighths inch T1-11 siding. Insulated sheathing (either
interior or exterior) is assumed to cover the entire opaque
wall surface.
Metal building walls have a different construction and
are addressed in Table 10-5A(3).
1005.2 Framing Description: For wood stud frame walls,
three framing types are considered, and defined as follows:
Standard: Studs framed on sixteen inch centers with
double top plate and single bottom plate. Corners use three
studs and each opening is framed using two studs. Headers
consist of double 2X or single 4X material with an air space
left between the header and the exterior sheathing. Interior
partition wall/exterior wall intersections use two studs in
the exterior wall.
| Framing weighting factors: | Studs and plates | .19 |
| Insulated cavity | .77 | |
| Headers | .04 |
| Framing weighting factors: | Studs and plates | .18 |
| Insulated cavity | .78 | |
| Headers | .04 |
| Framing weighting factors: | Studs and plates | .13 |
| Insulated cavity | .83 | |
| Headers | .04 |
Single-Stud Wall, Tables 10-5(1) through 10-5(8):
Assumes either 2x4 or 2x6 studs framed on sixteen or
twenty-four inch centers. Headers are solid for 2x4 walls and
double 2x for 2x6 walls, with either dead-air or rigid-board
insulation in the remaining space.
((Metal Stud Wall: Assumes metal studs spaced on 16 or
24 inch centers with insulation installed to fill wall
cavities. Continuous rigid board insulation is applied
without creating uninsulated voids in the wall assembly.))
Strap Wall, Table 10-5(9): Assumes 2x6 studs framed on sixteen or twenty-four inch centers. 2x3 or 2x4 strapping is run horizontally along the interior surface of the wall to provide additional space for insulation.
Double-Stud Wall, Tables 10-5(10) and 10-5(11): Assumes
an exterior structural wall and a separate interior,
nonstructural wall. Insulation is placed in both wall
cavities and in the space between the 2 walls. Stud spacing
is assumed to be on 24 inch centers for both walls.
Log Wall, Table 10-5(12).
Stress-Skin Panel, Table 10-5(13).
Metal Stud Wall, Overall Assembly U-Factors, Table
10-5A(1): Assumes metal studs spaced on 16- or 24-inch
centers with insulation installed to fill wall cavities.
Continuous rigid board insulation is applied without creating
uninsulated voids in the wall assembly.
Metal Stud Wall, Effective R-Values for Metal Framing and
Cavity Only, Table 10-5A(2): These values may be used for the
metal-framing/cavity layers in walls with metal studs spaced
on 16- or 24-inch centers with insulation installed to fill
wall cavities in lieu of using the zone method provided in
Chapter 25 of Standard RS-1 listed in Chapter 7.
Metal Building Wall, Table 10-5A(3): A wall whose
structure consists of metal spanning panels supported by steel
structural members (does not include spandrel glass or metal
panels in curtain wall systems). The first nominal R-value is
for insulation compressed between metal wall panels and the
steel structure. For double-layer installations, the second
rated R-value of insulation is for insulation installed from
the inside, covering the girts. For continuous insulation
(e.g., insulation boards) it is assumed that the insulation
boards are installed on the inside of the girts and
uninterrupted by the framing members. Insulation exposed to
the conditioned space or semiheated space shall have a facing,
and all insulation seams shall be continuously sealed to
provide a continuous air barrier.
Concrete and Masonry Walls, Table 10-5B(1).
Peripheral Edges of Intermediate Concrete Floors, Table
10-5B(2).
TABLE 10-5
DEFAULT U-FACTORS FOR ABOVE-GRADE WALLS
| TABLE 10-5(1) | ||||||
| 2 x 4 Single Wood Stud: R-11 Batt | ||||||
| Siding Material/Framing Type | ||||||
| Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |||||
| R-value of Foam Board |
STD | ADV | STD | ADV | ||
| NOTE:
R-11 at 3.5 inch thickness Installed Batt R-value: R-11 in 3.5 inch cavity |
0 | 0.088 | 0.084 | 0.094 | 0.090 | |
| 1 | 0.080 | 0.077 | 0.085 | 0.082 | ||
| 2 | 0.074 | 0.071 | 0.078 | 0.075 | ||
| 3 | 0.069 | 0.066 | 0.072 | 0.070 | ||
| 4 | 0.064 | 0.062 | 0.067 | 0.065 | ||
| 5 | 0.060 | 0.058 | 0.063 | 0.061 | ||
| 6 | 0.056 | 0.055 | 0.059 | 0.057 | ||
| 7 | 0.053 | 0.052 | 0.055 | 0.054 | ||
| 8 | 0.051 | 0.049 | 0.052 | 0.051 | ||
| 9 | 0.048 | 0.047 | 0.050 | 0.049 | ||
| 10 | 0.046 | 0.045 | 0.047 | 0.046 | ||
| 11 | 0.044 | 0.043 | 0.045 | 0.044 | ||
| 12 | 0.042 | 0.041 | 0.043 | 0.042 | ||
| TABLE 10-5(2) | ||||||
| 2 x 4 Single Wood Stud: R-13 Batt | ||||||
| Siding Material/Framing Type | ||||||
| Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |||||
| R-value of Foam Board |
STD | ADV | STD | ADV | ||
| NOTE:
R-13 at 3.63 inch thickness Installed Batt R-value: R-12.7 in 3.5 inch cavity |
0 | 0.082 | 0.078 | 0.088 | 0.083 | |
| 1 | 0.075 | 0.072 | 0.080 | 0.076 | ||
| 2 | 0.069 | 0.066 | 0.073 | 0.070 | ||
| 3 | 0.065 | 0.062 | 0.068 | 0.065 | ||
| 4 | 0.060 | 0.058 | 0.063 | 0.061 | ||
| 5 | 0.057 | 0.055 | 0.059 | 0.057 | ||
| 6 | 0.053 | 0.052 | 0.056 | 0.054 | ||
| 7 | 0.051 | 0.049 | 0.052 | 0.051 | ||
| 8 | 0.048 | 0.047 | 0.050 | 0.048 | ||
| 9 | 0.046 | 0.045 | 0.047 | 0.046 | ||
| 10 | 0.044 | 0.043 | 0.045 | 0.044 | ||
| 11 | 0.042 | 0.041 | 0.043 | 0.042 | ||
| 12 | 0.040 | 0.039 | 0.041 | 0.040 | ||
| TABLE 10-5(3) | ||||||
| 2 x 4 Single Wood Stud: R-15 Batt | ||||||
| Siding Material/Framing Type | ||||||
| Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |||||
| R-value of Foam Board |
STD | ADV | STD | ADV | ||
| NOTE:
R-15 at 3.5 inch thickness Installed Batt R-value: R-15 in 3.5 inch cavity |
0 | 0.076 | 0.071 | 0.081 | 0.075 | |
| 1 | 0.069 | 0.065 | 0.073 | 0.069 | ||
| 2 | 0.064 | 0.061 | 0.068 | 0.069 | ||
| 3 | 0.060 | 0.057 | 0.063 | 0.059 | ||
| 4 | 0.056 | 0.053 | 0.059 | 0.056 | ||
| 5 | 0.053 | 0.051 | 0.055 | 0.052 | ||
| 6 | 0.050 | 0.048 | 0.052 | 0.050 | ||
| 7 | 0.047 | 0.046 | 0.049 | 0.047 | ||
| 8 | 0.045 | 0.044 | 0.047 | 0.045 | ||
| 9 | 0.043 | 0.042 | 0.044 | 0.043 | ||
| 10 | 0.041 | 0.040 | 0.042 | 0.041 | ||
| 11 | 0.039 | 0.038 | 0.041 | 0.039 | ||
| 12 | 0.038 | 0.037 | 0.039 | 0.038 | ||
| TABLE 10-5(4) | ||||||||
| 2 x 6 Single Wood Stud: R-19 Batt | ||||||||
| Siding Material/Framing Type | ||||||||
| Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |||||||
| R-value of Foam Board |
STD | INT | ADV | STD | INT | ADV | ||
| NOTE:
R-19 at 6 inch thickness Installed Batt R-value: R-18 in 5.5 inch cavity |
0 | 0.062 | 0.058 | 0.055 | 0.065 | 0.061 | 0.058 | |
| 1 | 0.058 | 0.055 | 0.052 | 0.060 | 0.057 | 0.055 | ||
| 2 | 0.054 | 0.052 | 0.050 | 0.056 | 0.054 | 0.051 | ||
| 3 | 0.051 | 0.049 | 0.047 | 0.053 | 0.051 | 0.049 | ||
| 4 | 0.048 | 0.046 | 0.045 | 0.050 | 0.048 | 0.046 | ||
| 5 | 0.046 | 0.044 | 0.043 | 0.048 | 0.046 | 0.044 | ||
| 6 | 0.044 | 0.042 | 0.041 | 0.045 | 0.044 | 0.042 | ||
| 7 | 0.042 | 0.040 | 0.039 | 0.043 | 0.042 | 0.040 | ||
| 8 | 0.040 | 0.039 | 0.038 | 0.041 | 0.040 | 0.039 | ||
| 9 | 0.038 | 0.037 | 0.035 | 0.039 | 0.038 | 0.037 | ||
| 10 | 0.037 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.038 | 0.037 | 0.036 | ||
| 11 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.034 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.035 | ||
| 12 | 0.034 | 0.033 | 0.033 | 0.035 | 0.034 | 0.033 | ||
| TABLE 10-5(5) | ||||||||
| 2 x 6 Single Wood Stud: R-21 Batt | ||||||||
| Siding Material/Framing Type | ||||||||
| Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |||||||
| R-value of Foam Board |
STD | INT | ADV | STD | INT | ADV | ||
| NOTE:
R-21 at 5.5 inch thickness Installed Batt R-value: R-21 in 5.5 inch cavity |
0 | 0.057 | 0.054 | 0.051 | 0.060 | 0.056 | 0.053 | |
| 1 | 0.054 | 0.051 | 0.048 | 0.056 | 0.053 | 0.050 | ||
| 2 | 0.050 | 0.048 | 0.045 | 0.052 | 0.050 | 0.047 | ||
| 3 | 0.048 | 0.045 | 0.043 | 0.049 | 0.047 | 0.045 | ||
| 4 | 0.045 | 0.043 | 0.041 | 0.047 | 0.045 | 0.043 | ||
| 5 | 0.043 | 0.041 | 0.040 | 0.044 | 0.042 | 0.041 | ||
| 6 | 0.041 | 0.039 | 0.038 | 0.042 | 0.041 | 0.039 | ||
| 7 | 0.039 | 0.038 | 0.036 | 0.040 | 0.039 | 0.037 | ||
| 8 | 0.038 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.039 | 0.037 | 0.036 | ||
| 9 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.034 | 0.037 | 0.036 | 0.035 | ||
| 10 | 0.035 | 0.034 | 0.033 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.033 | ||
| 11 | 0.033 | 0.033 | 0.032 | 0.034 | 0.033 | 0.032 | ||
| 12 | 0.032 | 0.031 | 0.031 | 0.033 | 0.032 | 0.031 | ||
| TABLE 10-5(6) | ||||||||
| 2 x 6 Single Wood Stud: R-22 Batt | ||||||||
| Siding Material/Framing Type | ||||||||
| Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |||||||
| R-value of Foam Board |
STD | INT | ADV | STD | INT | ADV | ||
| NOTE:
R-22 at 6.75 inch thickness Installed Batt R-value: R-20 in 5.5 inch cavity |
0 | 0.059 | 0.055 | 0.052 | 0.062 | 0.058 | 0.054 | |
| 1 | 0.055 | 0.052 | 0.049 | 0.057 | 0.054 | 0.051 | ||
| 2 | 0.052 | 0.049 | 0.047 | 0.054 | 0.051 | 0.048 | ||
| 3 | 0.049 | 0.046 | 0.044 | 0.050 | 0.048 | 0.046 | ||
| 4 | 0.046 | 0.044 | 0.042 | 0.048 | 0.046 | 0.044 | ||
| 5 | 0.044 | 0.042 | 0.041 | 0.045 | 0.043 | 0.042 | ||
| 6 | 0.042 | 0.040 | 0.039 | 0.043 | 0.042 | 0.040 | ||
| 7 | 0.040 | 0.039 | 0.037 | 0.041 | 0.040 | 0.038 | ||
| 8 | 0.038 | 0.037 | 0.036 | 0.039 | 0.038 | 0.037 | ||
| 9 | 0.037 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.038 | 0.037 | 0.035 | ||
| 10 | 0.035 | 0.034 | 0.033 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.034 | ||
| 11 | 0.034 | 0.033 | 0.032 | 0.035 | 0.034 | 0.033 | ||
| 12 | 0.033 | 0.032 | 0.031 | 0.034 | 0.033 | 0.032 | ||
| TABLE 10-5(7) | ||||||||
| 2 x 6 Single Wood Stud: Two R-11 Batts | ||||||||
| Siding Material/Framing Type | ||||||||
| Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |||||||
| R-value of Foam Board |
STD | INT | ADV | STD | INT | ADV | ||
| NOTE:
R-22 at 7 inch thickness Installed Batt R-value: R-18.9 in 5.5 inch cavity |
0 | 0.060 | 0.057 | 0.054 | 0.063 | 0.059 | 0.056 | |
| 1 | 0.056 | 0.053 | 0.051 | 0.059 | 0.056 | 0.053 | ||
| 2 | 0.053 | 0.050 | 0.048 | 0.055 | 0.052 | 0.050 | ||
| 3 | 0.050 | 0.048 | 0.046 | 0.052 | 0.049 | 0.047 | ||
| 4 | 0.047 | 0.045 | 0.044 | 0.049 | 0.047 | 0.045 | ||
| 5 | 0.045 | 0.043 | 0.042 | 0.046 | 0.045 | 0.043 | ||
| 6 | 0.043 | 0.041 | 0.040 | 0.044 | 0.043 | 0.041 | ||
| 7 | 0.041 | 0.040 | 0.038 | 0.042 | 0.041 | 0.039 | ||
| 8 | 0.039 | 0.038 | 0.037 | 0.040 | 0.039 | 0.038 | ||
| 9 | 0.038 | 0.037 | 0.036 | 0.039 | 0.038 | 0.036 | ||
| 10 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.034 | 0.037 | 0.036 | 0.035 | ||
| 11 | 0.035 | 0.034 | 0.033 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.034 | ||
| 12 | 0.034 | 0.033 | 0.032 | 0.034 | 0.034 | 0.033 | ||
| TABLE 10-5(8) | ||||||||
| 2 x 8 Single Stud: R-25 Batt | ||||||||
| Siding Material/Framing Type | ||||||||
| Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |||||||
| R-value of Foam Board |
STD | INT | ADV | STD | INT | ADV | ||
| NOTE:
R-25 at 8 inch thickness Installed Batt R-value: R-23.6 in 7.25 inch cavity |
0 | 0.051 | 0.047 | 0.045 | 0.053 | 0.049 | 0.046 | |
| 1 | 0.048 | 0.045 | 0.043 | 0.049 | 0.046 | 0.044 | ||
| 2 | 0.045 | 0.043 | 0.041 | 0.047 | 0.044 | 0.042 | ||
| 3 | 0.043 | 0.041 | 0.039 | 0.044 | 0.042 | 0.040 | ||
| 4 | 0.041 | 0.039 | 0.037 | 0.042 | 0.040 | 0.038 | ||
| 5 | 0.039 | 0.037 | 0.036 | 0.040 | 0.038 | 0.037 | ||
| 6 | 0.037 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.038 | 0.037 | 0.036 | ||
| 7 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.033 | 0.037 | 0.035 | 0.034 | ||
| 8 | 0.035 | 0.033 | 0.032 | 0.035 | 0.034 | 0.033 | ||
| 9 | 0.033 | 0.032 | 0.031 | 0.034 | 0.033 | 0.032 | ||
| 10 | 0.032 | 0.031 | 0.030 | 0.033 | 0.032 | 0.031 | ||
| 11 | 0.031 | 0.030 | 0.029 | 0.032 | 0.031 | 0.030 | ||
| 12 | 0.030 | 0.029 | 0.028 | 0.031 | 0.030 | 0.029 | ||
| 2 x 6: Strap Wall | ||||
| Siding Material/Frame Type | ||||
| Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |||
| STD | ADV | STD | ADV | |
| R-19 +R-11 Batts | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.038 | 0.036 |
| R-19 +R-8 Batts | 0.041 | 0.039 | 0.042 | 0.040 |
2 x 6 + 2 x 4: Double Wood Stud
| Siding Material/Frame Type | ||||||
| Batt Configuration | Lapped Wood | T1-11 | ||||
| Exterior | Middle | Interior | STD | ADV | STD | ADV |
| R-19 | ------- | R-11 | 0.040 | 0.037 | 0.041 | 0.038 |
| R-19 | ------- | R-19 | 0.034 | 0.031 | 0.035 | 0.032 |
| R-19 | R-8 | R-11 | 0.029 | 0.028 | 0.031 | 0.029 |
| R-19 | R-11 | R-11 | 0.027 | 0.026 | 0.028 | 0.027 |
| R-19 | R-11 | R-19 | 0.024 | 0.023 | 0.025 | 0.023 |
| R-19 | R-19 | R-19 | 0.021 | 0.020 | 0.021 | 0.020 |
| 2 x 4 + 2 x 4: Double Wood Stud | ||||||
| Siding Material/Frame Type | ||||||
| Batt Configuration | Lapped Wood | T1-11 | ||||
| Exterior | Middle | Interior | STD | ADV | STD | ADV |
| R-11 | -------- | R-11 | 0.050 | 0.046 | 0.052 | 0.048 |
| R-19 | -------- | R-11 | 0.039 | 0.037 | 0.043 | 0.039 |
| R-11 | R-8 | R-11 | 0.037 | 0.035 | 0.036 | 0.036 |
| R-11 | R-11 | R-11 | 0.032 | 0.031 | 0.033 | 0.032 |
| R-13 | R-13 | R-13 | 0.029 | 0.028 | 0.029 | 0.028 |
| R-11 | R-19 | R-11 | 0.026 | 0.026 | 0.027 | 0.026 |
| TABLE 10-5(12) | |||
Log Walls |
|||
| Average Log Diameter, Inches |
U-factor | ||
R-value of wood: R-1.25 per inch thickness Average wall thickness 90% average log diameter |
6 | 0.148 | |
| 8 | 0.111 | ||
| 10 | 0.089 | ||
| 12 | 0.074 | ||
| 14 | 0.063 | ||
| 16 | 0.056 | ||
| TABLE 10-5(13) | |||
Stress Skin Panel |
|||
| Panel Thickness, Inches |
U-factor | ||
| R-value of expanded
polystyrene: R-3.85 per
inch Framing: 6% Spline: 8% |
3 1/2 | 0.071 | |
| 5 1/2 | 0.048 | ||
| 7 1/4 | 0.037 | ||
| 9 1/4 | 0.030 | ||
| 11 1/4 | 0.025 | ||
| No thermal bridging between interior and exterior splines | |||
Metal Stud Walls: The nominal R-values in Table 10-5A
may be used for purposes of calculating metal stud wall
section U-factors in lieu of the ASHRAE zone calculation
method as provided in Chapter ((25)) 27 of Standard RS-1.
TABLE 10-5A
Default U-factors for Overall Assembly Metal Stud Walls, Effective R-values for Metal Framing and Cavity Only,
and Default Metal Building U-factors
TABLE 10-5A(1)
OVERALL ASSEMBLY U-FACTORS FOR METAL STUD WALLS
| R-Value of | |||||||
| Continuous | Cavity Insulation | ||||||
| Metal | Foam Board | ||||||
| Framing | Insulation | R-0 | R-11 | R-13 | R-15 | R-19 | R-21 |
16" o.c. |
R-0 (none) |
U-0.352 |
U-0.132 |
U-0.124 |
U-0.118 |
U-0.109 |
U-0.106 |
| R-1 | U-0.260 | U-0.117 | U-0.111 | U-0.106 | U-0.099 | U-0.096 | |
| R-2 | U-0.207 | U-0.105 | U-0.100 | U-0.096 | U-0.090 | U-0.087 | |
| R-3 | U-0.171 | U-0.095 | U-0.091 | U-0.087 | U-0.082 | U-0.080 | |
| R-4 | U-0.146 | U-0.087 | U-0.083 | U-0.080 | U-0.076 | U-0.074 | |
| R-5 | U-0.128 | U-0.080 | U-0.077 | U-0.074 | U-0.071 | U-0.069 | |
| R-6 | U-0.113 | U-0.074 | U-0.071 | U-0.069 | U-0.066 | U-0.065 | |
| R-7 | U-0.102 | U-0.069 | U-0.066 | U-0.065 | U-0.062 | U-0.061 | |
| R-8 | U-0.092 | U-0.064 | U-0.062 | U-0.061 | U-0.058 | U-0.057 | |
| R-9 | U-0.084 | U-0.060 | U-0.059 | U-0.057 | U-0.055 | U-0.054 | |
| R-10 | U-0.078 | U-0.057 | U-0.055 | U-0.054 | U-0.052 | U-0.051 | |
| R-11 | U-0.072 | U-0.054 | U-0.052 | U-0.051 | U-0.050 | U-0.049 | |
| R-12 | U-0.067 | U-0.051 | U-0.050 | U-0.049 | U-0.047 | U-0.047 | |
| R-13 | U-0.063 | U-0.049 | U-0.048 | U-0.047 | U-0.045 | U-0.045 | |
| R-14 | U-0.059 | U-0.046 | U-0.045 | U-0.045 | U-0.043 | U-0.043 | |
| R-15 | U-0.056 | U-0.044 | U-0.043 | U-0.043 | U-0.041 | U-0.041 | |
| R-20 | U-0.044 | U-0.036 | U-0.036 | U-0.035 | U-0.034 | U-0.034 | |
24" o.c |
R-0 (none) |
U-0.338 |
U-0.116 |
U-0.108 |
U-0.102 |
U-0.094 |
U-0.090 |
| R-1 | U-0.253 | U-0.104 | U-0.098 | U-0.092 | U-0.086 | U-0.083 | |
| R-2 | U-0.202 | U-0.094 | U-0.089 | U-0.084 | U-0.079 | U-0.077 | |
| R-3 | U-0.168 | U-0.086 | U-0.082 | U-0.078 | U-0.073 | U-0.071 | |
| R-4 | U-0.144 | U-0.079 | U-0.075 | U-0.072 | U-0.068 | U-0.066 | |
| R-5 | U-0.126 | U-0.073 | U-0.070 | U-0.067 | U-0.064 | U-0.062 | |
| R-6 | U-0.112 | U-0.068 | U-0.066 | U-0.063 | U-0.060 | U-0.059 | |
| R-7 | U-0.100 | U-0.064 | U-0.062 | U-0.059 | U-0.057 | U-0.055 | |
| R-8 | U-0.091 | U-0.060 | U-0.058 | U-0.056 | U-0.054 | U-0.052 | |
| R-9 | U-0.084 | U-0.057 | U-0.055 | U-0.053 | U-0.051 | U-0.050 | |
| R-10 | U-0.077 | U-0.054 | U-0.052 | U-0.050 | U-0.048 | U-0.048 | |
| R-11 | U-0.072 | U-0.051 | U-0.049 | U-0.048 | U-0.046 | U-0.045 | |
| R-12 | U-0.067 | U-0.048 | U-0.047 | U-0.046 | U-0.044 | U-0.043 | |
| R-13 | U-0.063 | U-0.046 | U-0.045 | U-0.044 | U-0.042 | U-0.042 | |
| R-14 | U-0.059 | U-0.044 | U-0.043 | U-0.042 | U-0.041 | U-0.040 | |
| R-15 | U-0.056 | U-0.042 | U-0.041 | U-0.040 | U-0.039 | U-0.038 | |
| R-20 | U-0.044 | U-0.035 | U-0.034 | U-0.034 | U-0.033 | U-0.032 |
| Footnote: | Continuous foam board insulation: Continuous insulation assumes no thermal bridging of insulation by framing or z-furring through applied foam board. Zone calculation method as provided in RS-1 must be used for thermally bridged foam board insulation. |
TABLE 10-5A(2)
EFFECTIVE R-VALUES FOR METAL FRAMING AND CAVITY ONLY
| Cavity | Insulation | ||||
| Nominal Depth, Inches |
Actual Depth, Inches |
Nominal R-Value |
Effective R-Value | ||
| 16" O.C. | 24" O.C. | ||||
| Air Cavity | any | any | R-0.91 (air) | 0.79 | 0.91 |
| 4 | 3-1/2 | R-11 | 5.5 | 6.6 | |
| 4 | 3-1/2 | R-13 | 6.0 | 7.2 | |
| Wall | 4 | 3-1/2 | R-15 | 6.4 | 7.8 |
| 6 | 5-1/2 | R-19 | 7.1 | 8.6 | |
| 6 | 5-1/2 | R-21 | 7.4 | 9.0 | |
| 8 | 7-1/4 | R-25 | 7.8 | 9.6 | |
| Roof | Insulation is uncompressed | R-11 | 5.5 | 6.1 | |
| R-19 | 7.0 | 9.1 | |||
| R-30 | 9.3 | 11.4 | |||
TABLE 10-5A(3)
DEFAULT METAL BUILDING WALL U-FACTORS
| (( |
||||||
| Insulation System | Rated R-Value of Insulation | Overall U-Factor for Entire Base Wall Assembly | Overall U-Factor for Assembly of Base Wall Plus Continuous Insulation (Uninterrupted by Framing) | |||||
| Single Layer of Mineral Fiber | R-6.5 | R-13 | R-19.5 | R-26 | R-32.5 | R-39 | ||
| None | 1.180 | 0.136 | 0.072 | 0.049 | 0.037 | 0.030 | 0.025 | |
| R-10 | 0.186 | 0.084 | 0.054 | 0.040 | 0.032 | 0.026 | 0.023 | |
| R-11 | 0.185 | 0.084 | 0.054 | 0.040 | 0.032 | 0.026 | 0.023 | |
| R-13 | 0.162 | 0.079 | 0.052 | 0.039 | 0.031 | 0.026 | 0.022 | |
| R-16 | 0.155 | 0.077 | 0.051 | 0.039 | 0.031 | 0.026 | 0.022 | |
| R-19 | 0.147 | 0.075 | 0.050 | 0.038 | 0.030 | 0.025 | 0.022 | |
TABLE 10-5B(1)
Default U-Factors for Concrete and Masonry Walls
| (( |
||||
| (( |
||||
| (( |
||||
| (( |
||||
| Framing Type and Depth | Rated R-Value of Insulation Alone | Assembly U-Factors for 8 in. Normal Weight 145 lb/ft3 Solid Concrete Walls | Assembly U-Factors for 8 in. Medium Weight 115 lb/ft3 Concrete Block Walls: Solid Grouted | Assembly U-Factors for 8 in. Medium Weight 115 lb/ft3 Concrete Block Walls: Partially Grouted (cores uninsulated except where specified) | ||||
| R-0 | U-0.740 | U-0.580 | U-0.480 | |||||
| No Framing | Ungrouted Cores Filled with Loose-Fill Insulation | NA | NA | U-0.350 | ||||
| Continuous metal framing at 24 in. on center horizontally | ||||||||
| 1.0 in | R-0 | U-0.414 | U-0.359 | U-0.318 | ||||
| 1.0 in | R-3.8 | U-0.325 | U-0.290 | U-0.263 | ||||
| 1.0 in | R-5 | U-0.314 | U-0.281 | U-0.255 | ||||
| 1.0 in | R-6.5 | U-0.305 | U-0.274 | U-0.249 | ||||
| 1.5 in | R-11 | U-0.267 | U-0.243 | U-0.223 | ||||
| 2.0 in | R-7.6 | U-0.230 | U-0.212 | U-0.197 | ||||
| 2.0 in | R-10 | U-0.219 | U-0.202 | U-0.188 | ||||
| 2.0 in | R-13 | U-0.210 | U-0.195 | U-0.182 | ||||
| 3.0 in | R-11.4 | U-0.178 | U-0.167 | U-0.157 | ||||
| 3.0 in | R-15 | U-0.168 | U-0.158 | U-0.149 | ||||
| 3.0 in | R-19.5 | U-0.160 | U-0.151 | U-0.143 | ||||
| 3.5 in | R-11.0 | U-0.168 | U-0.158 | U-0.149 | ||||
| 3.5 in | R-13.0 | U-0.161 | U-0.152 | U-0.144 | ||||
| 3.5 in | R-15.0 | U-0.155 | U-0.147 | U-0.140 | ||||
| 4.5 in | R-17.1 | U-0.133 | U-0.126 | U-0.121 | ||||
| 4.5 in | R-22.5 | U-0.124 | U-0.119 | U-0.114 | ||||
| 4.5 in | R-25.2 | U-0.122 | U-0.116 | U-0.112 | ||||
| 5.0 in | R-19.0 | U-0.122 | U-0.117 | U-0.112 | ||||
| 5.0 in | R-25.0 | U-0.115 | U-0.110 | U-0.106 | ||||
| 5.0 in | R-28.0 | U-0.112 | U-0.107 | U-0.103 | ||||
| 5.0 in | R-32.5 | U-0.109 | U-0.104 | U-0.101 | ||||
| 5.5 in | R-19.0 | U-0.118 | U-0.113 | U-0.109 | ||||
| 5.5 in | R-20.9 | U-0.114 | U-0.109 | U-0.105 | ||||
| 5.5 in | R-21.0 | U-0.113 | U-0.109 | U-0.150 | ||||
| 5.5 in | R-27.5 | U-0.106 | U-0.102 | U-0.099 | ||||
| 5.5 in | R-30.8 | U-0.104 | U-0.100 | U-0.096 | ||||
| 6.0 in | R-22.8 | U-0.106 | U-0.102 | U-0.098 | ||||
| 6.0 in | R-30.0 | U-0.099 | U-0.095 | U-0.092 | ||||
| 6.0 in | R-33.6 | U-0.096 | U-0.093 | U-0.090 | ||||
| 6.5 in | R-24.7 | U-0.099 | U-0.096 | U-0.092 | ||||
| 7.0 in | R-26.6 | U-0.093 | U-0.090 | U-0.087 | ||||
| 7.5 in | R-28.5 | U-0.088 | U-0.085 | U-0.083 | ||||
| 8.0 in | R-30.4 | U-0.083 | U-0.081 | U-0.079 | ||||
| Continuous insulation uninterrupted by framing | ||||||||
| No Framing | R-1.0 | U-0.425 | U-0.367 | U-0.324 | ||||
| No Framing | R-2.0 | U-0.298 | U-0.269 | U-0.245 | ||||
| No Framing | R-3.0 | U-0.230 | U-0.212 | U-0.197 | ||||
| No Framing | R-4.0 | U-0.187 | U-0.175 | U-0.164 | ||||
| No Framing | R-5.0 | U-0.157 | U-0.149 | U-0.141 | ||||
| No Framing | R-6.0 | U-0.136 | U-0.129 | U-0.124 | ||||
| No Framing | R-7.0 | U-0.120 | U-0.115 | U-0.110 | ||||
| No Framing | R-8.0 | U-0.107 | U-0.103 | U-0.099 | ||||
| No Framing | R-9.0 | U-0.097 | U-0.093 | U-0.090 | ||||
| No Framing | R-10.0 | U-0.088 | U-0.085 | U-0.083 | ||||
| No Framing | R-11.0 | U-0.081 | U-0.079 | U-0.076 | ||||
| No Framing | R-12.0 | U-0.075 | U-0.073 | U-0.071 | ||||
| No Framing | R-13.0 | U-0.070 | U-0.068 | U-0.066 | ||||
| No Framing | R-14.0 | U-0.065 | U-0.064 | U-0.062 | ||||
| No Framing | R-15.0 | U-0.061 | U-0.060 | U-0.059 | ||||
| No Framing | R-16.0 | U-0.058 | U-0.056 | U-0.055 | ||||
| No Framing | R-17.0 | U-0.054 | U-0.053 | U-0.052 | ||||
| No Framing | R-18.0 | U-0.052 | U-0.051 | U-0.050 | ||||
| No Framing | R-19.0 | U-0.049 | U-0.048 | U-0.047 | ||||
| No Framing | R-20.0 | U-0.047 | U-0.046 | U-0.045 | ||||
| No Framing | R-21.0 | U-0.045 | U-0.044 | U-0.043 | ||||
| No Framing | R-22.0 | U-0.043 | U-0.042 | U-0.042 | ||||
| No Framing | R-23.0 | U-0.041 | U-0.040 | U-0.040 | ||||
| No Framing | R-24.0 | U-0.039 | U-0.039 | U-0.038 | ||||
| No Framing | R-25.0 | U-0.038 | U-0.037 | U-0.037 | ||||
| No Framing | R-30.0 | U-0.032 | U-0.032 | U-0.031 | ||||
| No Framing | R-35.0 | U-0.028 | U-0.027 | U-0.027 | ||||
| No Framing | R-40.0 | U-0.024 | U-0.024 | U-0.024 | ||||
| No Framing | R-45.0 | U-0.022 | U-0.021 | U-0.021 | ||||
| No Framing | R-50.0 | U-0.019 | U-0.019 | U-0.019 | ||||
| No Framing | R-55.0 | U-0.018 | U-0.018 | U-0.018 | ||||
| No Framing | R-60.0 | U-0.016 | U-0.016 | U-0.016 | ||||
| Brick cavity wall with continuous insulation | ||||||||
| No Framing | R-0 | U-0.337 | U-0.299 | U-0.270 | ||||
| No Framing | R-3.8 | U-0.148 | U-0.140 | U-0.133 | ||||
| No Framing | R-5.0 | U-0.125 | U-0.120 | U-0.115 | ||||
| No Framing | R-6.5 | U-0.106 | U-0.102 | U-0.098 | ||||
| No Framing | R-7.6 | U-0.095 | U-0.091 | U-0.088 | ||||
| No Framing | R-10 | U-0.077 | U-0.075 | U-0.073 | ||||
| No Framing | R-10.5 | U-0.079 | U-0.077 | U-0.075 | ||||
| No Framing | R-11.4 | U-0.070 | U-0.068 | U-0.066 | ||||
| No Framing | R-15 | U-0.056 | U-0.055 | U-0.053 | ||||
| No Framing | R-16.5 | U-0.054 | U-0.053 | U-0.052 | ||||
| No Framing | R-19.5 | U-0.045 | U-0.044 | U-0.043 | ||||
| No Framing | R-22.5 | U-0.041 | U-0.040 | U-0.039 | ||||
| No Framing | R-28.5 | U-0.033 | U-0.032 | U-0.032 | ||||
| Continuous insulation uninterrupted by framing with stucco and continuous metal framing at 24 in. on center horizontally | ||||||||
| 1.0 in | R-0 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.045 | U-0.045 | U-0.044 | ||||
| 1.0 in | R-3.8 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.044 | U-0.043 | U-0.043 | ||||
| 1.0 in | R-5 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.044 | U-0.043 | U-0.043 | ||||
| 1.0 in | R-6.5 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.044 | U-0.043 | U-0.042 | ||||
| 1.5 in | R-11 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.043 | U-0.042 | U-0.042 | ||||
| 2.0 in | R-7.6 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.042 | U-0.041 | U-0.041 | ||||
| 2.0 in | R-10 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.041 | U-0.041 | U-0.040 | ||||
| 2.0 in | R-13 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.041 | U-0.040 | U-0.040 | ||||
| 3.0 in | R-11.4 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.040 | U-0.039 | U-0.039 | ||||
| 3.0 in | R-15 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.039 | U-0.039 | U-0.038 | ||||
| 3.0 in | R-19.5 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.039 | U-0.038 | U-0.038 | ||||
| 3.5 in | R-11.0 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.039 | U-0.039 | U-0.038 | ||||
| 3.5 in | R-13.0 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.039 | U-0.038 | U-0.038 | ||||
| 5.0 in | R-19.0 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.036 | U-0.036 | U-0.035 | ||||
| 5.0 in | R-25 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.035 | U-0.035 | U-0.034 | ||||
| 5.0 in | R-32.5 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.035 | U-0.034 | U-0.034 | ||||
| 5.5 in | R-19.0 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.036 | U-0.035 | U-0.035 | ||||
| 5.5 in | R-21.0 + R-19.5 c.i. | U-0.035 | U-0.035 | U-0.034 | ||||
| Notes for Default Table 10-5B(1) | ||
| 1. | It is acceptable to use the U-factors in Table 10-5B(1) for all concrete and masonry walls, provided that the grouting is equal to or less than that specified. | |
| For ungrouted walls, use the partially grouted column. | ||
| For metal studs and z-furring, use the continuous metal framing category. | ||
| For insulation that is attached without any framing members (e.g., glued), use the continuous insulation uninterrupted by framing member category. Continuous insulation may be installed on the interior or exterior of masonry walls, or between stand-alone walls in multilayer masonry walls, or on the interior or exterior of the concrete. | ||
| 2. | For Table 10-5B(1), the U-factor includes R-0.17 for exterior air film and R-0.68 for interior air film-vertical surfaces. For insulated walls, the U-factor also includes R-0.45 for 0.5 inch gypsum board. | |
| U-factors are provided for the following configurations: | ||
| a. | Concrete wall: 8-inch normal weight concrete wall with a density of 145 lb/ft3. | |
| b. | Solid grouted concrete block wall: 8-inch medium weight ASTM C90 concrete block with a density of 115 lb/ft3 and solid grouted cores. | |
| c. | Partially grouted concrete block wall: 8-inch medium weight ASTM C90 concrete block with a density of 115 lb/ft3 having reinforcing steel every 32 inches vertically and every 48 inches horizontally, with cores grouted in those areas only. Other cores are filled with insulating material only if there is no other insulation. | |
| 3. | For walls with insulation contained in a framing layer, the U-factors in Table 10-5B(1) assume contact (and thermal bridging) between the mass wall and other framing. For wall assemblies with multiple layers where the wood or metal framing layer does not contact the concrete or masonry layer (i.e., walls with an airspace between the stud wall and the mass wall layer), it is acceptable to use the appropriate wood or metal frame wall default U-factors in Tables 10-5 or 10-5A. | |
| Note: | It is acceptable to use this approach where the insulation extends beyond the framing and is in contact with the mass wall layer (e.g., a nominal 4-inch metal stud containing insulation that is nominally 6 inches thick and therefore extends 2 inches beyond the back of the metal stud). | |
| 4. | Except for wall assemblies qualifying for Note 3, if not taken from Table 10-5B(1), mass wall U-factors shall be determined in accordance with ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007, Appendix A, Section A3.1 and Tables A3.1A to A3.1D, or Section A9.4. If not taken from Table 10-9, heat capacity for mass walls shall be taken from ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007, Appendix A, Table A3.1B or A3.1C. | |
TABLE 10-5B(2)
Default U-Factors for Peripheral Edges of Intermediate Concrete Floors
| AVERAGE THICKNESS OF WALL ABOVE AND BELOW | ||||
| SLAB EDGE TREATMENT | 6 inches | 8 inches | 10 inches | 12 inches |
| Exposed Concrete | 0.816 | 0.741 | 0.678 | 0.625 |
| R-5 Exterior Insulation | 0.161 | 0.157 | 0.154 | 0.152 |
| R-6 Exterior Insulation | 0.138 | 0.136 | 0.134 | 0.132 |
| R-7 Exterior Insulation | 0.122 | 0.120 | 0.118 | 0.116 |
| R-8 Exterior Insulation | 0.108 | 0.107 | 0.106 | 0.104 |
| R-9 Exterior Insulation | 0.098 | 0.097 | 0.095 | 0.094 |
| R-10 Exterior Insulation | 0.089 | 0.088 | 0.087 | 0.086 |
| R-11 Exterior Insulation | 0.082 | 0.081 | 0.080 | 0.079 |
| R-12 Exterior Insulation | 0.076 | 0.075 | 0.074 | 0.074 |
| R-13 Exterior Insulation | 0.070 | 0.070 | 0.069 | 0.068 |
| R-14 Exterior Insulation | 0.066 | 0.065 | 0.065 | 0.064 |
| R-15 Exterior Insulation | 0.062 | 0.061 | 0.061 | 0.060 |
| (( |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1005, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-1005, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1005, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1005, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-1005, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
1006.1 Glazing and Doors without NFRC Certification:
Glazing and doors that do not have NFRC certification shall be
assigned the following U-factors:
TABLE 10-6
Other than ((Group R Occupancy)) Single-Family
Residential: DEFAULT U-FACTORS FOR VERTICAL
GLAZING, OVERHEAD GLAZING AND OPAQUE DOORS
| Vertical Glazing | |||
| U-Factor | |||
| Any Frame | Aluminum W/Thermal Break | Vinyl/Wood/ Fiberglass Frame |
|
| Single | 1.45 | 1.45 | 1.45 |
| Double | 0.90 | 0.85 | 0.75 |
| 1/2 Inch Air, Fixed/Operable | 0.75/0.90 | 0.70/0.84 | 0.60/0.72 |
| 1/2 Inch Air, Low-e(0.40), Fixed/Operable |
(( 0.70/0.84 |
(( 0.60/0.72 |
0.50/0.60 |
| 1/2 Inch Air, Low-e(0.10), Fixed/Operable | (( 0.65/0.78 |
(( 0.55/0.66 |
0.45/0.54 |
| 1/2 Inch
Argon, Low-e(0.10), Fixed/Operable |
(( 0.60/0.72 |
(( 0.50/0.60 |
0.40/0.48 |
| Triple | 0.75 | 0.55 | 0.50 |
| 1/2 Inch Air, Fixed/Operable | 0.55/0.66 | 0.50/0.60 | 0.45/0.54 |
| 1/2 Inch Air, Low-e(0.20), Fixed/Operable | 0.50/0.60 | 0.45/0.54 | 0.40/0.48 |
| 1/2 Inch Air, 2 Low-e(0.10), Fixed/Operable | 0.45/0.54 | 0.35/0.42 | 0.30/0.36 |
| 1/2 Inch Argon, Low-e(0.10), Fixed/Operable |
0.40/0.48 | 0.30/0.36 | 0.25/0.30 |
| Overhead Glazing: Sloped Glazing (Including Frame) | |||
| U-Factor | |||
| Any Frame | Aluminum W/Thermal Break | Vinyl/Wood/ Fiberglass Frame |
|
| Single | 1.74 | 1.74 | 1.74 |
| Double | 1.08 | 1.02 | 0.90 |
| 1/2 Inch Air, Fixed | 0.90 | 0.84 | 0.72 |
| 1/2 Inch Air, Low-e(0.40), Fixed | (( |
(( 0.72 |
0.60 |
| 1/2 Inch Air, Low-e(0.10), Fixed | (( |
(( 0.66 |
0.54 |
| 1/2 Inch Argon, Low-e(0.10), Fixed | (( 0.72 |
(( 0.60 |
0.48 |
| Triple | 0.90 | 0.66 | 0.60 |
| 1/2 Inch Air, Fixed | 0.66 | 0.60 | 0.54 |
| 1/2 Inch Air, Low-e (0.20), Fixed | 0.60 | 0.54 | 0.48 |
| 1/2 Inch Air, 2 Low-e(0.10), Fixed | 0.54 | 0.42 | 0.36 |
| 1/2 Inch Argon, 2 Low-e(0.10), Fixed | 0.48 | 0.36 | 0.30 |
| Opaque Doors | |
| U-Factor | |
| Uninsulated Metal | 1.20 |
| Insulated Metal (Including Fire Door and Smoke Vent) | 0.60 |
| Wood | 0.50 |
| Other Doors | See Table 10-6C |
Where a gap width is listed (i.e.: 1/2 inch), that is the minimum allowed.
Where a low-emissivity emittance is listed (i.e.: 0.40, 0.20, 0.10), that is the maximum allowed.
Where a gas other than air is listed (i.e.: Argon), the gas fill shall be a minimum of 90%.
Where an operator type is listed (i.e.: Fixed), the default is only allowed for that operator type. Where a frame type is listed (i.e.: Wood/vinyl), the default is only allowed for that frame type. Wood/vinyl frame includes reinforced vinyl and aluminum-clad wood.
| Description1,2,3,4 | Frame Type5,6 | ||||
| Aluminum | Aluminum Thermal Break7 |
Wood/Vinyl | |||
| Windows | Single | 1.20 | 1.20 | 1.20 | |
| Double, < 1/2" | Clear | 0.92 | 0.75 | 0.63 | |
| Clear + Argon | 0.87 | 0.71 | 0.60 | ||
| Low-e | 0.85 | 0.69 | 0.58 | ||
| Low-e + Argon | 0.79 | 0.62 | 0.53 | ||
| Double, > 1/2" | Clear | 0.86 | 0.69 | 0.58 | |
| Clear + Argon | 0.83 | 0.67 | 0.55 | ||
| Low-e | 0.78 | 0.61 | 0.51 | ||
| Low-e + Argon | 0.75 | 0.58 | 0.48 | ||
| Triple, | Clear | 0.70 | 0.53 | 0.43 | |
| Clear + Argon | 0.69 | 0.52 | 0.41 | ||
| Low-e | 0.67 | 0.49 | 0.40 | ||
| Low-e + Argon | 0.63 | 0.47 | 0.37 | ||
| Garden | Single | 2.60 | n.a. | 2.31 | |
| Windows | Double | Clear | 1.81 | n.a. | 1.61 |
| Clear + Argon | 1.76 | n.a. | 1.56 | ||
| Low-e | 1.73 | n.a. | 1.54 | ||
| Low-e + Argon | 1.64 | n.a. | 1.47 | ||
| 1 | < 1/2" = a minimum dead air space of less than 0.5 inches between the panes of glass. | |
| > 1/2" = a minimum dead air space of 0.5 inches or greater between the panes of glass. | ||
| Where no gap width is listed, the minimum gap width is 1/4". | ||
| 2 | Any low-e (emissivity) coating (0.1, 0.2 or 0.4). | |
| 3 | U-factors listed for argon shall consist of sealed, gas-filled insulated units for argon, C02, SF6, argon/SF6 mixtures and Krypton. | |
| 4 | "Glass block” assemblies may use a U-factor of 0.51. | |
| 5 | Insulated fiberglass framed products shall use wood/vinyl U-factors. | |
| 6 | Aluminum clad wood windows shall use the U-factors listed for wood/vinyl windows. | |
| 7 | Aluminum Thermal Break = An aluminum thermal break framed window shall incorporate the following minimum design characteristics: | |
| a) | The thermal conductivity of the thermal break material shall be not more than 3.6 Btu-in/h/ft2/°F; | |
| b) | The thermal break material must produces a gap in the frame material of not less than 0.210 inches; and, | |
| c) | All metal framing members of the products exposed to interior and exterior air shall incorporate a thermal break meeting the criteria in a) and b) above. | |
| (( |
||||
THERMAL BREAK9 |
WOOD/REINFORCED VINYL10 |
|||
| Vertical Glazing Description |
Frame Type | |||||
| Any Frame | Aluminum Thermal Break2 | Wood/Vinyl Fiberglass | ||||
| Panes | Low-e1 | Spacer | Fill | |||
| A | Any | Argon | 0.48 | 0.41 | 0.32 | |
| B | Any | Argon | 0.46 | 0.39 | 0.30 | |
| Double3 | C | Any | Argon | 0.44 | 0.37 | 0.28 |
| C | High Performance | Argon | 0.42 | 0.35 | Deemed to comply5 | |
| A | Any | Air | 0.50 | 0.44 | 0.26 | |
| B | Any | Air | 0.45 | 0.39 | 0.22 | |
| Triple4 | C | Any | Air | 0.41 | 0.34 | 0.20 |
| Any, double low-e | Any | Air | 0.35 | 0.32 | 0.18 | |
Footnotes to Table 10-6B
| (( |
|
3/8" = a minimum dead air space of 0.375 inches between the panes of glass. 1/2" = a minimum dead air space of 0.5 inches between the panes of glass. Product with air spaces different than those listed above shall use the value for the next smaller air space;
i.e. 3/4 inch = 1/2 inch U-factors, 7/16 inch = 3/8 inch U-factors, 5/16 inch = 1/4 inch U-factors. |
|
Low-e2 (emissivity) shall be 0.2 or less. Low-e1 (emissivity) shall be 0.1 or less. |
|
thermal break meeting the criteria in a) and b) above. |
|
| 1. | Low-eA (emissivity) shall be 0.24 to 0.16. |
| Low-eB (emissivity) shall be 0.15 to 0.08. | |
| Low-eC (emissivity) shall be 0.07 or less. | |
| 2. | Aluminum Thermal Break = An aluminum thermal break framed window shall incorporate the following minimum design characteristics: |
| a) The thermal conductivity of the thermal break material shall be not more than 3.6 Btu-in/h/ft2/° F; | |
| b) The thermal break material must produce a gap in the frame material of not less than 0.210 inches; and | |
| c) All metal framing members of the products exposed to interior and exterior air shall incorporate a thermal break meeting the criteria in a) and b) above. | |
| 3. | A minimum air space of 0.375 inches between panes of glass is required for double glazing. |
| 4. | A minimum air space of 0.25 inches between panes of glass is required for triple glazing. |
| 5. | Deemed to comply glazing shall not be used for performance compliance. |
TABLE 10-6C
Group R Occupancy: DEFAULT U-FACTORS FOR DOORS
| Door Type | No Glazing |
Single Glazing |
Double Glazing with 1/4 in. Airspace |
Double Glazing with 1/2 in. Airspace |
Double Glazing with e = 0.10, 1/2 in. Argon |
| SWINGING DOORS (Rough opening - 38 in. x 82 in.) | |||||
| Slab Doors | |||||
| Wood slab in wood framea | 0.46 | ||||
| 6% glazing (22 in. x 8 in. lite) | - | 0.48 | 0.47 | 0.46 | 0.44 |
| 25% glazing (22 in. x 36 in. lite) | - | 0.58 | 0.48 | 0.46 | 0.42 |
| 45% glazing (22 in. x 64 in. lite) | - | 0.69 | 0.49 | 0.46 | 0.39 |
| More than 50% glazing | Use Table 10-6A | ||||
| Insulated steel slab with wood edge in wood framea | 0.16 | ||||
| 6% glazing (22 in. x 8 in. lite) | - | 0.21 | 0.20 | 0.19 | 0.18 |
| 25% glazing (22 in. x 36 in. lite) | - | 0.39 | 0.28 | 0.26 | 0.23 |
| 45% glazing (22 in. x 64 in. lite) | - | 0.58 | 0.38 | 0.35 | 0.26 |
| More than 50% glazing | Use Table 10-6A | ||||
| Foam insulated steel slab with metal edge in steel frameb | 0.37 | ||||
| 6% glazing (22 in. x 8 in. lite) | - | 0.44 | 0.42 | 0.41 | 0.39 |
| 25% glazing (22 in. x 36 in. lite) | - | 0.55 | 0.50 | 0.48 | 0.44 |
| 45% glazing (22 in. x 64 in. lite) | - | 0.71 | 0.59 | 0.56 | 0.48 |
| More than 50% glazing | Use Table 10-6A | ||||
| Cardboard honeycomb slab with metal edge in steel frameb | 0.61 | ||||
| Style and Rail Doors | |||||
| Sliding glass doors/French doors | Use Table 10-6A | ||||
| Site-Assembled Style and Rail Doors | |||||
| Aluminum in aluminum frame | - | 1.32 | 0.99 | 0.93 | 0.79 |
| Aluminum in aluminum frame with thermal break | - | 1.13 | 0.80 | 0.74 | 0.63 |
| (( |
|||||
| a. | Thermally broken sill (add 0.03 for nonthermally broken sill) |
| b. | Nonthermally broken sill |
| c. | Nominal U-factors are through the center of the insulated panel before consideration of thermal bridges around the edges of the door sections and due to the frame. |
| REVOLVING DOORS | |
| Size (W x H) | U-Factor |
| 3-wing 8 ft. x 7 ft. 10 ft. x 8 ft. |
0.79 0.80 |
| 4-wing 7 ft. x 6.5 ft. 7 ft. x 7.5 ft. |
0.63 0.64 |
| Open 82 in. x 84 in. |
1.32 |
| DOUBLE-SKIN STEEL EMERGENCY EXIT DOORS | ||
| Core Insulation | 3 ft. x 6 ft. 8 in. | 6 ft. x 6 ft. 8 in. |
| 1-3/8 in. thickness Honeycomb kraft paper Mineral wool, steel ribs Polyurethane foam |
0.57 0.44 0.34 |
0.52 0.36 0.28 |
| 1-3/4 in. thickness Honeycomb kraft paper Mineral wool, steel ribs Polyurethane foam |
0.57 0.41 0.31 |
0.54 0.33 0.26 |
| 1-3/8 in. thickness Honeycomb kraft paper Mineral wool, steel ribs Polyurethane foam |
0.60 0.47 0.37 |
0.55 0.39 0.31 |
| 1-3/4 in. thickness Honeycomb kraft paper Mineral wool, steel ribs Polyurethane foam |
0.60 0.44 0.34 |
0.57 0.37 0.30 |
| DOUBLE-SKIN STEEL GARAGE AND AIRCRAFT HANGAR DOORS | |||||
| One-piece tilt-upa | Sectional tilt-upb | Aircraft hangar | |||
| Insulatione | 8 ft. x 7 ft. | 16 ft. x 7 ft. | 9 ft. x 7 ft. | 72 ft. x 12 ft.c | 240 ft. x 50 ft.d |
| 1-3/8 in. thickness EPS, steel ribs XPS, steel ribs |
0.36 0.33 |
0.33 0.31 |
0.34-0.39 0.31-0.36 |
||
| 2 in. thickness EPS, steel ribs XPS, steel ribs |
0.31 0.29 |
0.28 0.26 |
0.29-0.33 0.27-0.31 |
||
| 3 in. thickness EPS, steel ribs XPS, steel ribs |
0.26 0.24 |
0.23 0.21 |
0.25-0.28 0.24-0.27 |
||
| 4 in. thickness EPS, steel ribs XPS, steel ribs |
0.23 0.21 |
0.20 0.19 |
0.23-0.25 0.21-0.24 |
||
| 6 in. thickness EPS, steel ribs XPS, steel ribs |
0.20 0.19 |
0.16 0.15 |
0.20-0.21 0.19-0.21 |
||
| 4 in. thickness Non-insulated Expanded polystyrene Mineral wool, steel ribs Extruded polystyrene |
1.10 0.25 0.25 0.23 |
1.23 0.16 0.16 0.15 |
|||
| 6 in. thickness Non-insulated Expanded polystyrene Mineral wool, steel ribs Extruded polystyrene |
1.10 0.21 0.23 0.20 |
1.23 0.13 0.13 0.12 |
|||
| Uninsulated All products |
1.15 |
||||
| a. | Values are for thermally broken or thermally unbroken doors. |
| b. | Lower values are for thermally broken doors; upper values are for doors with no thermal break. |
| c. | Typical size for a small private airplane (single-engine or twin). |
| d. | Typical hangar door for a midsize commercial jet airliner. |
| e. | EPS is extruded polystyrene, XPS is expanded polystyrene. |
Group R Occupancy: DEFAULT U-FACTORS FOR GLAZED DOORS
See Table 10-6C
| Frame Type | ||||
| Aluminum | Aluminum | Reinforced | Wood or Vinyl- | |
| without | with | Vinyl/ | Clad Wood/ | |
| Thermal | Thermal | Aluminum-Clad | Vinyl without | |
| Glazing Type | Break | Break | Wood or Vinyl | Reinforcing |
| Single Glazing | ||||
| glass | U-1.58 | U-1.51 | U-1.40 | U-1.18 |
| acrylic/polycarb | U-1.52 | U-1.45 | U-1.34 | U-1.11 |
| Double Glazing | ||||
| air | U-1.05 | U-0.89 | U-0.84 | U-0.67 |
| argon | U-1.02 | U-0.86 | U-0.80 | U-0.64 |
| Double Glazing, e = 0.20 | ||||
| air | U-0.96 | U-0.80 | U-0.75 | U-0.59 |
| argon | U-0.91 | U-0.75 | U-0.70 | U-0.54 |
| Double Glazing, e = 0.10 | ||||
| air | U-0.94 | U-0.79 | U-0.74 | U-0.58 |
| argon | U-0.89 | U-0.73 | U-0.68 | U-0.52 |
| Double Glazing, e = 0.05 | ||||
| air | U-0.93 | U-0.78 | U-0.73 | U-0.56 |
| argon | U-0.87 | U-0.71 | U-0.66 | U-0.50 |
| Triple Glazing | ||||
| air | U-0.90 | U-0.70 | U-0.67 | U-0.51 |
| argon | U-0.87 | U-0.69 | U-0.64 | U-0.48 |
| Triple Glazing, e = 0.20 | ||||
| air | U-0.86 | U-0.68 | U-0.63 | U-0.47 |
| argon | U-0.82 | U-0.63 | U-0.59 | U-0.43 |
| Triple Glazing, e = 0.20 on 2 surfaces | ||||
| air | U-0.82 | U-0.64 | U-0.60 | U-0.44 |
| argon | U-0.79 | U-0.60 | U-0.56 | U-0.40 |
| Triple Glazing, e = 0.10 on 2 surfaces | ||||
| air | U-0.81 | U-0.62 | U-0.58 | U-0.42 |
| argon | U-0.77 | U-0.58 | U-0.54 | U-0.38 |
| Quadruple Glazing, e = 0.10 on 2x surfaces |
||||
| air | U-0.78 | U-0.59 | U-0.55 | U-0.39 |
| argon | U-0.74 | U-0.56 | U-0.52 | U-0.36 |
| krypton | U-0.70 | U-0.52 | U-0.48 | U-0.32 |
| 1. | U-factors are applicable to both glass and plastic, flat and domed units, all spacers and gaps. |
| 2. | Emissivities shall be less than or equal to the value specified. |
| 3. | Gap fill shall be assumed to be air unless there is a minimum of 90% argon or krypton. |
| 4. | Aluminum frame with thermal break is as defined in footnote 9 to Table 10-6B. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1006, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045 and chapters 19.27, 19.27A, and 34.05 RCW. 05-01-013, § 51-11-1006, filed 12/2/04, effective 7/1/05. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-1006, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02; 01-03-010, § 51-11-1006, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1006, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: Chapters 19.27, 19.27A and 34.05 RCW. 94-05-059, § 51-11-1006, filed 2/10/94, effective 4/1/94. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-1006, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
1007.1 General: Table 10-7 lists heat-loss coefficients for the opaque portion of exterior ceilings below vented attics, vaulted ceilings, and roof decks in units of Btu/h•ft2•°F of ceiling.
They are derived from procedures listed in Standard RS-1, listed in Chapter 7. Ceiling U-factors are modified for the buffering effect of the attic, assuming an indoor temperature of 65° F and an outdoor temperature of 45°F.
Metal Framed Ceilings: The nominal R-values in Table
10-5A(2) - EFFECTIVE R-VALUES FOR METAL FRAMING AND CAVITY
ONLY may be used for purposes of calculating metal framed
ceiling section U-factors in lieu of the ASHRAE zone
calculation method as provided in Chapter ((25)) 27 of
Standard RS-1.
Metal building roofs have a different construction and are addressed in Table 10-7(F).
1007.2 Component Description: The four types of ceilings
are characterized as follows:
Ceilings Below a Vented Attic: Attic insulation is assumed to be blown-in, loose-fill fiberglass with a K-value of 2.6 hr • ft2 • °F/Btu per inch. Full bag count for specified R-value is assumed in all cases. Ceiling dimensions for flat ceiling calculations are forty-five by thirty feet, with a gabled roof having a 4/12 pitch. The attic is assumed to vent naturally at the rate of three air changes per hour through soffit and ridge vents. A void fraction of 0.002 is assumed for all attics with insulation baffles. Standard-framed, unbaffled attics assume a void fraction of 0.008.
Attic framing is either standard or advanced. Standard framing assumes tapering of insulation depth around the perimeter with resultant decrease in thermal resistance. An increased R-value is assumed in the center of the ceiling due to the effect of piling leftover insulation. Advanced framing assumes full and even depth of insulation extending to the outside edge of exterior walls. Advanced framing does not change from the default value.
U-factors for flat ceilings below vented attics with standard framing may be modified with the following table:
| U-Factor for Standard Framing |
|||
| Roof Pitch | R-30 | R-38 | |
| 4/12 | .036 | .031 | |
| 5/12 | .035 | .030 | |
| 6/12 | .034 | .029 | |
| 7/12 | .034 | .029 | |
| 8/12 | .034 | .028 | |
| 9/12 | .034 | .028 | |
| 10/12 | .033 | .028 | |
| 11/12 | .033 | .027 | |
| 12/12 | .033 | .027 | |
Vaulted Ceilings: Insulation is assumed to be fiberglass batts installed in roof joist cavities. In the vented case, at least 1.5-inches between the top of the batts and the underside of the roof sheathing is left open for ventilation in each cavity. A ventilation rate of 3.0 air changes per hour is assumed. In the unvented or dense pack case, the ceiling cavity is assumed to be fully packed with insulation, leaving no space for ventilation.
| EXCEPTION: | Where spray polyurethane foam meets the requirements of Section 502.1.6.3 or 1313.2, the cavity shall be filled to the depth to achieve R-value requirements. |
Metal Truss Framing: Overall system tested values for the roof/ceiling Uo for metal framed truss assemblies from approved laboratories shall be used, when such data is acceptable to the building official.
Alternatively, the Uo for roof/ceiling assemblies using metal truss framing may be obtained from Tables 10-7A, 10-7B, 10-7C, 10-7D and 10-7E.
Steel Truss Framed Ceiling, Table 10-7A.
Steel Truss Framed Ceiling with R-3 Sheathing, Table 10-7B.
Steel Truss Framed Ceiling with R-5 Sheathing, Table 10-7C.
Steel Truss Framed Ceiling with R-10 Sheathing, Table 10-7D.
Steel Truss Framed Ceiling with R-15 Sheathing, Table 10-7E.
Metal Building Roof, Table 10-7F: The base assembly is a roof
where the insulation is compressed when installed beneath
metal roof panels attached to the steel structure (purlins).
Additional assemblies include continuous insulation,
uncompressed and uninterrupted by framing.
Single Layer. The rated R-value of insulation is for insulation installed perpendicular to and draped over purlins and then compressed when the metal roof panels are attached. A minimum R-3 (R-0.5) thermal spacer block between the purlins and the metal roof panels is, unless compliance is shown by the overall assembly U-factor.
Double Layer. The first rated R-value of insulation is for insulation installed perpendicular to and draped over purlins. The second rated R-value of insulation is for unfaced insulation installed above the first layer and parallel to the purlins and then compressed when the metal roof panels are attached. A minimum R-3 (R-0.5) thermal spacer block between the purlins and the metal roof panels is required, unless compliance is shown by the overall assembly U-factor.
Continuous Insulation. For continuous insulation (e.g., insulation boards or blankets), it is assumed that the insulation is installed below the purlins and is uninterrupted by framing members. Insulation exposed to the conditioned space or semiheated space shall have a facing, and all insulation seams shall be continuously sealed to provide a continuous air barrier.
Liner System (Ls). A continuous membrane is installed below the purlins and uninterrupted by framing members. Uncompressed, unfaced insulation rests on top of the membrane between the purlins. For multilayer installations, the last rated R-value of insulation is for unfaced insulation draped over purlins and then compressed when the metal roof panels are attached. A minimum R-3 (R-0.5) thermal spacer block between the purlins and the metal roof panels is required, unless compliance is shown by the overall assembly U-factor.
Filled Cavity. The first rated R-value of insulation is for faced insulation installed parallel to the purlins. The second rated R-value of insulation is for unfaced insulation installed above the first layer, parallel to and between the purlins and compressed when the metal roof panels are attached. The facer of the first layer of insulation is of sufficient width to be continuously sealed to the top flange of the purlins and to accommodate the full thickness of the second layer of insulation. A supporting structure retains the bottom of the first layer at the prescribed depth required for the full thickness of the second layer of insulation being installed above it. A minimum R-5 (R-0.9) thermal spacer block between the purlins and the metal roof panels is required, unless compliance is shown by the overall assembly U-factor.
U-factors for Metal Building Roofs. U-factors for metal building roofs shall be taken from Table 10-7F, provided the average purlin spacing is at least 52 in. and the R-value of the thermal spacer block is greater than or equal to the thermal spacer block R-value indicated in Table 10-7F for the assembly. It is not acceptable to use the U-factors in Table 10-7F if additional insulated sheathing is not continuous.
Roofs with Insulation Entirely Above Deck (uninterrupted by
framing), Table 10-7G: The base assembly is continuous
insulation over a structural deck. Added insulation is
continuous and uninterrupted by framing. For the insulation,
the first column lists the R-value for continuous insulation
with a uniform thickness; the second column lists the
comparable area-weighted average R-value for continuous
insulation provided that the insulation thickness is never
less than R-5 (except at roof drains) and that the slope is no
greater than 1/4 inch per foot.
TABLE 10-7
DEFAULT U-FACTORS FOR CEILINGS
| Standard Frame | Advanced Frame | ||||
| Flat Ceiling | Baffled | ||||
| R-19 | 0.049 | 0.047 | |||
| R-30 | 0.036 | 0.032 | |||
| R-38 | 0.031 | 0.026 | |||
| R-49 | 0.027 | 0.020 | |||
| R-60 | 0.025 | 0.017 | |||
| Scissors Truss | |||||
| R-30 (4/12 roof pitch) | 0.043 | 0.031 | |||
| R-38 (4/12 roof pitch) | 0.040 | 0.025 | |||
| R-49 (4/12 roof pitch) | 0.038 | 0.020 | |||
| R-30 (5/12 roof pitch) | 0.039 | 0.032 | |||
| R-38 (5/12 roof pitch) | 0.035 | 0.026 | |||
| R-49 (5/12 roof pitch) | 0.032 | 0.020 | |||
| Vaulted Ceilings | |||||
| 16" O.C. | 24" O.C. | ||||
| Vented | |||||
| R-19 2x10 joist | 0.049 | 0.048 | |||
| R-30 2x12 joist | 0.034 | 0.033 | |||
| R-38 2x14 joist | 0.027 | 0.027 | |||
| Unvented | |||||
| R-30 2x10 joist | 0.034 | 0.033 | |||
| R-38 2x12 joist | 0.029 | 0.027 | |||
| R-21 + R-21 2x12 joist | 0.026 | 0.025 | |||
| Roof Deck | |||||
| 4x Beams, 48" O.C. | |||||
| R-12.5 | 2" | Rigid insulation | 0.064 | ||
| R-21.9 | 3.5" | Rigid insulation | 0.040 | ||
| R-37.5 | 6" | Rigid insulation | 0.025 | ||
| R-50 | 8" | Rigid insulation | 0.019 | ||
| Table 10-7A Steel Truss1 Framed Ceiling UO |
|||||||||||||
| Cavity | Truss Span (ft) | ||||||||||||
| R-value | 12 | 14 | 16 | 18 | 20 | 22 | 24 | 26 | 28 | 30 | 32 | 34 | 36 |
| 19 | 0.1075 | 0.0991 | 0.0928 | 0.0878 | 0.0839 | 0.0807 | 0.0780 | 0.0757 | 0.0737 | 0.0720 | 0.0706 | 0.0693 | 0.0681 |
| 30 | 0.0907 | 0.0823 | 0.0760 | 0.0710 | 0.0671 | 0.0638 | 0.0612 | 0.0589 | 0.0569 | 0.0552 | 0.0538 | 0.0525 | 0.0513 |
| 38 | 0.0844 | 0.0759 | 0.0696 | 0.0647 | 0.0607 | 0.0575 | 0.0548 | 0.0525 | 0.0506 | 0.0489 | 0.0474 | 0.0461 | 0.0449 |
| 49 | 0.0789 | 0.0704 | 0.0641 | 0.0592 | 0.0552 | 0.0520 | 0.0493 | 0.0470 | 0.0451 | 0.0434 | 0.0419 | 0.0406 | 0.0395 |
| Table 10-7B Steel Truss1 Framed Ceiling UO with R-3 Sheathing2 |
|||||||||||||
| Cavity | Truss Span (ft) | ||||||||||||
| R-value | 12 | 14 | 16 | 18 | 20 | 22 | 24 | 26 | 28 | 30 | 32 | 34 | 36 |
| 19 | 0.0809 | 0.0763 | 0.0728 | 0.0701 | 0.0679 | 0.0661 | 0.0647 | 0.0634 | 0.0623 | 0.0614 | 0.0606 | 0.0599 | 0.0592 |
| 30 | 0.0641 | 0.0595 | 0.0560 | 0.0533 | 0.0511 | 0.0493 | 0.0478 | 0.0466 | 0.0455 | 0.0446 | 0.0438 | 0.0431 | 0.0424 |
| 38 | 0.0577 | 0.0531 | 0.0496 | 0.0469 | 0.0447 | 0.0430 | 0.0415 | 0.0402 | 0.0392 | 0.0382 | 0.0374 | 0.0367 | 0.0361 |
| 49 | 0.0523 | 0.0476 | 0.0441 | 0.0414 | 0.0393 | 0.0375 | 0.0360 | 0.0348 | 0.0337 | 0.0328 | 0.0319 | 0.0312 | 0.0306 |
| Table 10-7C Steel Truss1 Framed Ceiling UO with R-5 Sheathing2 |
|||||||||||||
| Cavity | Truss Span (ft) | ||||||||||||
| R-value | 12 | 14 | 16 | 18 | 20 | 22 | 24 | 26 | 28 | 30 | 32 | 34 | 36 |
| 19 | 0.0732 | 0.0697 | 0.0670 | 0.0649 | 0.0633 | 0.0619 | 0.0608 | 0.0598 | 0.0590 | 0.0583 | 0.0577 | 0.0571 | 0.0567 |
| 30 | 0.0564 | 0.0529 | 0.0502 | 0.0481 | 0.0465 | 0.0451 | 0.0440 | 0.0430 | 0.0422 | 0.0415 | 0.0409 | 0.0403 | 0.0399 |
| 38 | 0.0501 | 0.0465 | 0.0438 | 0.0418 | 0.0401 | 0.0388 | 0.0376 | 0.0367 | 0.0359 | 0.0351 | 0.0345 | 0.0340 | 0.0335 |
| 49 | 0.0446 | 0.0410 | 0.0384 | 0.0363 | 0.0346 | 0.0333 | 0.0322 | 0.0312 | 0.0304 | 0.0297 | 0.0291 | 0.0285 | 0.0280 |
| Table 10-7D Steel Truss1 Framed Ceiling UO with R-10 Sheathing2 |
|||||||||||||
| Cavity | Truss Span (ft) | ||||||||||||
| R-value | 12 | 14 | 16 | 18 | 20 | 22 | 24 | 26 | 28 | 30 | 32 | 34 | 36 |
| 19 | 0.0626 | 0.0606 | 0.0590 | 0.0578 | 0.0569 | 0.0561 | 0.0555 | 0.0549 | 0.0545 | 0.0541 | 0.0537 | 0.0534 | 0.0531 |
| 30 | 0.0458 | 0.0437 | 0.0422 | 0.0410 | 0.0401 | 0.0393 | 0.0387 | 0.0381 | 0.0377 | 0.0373 | 0.0369 | 0.0366 | 0.0363 |
| 38 | 0.0394 | 0.0374 | 0.0359 | 0.0347 | 0.0337 | 0.0330 | 0.0323 | 0.0318 | 0.0313 | 0.0309 | 0.0305 | 0.0302 | 0.0299 |
| 49 | 0.0339 | 0.0319 | 0.0304 | 0.0292 | 0.0283 | 0.0275 | 0.0268 | 0.0263 | 0.0258 | 0.0254 | 0.0251 | 0.0247 | 0.0245 |
| Table 10-7E Steel Truss1 Framed Ceiling UO with R-15 Sheathing2 |
|||||||||||||
| Cavity | Truss Span (ft) | ||||||||||||
| R-value | 12 | 14 | 16 | 18 | 20 | 22 | 24 | 26 | 28 | 30 | 32 | 34 | 36 |
| 19 | 0.0561 | 0.0550 | 0.0541 | 0.0535 | 0.0530 | 0.0526 | 0.0522 | 0.0519 | 0.0517 | 0.0515 | 0.0513 | 0.0511 | 0.0509 |
| 30 | 0.0393 | 0.0382 | 0.0373 | 0.0367 | 0.0362 | 0.0358 | 0.0354 | 0.0351 | 0.0349 | 0.0347 | 0.0345 | 0.0343 | 0.0341 |
| 38 | 0.0329 | 0.0318 | 0.0310 | 0.0303 | 0.0298 | 0.0294 | 0.0291 | 0.0288 | 0.0285 | 0.0283 | 0.0281 | 0.0279 | 0.0278 |
| 49 | 0.0274 | 0.0263 | 0.0255 | 0.0249 | 0.0244 | 0.0239 | 0.0236 | 0.0233 | 0.0230 | 0.0228 | 0.0226 | 0.0225 | 0.0223 |
| 1 - Assembly values based on 24 inch on center truss spacing; 11 Truss member connections penetrating insulation (4 at the eaves, 7 in the interior space); 1/2 inch drywall ceiling; all truss members are 2x4 "C" channels with a solid web. | |
| 2 - Ceiling sheathing installed between bottom chord and drywall. |
TABLE 10-7F
Default U-Factors for Metal Building Roofs
| Insulation System | Rated R-Value of Insulation | Overall U-Factor for Entire Base Roof Assembly | Overall U-Factor for Assembly of Base Roof Plus Continuous Insulation (uninterrupted by framing) Rated R-Value of Continuous Insulation | |||||
| R-6.5 | R-13 | R-19.5 | R-26 | R-32.5 | R-39 | |||
| Standing Seam Roofs with Thermal Spacer Blocksa,b | ||||||||
| None | 1.280 | 0.137 | 0.073 | 0.049 | 0.037 | 0.030 | 0.025 | |
| R-10 | 0.115 | 0.066 | 0.046 | 0.035 | 0.029 | 0.024 | 0.021 | |
| Single | R-11 | 0.107 | 0.063 | 0.045 | 0.035 | 0.028 | 0.024 | 0.021 |
| Layer | R-13 | 0.101 | 0.061 | 0.044 | 0.034 | 0.028 | 0.024 | 0.020 |
| R-16 | 0.096 | 0.059 | 0.043 | 0.033 | 0.027 | 0.023 | 0.020 | |
| R-19 | 0.082 | 0.053 | 0.040 | 0.031 | 0.026 | 0.022 | 0.020 | |
| R-10 + R-10 | 0.088 | 0.056 | 0.041 | 0.032 | 0.027 | 0.023 | 0.020 | |
| R-10 + R-11 | 0.086 | 0.055 | 0.041 | 0.032 | 0.027 | 0.023 | 0.020 | |
| R-11 + R-11 | 0.085 | 0.055 | 0.040 | 0.032 | 0.026 | 0.023 | 0.020 | |
| R-10 + R-13 | 0.084 | 0.054 | 0.040 | 0.032 | 0.026 | 0.023 | 0.020 | |
| Double | R-11 + R-13 | 0.082 | 0.053 | 0.040 | 0.032 | 0.026 | 0.022 | 0.020 |
| Layer | R-13 + R-13 | 0.075 | 0.050 | 0.038 | 0.030 | 0.025 | 0.022 | 0.019 |
| R10 + R-19 | 0.074 | 0.050 | 0.038 | 0.030 | 0.025 | 0.022 | 0.019 | |
| R-11 + R-19 | 0.072 | 0.049 | 0.037 | 0.030 | 0.025 | 0.022 | 0.019 | |
| R-13 + R-19 | 0.068 | 0.047 | 0.036 | 0.029 | 0.025 | 0.021 | 0.019 | |
| R-16 + R-19 | 0.065 | 0.046 | 0.035 | 0.029 | 0.024 | 0.021 | 0.018 | |
| R-19 + R-19 | 0.060 | 0.043 | 0.034 | 0.028 | 0.023 | 0.020 | 0.018 | |
| R-19 + R-11 | 0.035 | |||||||
| Liner | R-25 + R-11 | 0.031 | ||||||
| System | R-30 + R-11 | 0.029 | ||||||
| R-25 + R-11 + R-11 | 0.026 | |||||||
| Filled Cavity with Thermal Spacer Blocksc | ||||||||
| R-10 + R-19 | 0.057 | 0.042 | 0.033 | 0.027 | 0.023 | 0.020 | 0.018 | |
| Standing Seam Roofs without Thermal Spacer Blocks | ||||||||
| Liner System | R-19 + R-11 | 0.040 | ||||||
| Thru-Fastened Roofs without Thermal Spacer Blocks | ||||||||
| R-10 | 0.184 | |||||||
| R-11 | 0.182 | |||||||
| R-13 | 0.174 | |||||||
| R-16 | 0.157 | |||||||
| Liner | R-19 | 0.151 | ||||||
| System | R-19 + R-11 | 0.044 | ||||||
| (Multiple R-values are listed in order from inside to outside) | ||||||||
| a. | A standing seam roof clip that provides a minimum 1.5 in. distance between the top of the purlins and the underside of the metal roof panels is required. |
| b. | A minimum R-3 thermal spacer block is required. |
| c. | A minimum R-5 thermal spacer block is required. |
TABLE 10-7G
Assembly U-Factors for Roofs with Insulation Entirely Above
Deck
(uninterrupted by framing)
| Rated R-Value of Insulation Alone: Minimum Throughout, Unsloped | Rated R-Value of Insulation Alone: Average (R-5 minimum), Sloped (1/4 inch per foot maximum) | Overall U-Factor for Entire Assembly |
| R-0 | Not Allowed | U-1.282 |
| R-1 | Not Allowed | U-0.562 |
| R-2 | Not Allowed | U-0.360 |
| R-3 | Not Allowed | U-0.265 |
| R-4 | Not Allowed | U-0.209 |
| R-5 | Not Allowed | U-0.173 |
| R-6 | R-7 | U-0.147 |
| R-7 | R-8 | U-0.129 |
| R-8 | R-9 | U-0.114 |
| R-9 | R-10 | U-0.102 |
| R-10 | R-12 | U-0.093 |
| R-11 | R-13 | U-0.085 |
| R-12 | R-15 | U-0.078 |
| R-13 | R-16 | U-0.073 |
| R-14 | R-18 | U-0.068 |
| R-15 | R-20 | U-0.063 |
| R-16 | R-22 | U-0.060 |
| R-17 | R-23 | U-0.056 |
| R-18 | R-25 | U-0.053 |
| R-19 | R-27 | U-0.051 |
| R-20 | R-29 | U-0.048 |
| R-21 | R-31 | U-0.046 |
| R-22 | R-33 | U-0.044 |
| R-23 | R-35 | U-0.042 |
| R-24 | R-37 | U-0.040 |
| R-25 | R-39 | U-0.039 |
| R-26 | R-41 | U-0.037 |
| R-27 | R-43 | U-0.036 |
| R-28 | R-46 | U-0.035 |
| R-29 | R-48 | U-0.034 |
| R-30 | R-50 | U-0.032 |
| R-35 | R-61 | U-0.028 |
| R-40 | R-73 | U-0.025 |
| R-45 | R-86 | U-0.022 |
| R-50 | R-99 | U-0.020 |
| R-55 | R-112 | U-0.018 |
| R-60 | R-126 | U-0.016 |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-1007, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1007, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1007, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-1007, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
1008.1 General: Tables 10-8 and 10-8A list effective air
change rates and heat capacities for heat loss due to
infiltration for ((Group R Occupancy)) Single-Family
residential.
Estimated seasonal average infiltration rate in air
changes per hour (ACH) is given for standard air-leakage
control (see section 502.4 of this code for air leakage
requirements for ((Group R Occupancy)) Single-Family
residential). The effective air-change rate shall be used in
calculations for compliance under either the Component
Performance or Systems Analysis approaches.
Heat loss due to infiltration shall be computed using the following equation:
| Qinfil | = | ACHeff* HCP | |
| where: | Qinfil | = | Heat loss due to air infiltration |
| ACHeff | = | the effective air infiltration rate in Table 10-8 | |
| HCP | = | the Heat Capacity Density Product for the appropriate elevation or climate zone as given below. |
TABLE 10-8
ASSUMED EFFECTIVE AIR CHANGES
PER HOUR
| Air-Leakage | Air Changes per Hour |
| Control Package | Natural Effective |
| Standard | 0.35 0.35 |
TABLE 10-8A
DEFAULT HEAT CAPACITY/DENSITY PRODUCT FOR AIR
| Zone | Average Elevation | Heat Capacity/Density |
| 1 | Mean Sea Level | 0.0180 Btu/h•°F |
| 2 | 2000 | 0.0168 Btu/h•°F |
| 3 | 3000 | 0.0162 Btu/h•°F |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1008, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1008, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-1008, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
1009.1 General: Tables 10-9 and 10-10 list default mass
values for concrete masonry construction. Calculations are
based on standard ASHRAE values for heat-storage capacity as
listed in Standard RS-1, Chapter ((25)) 26.
Thermal capacity of furniture is ignored, as is heat
storage beyond the first four inches of mass thickness. All
mass is assumed to be in direct contact with the conditioned
space. Concrete separated from the heated volume by other
materials must multiply the listed concrete mass value by the
result of the following formula:
Ln(R-value) x (-.221) + 0.5
Where:
Ln = Natural log
R-value = R-value of material covering concrete
| Note: | All default values for covered concrete slabs have been adjusted according to this procedure. |
Structural Mass: Includes heat-storage capacity of all standard building components of a typical residential structure, including floors, ceilings, and interior and exterior walls in Btu/ft2 • °F of floor area. It also assumes exterior wall, interior wall and ceiling surface area approximately equals three times the floor area.
Additional Mass: Includes any additional building
material not part of the normal structure, which is added
specifically to increase the building's thermal-storage
capability. This category includes masonry fireplaces, water
or trombe walls, and extra layers of sheetrock. Coefficients
are in Btu/ft2 • °F of surface area of material exposed to
conditioned space. The coefficient for water is Btu/°F •
gallon.
1009.3 Component Description: Light frame assumes one
inch thick wood flooring with five-eighths inch sheetrock on
ceilings and interior walls, and walls consisting of either
five-eighths inch sheetrock or solid logs. Slab assumes a
four-inch concrete slab on or below grade, with five-eighths
inch sheetrock on exterior and interior walls and ceiling, and
with separate values for interior or exterior wall insulation.
Adjustments for slab covering is based on R-value of
material. Additional mass values are based on the density
multiplied by the specific heat of the material adjusted for
listed thickness.
TABLE 10-9
HEAT CAPACITY
| Partial Grout | Solid Grout | |
| 8" CMU | 9.65 | 15.0 |
| 12" CMU | 14.5 | 23.6 |
| 8" Brick | 10.9 | 16.4 |
| 6" Concrete | NA | 14.4 |
TABLE 10-10
DEFAULT MASS VALUES
| Structural Mass M-value | Btu/ft2 • °F floor area | |||
| Light Frame: | ||||
| Joisted/post & beam floor, sheetrock | ||||
| walls and ceilings | 3.0 | |||
| Joisted/post & beam floor, log walls, | ||||
| sheetrock ceilings | 4.0 | |||
| Slab With Interior Wall Insulation: | ||||
| Slab, no covering or tile, sheetrock walls and ceilings | 10.0 | |||
| Slab, hardwood floor covering, sheetrock walls and ceilings | 7.0 | |||
| Slab, carpet and pad, sheetrock walls and ceilings | 5.0 | |||
| Slab With Exterior Wall Insulation: | ||||
| Slab, no covering or tile, sheetrock walls and ceilings | 12.0 | |||
| Slab, hardwood floor covering, sheetrock walls and ceilings | 9.0 | |||
| Slab, carpet and pad, sheetrock walls and ceilings | 7.0 | |||
| Additional Mass M-Value: | Btu/ft2•°F surface area | |||
| Gypsum wallboard, 1/2 inch thickness | 0.54 | |||
| Gypsum wallboard, 5/8 inch thickness | 0.68 | |||
| Hardwood floor | 1.40 | |||
| Concrete/Brick, 4 inch-thickness | 10.30 | |||
| Concrete/Brick, 6 inch-thickness | 15.40 | |||
| Btu/°F•gallon | ||||
| Water, 1 gallon | 8.0 | |||
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-1009, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1009, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1009, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020 and 1990 c 2. 91-01-112, § 51-11-1009, filed 12/19/90, effective 7/1/91.]
EXCEPTION:
The provisions of this code do not apply to temporary growing structures used solely for the
commercial production of horticultural plants including ornamental plants, flowers, vegetables, and
fruits. "Temporary growing structure" means a structure that has the sides and roof covered with
polyethylene, polyvinyl, or similar flexible synthetic material and is used to provide plants with either
frost protection or increased heat retention. A temporary growing structure is not considered a
building for purposes of this code.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025 and 19.27A.045. 98-03-003, § 51-11-1120, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1120, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
EXCEPTION:
New additions which do not fully comply with the requirements of this Code and which have a floor
area which is less than seven hundred fifty square feet may be approved provided that improvements
are made to the existing building to compensate for any deficiencies in the new addition. Compliance
shall be demonstrated by either systems analysis per Section 1141.4 or component performance
calculations per Sections 1330 through 1334. The nonconforming addition and upgraded, existing
building shall have an energy budget or target UA and SHGC that are less than or equal to the
unimproved existing building, with the addition designed to comply with this Code. These additions are
also exempt from Section 1314.7.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1131, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
1132.1 Building Envelope: Alterations or repairs shall comply
with nominal R-values and glazing requirements in Table 13-1
or 13-2.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Storm windows installed over existing glazing.
2. Glass replaced in existing sash and frame provided that glazing is of equal or lower U-factor.
3. For solar heat gain coefficient compliance, glazing with a solar heat gain coefficient equal to or
lower than that of the other existing glazing.
4. Existing roof/ceiling, wall or floor cavities exposed during construction provided that these cavities
are insulated to full depth with insulation having a minimum nominal value of R-3.0 per inch installed
per Sections 1311 and 1313.
5. Existing walls and floors without framing cavities, provided that any new cavities added to existing
walls and floors comply with Exception 4.
6. Existing roofs where the roof membrane is being replaced and
a. The roof sheathing or roof insulation is not exposed; or
b. If there is existing roof insulation below the deck.
In no case shall the energy efficiency of the building be decreased.
1132.2 ((Building)) Mechanical Systems: Those parts of
systems which are altered or replaced shall comply with
Chapter 14 of this Code. Additions or alterations shall not
be made to an existing mechanical system that will cause the
existing mechanical system to become out of compliance.
All new systems in existing buildings, including packaged unitary equipment and packaged split systems, shall comply with Chapter 14.
Where mechanical cooling is added to a space that was not previously cooled, the mechanical cooling system shall comply with Sections 1413 and either 1423 or 1433.
| EXCEPTIONS: | These exceptions only apply to situations where mechanical cooling is added to a space that was not previously cooled. |
| 1. Water-cooled refrigeration equipment provided with a water economizer meeting the requirements of Section 1413 need not comply with 1423 or 1433. This exception shall not be used for RS-29 analysis. | |
| 2. Alternate designs that are not in full compliance with this Code may be approved when the building official determines that existing building or occupancy constraints make full compliance impractical or where full compliance would be economically impractical. |
When space cooling equipment is replaced, controls shall be installed to provide for integrated operation with economizer in accordance with Section 1413.3.
Existing equipment currently in use may be relocated within the same floor or same tenant space if removed and reinstalled within the same permit.
| Option A | Option B (alternate to A) |
Option C (alternate to A) |
Option D (alternate to A) |
|
| Unit Type | Any alteration with new or replacement equipment | Replacement unit of the same type with the same or smaller output capacity | Replacement unit of the same type with a larger output capacity | New equipment added to existing system or replacement unit of a different type |
| 1. Packaged Units | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332 |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332,3 |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332,3 |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332,4 |
| 2. Split Systems | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332 |
Efficiency: + 10/5%5 Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capability |
Only for new
units < 54,000
Btu/h replacing
unit installed prior
to 1991 (one of
two): Efficiency: + 10/5%5 Economizer: 50%6 |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332,4 |
| For units > 54,000 Btu/h or any units installed after 1991: Option A | ||||
| 3. Water Source Heat Pump | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332 |
(two of three): Efficiency: + 10/5%5 Flow control valve7 Economizer: 50%6 |
(three of three): Efficiency: + 10/5%5 Flow control valve7 Economizer: 50%6 (except for certain pre-1991 systems8) |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332,4 (except for certain pre-1991 systems8) |
| 4. Hydronic Economizer using Air-Cooled Heat Rejection Equipment (Dry Cooler) | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332 |
Efficiency: + 10/5%5 Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity |
Option A | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332,4 |
| 5. Air-Handling Unit (including fan coil units) where the system has an air-cooled chiller | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332 |
Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Option A (except for certain pre-1991 systems8) |
Option A (except for certain pre-1991 systems8) |
| 6. Air-Handling Unit (including fan coil units) and Water-cooled Process Equipment, where the system has a water-cooled chiller10 | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332 |
Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Option A (except for certain pre-1991 systems8 and certain 1991-2004 systems9) |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332,4 (except for certain pre-1991 systems8 and certain 1991-2004 systems9) |
| 7. Cooling Tower | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332 |
No requirements | Option A | Option A |
| 8. Air-Cooled Chiller | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332 |
Efficiency: + 5%11 Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity |
Efficiency (two of
two): (1) + 10%12
and (2) multistage Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332,4 |
| 9. Water-Cooled Chiller | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332 |
Efficiency (one of
two): (1) + 10%13 or
(2) plate frame heat
exchanger15 Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity |
Efficiency (two of
two): (1) + 15%14
and (2) plate frame
heat exchanger15 Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332,4 |
| 10. Boiler | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332 |
Efficiency: + 8%16 Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity |
Efficiency: + 8%16 Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332,4 |
| 1. | Minimum equipment efficiency shall comply with Section 1411.1 and Tables 14-1A through M. |
| 2. | System and building shall comply with Section 1433 (including both the individual unit size limits and the total building capacity limits on units without economizer). It is acceptable to comply using one of the exceptions to Section 1433. |
| 3. | All equipment replaced in an existing building shall have air economizer complying with Sections 1413 and 1433 unless both the individual unit size and the total capacity of units without air economizer in the building is less than that allowed in Exception 1 to Section 1433. |
| 4. | All separate new equipment added to an existing building shall have air economizer complying with Sections 1413 and 1433 unless both the individual unit size and the total capacity of units without air economizer in the building is less than that allowed in Exception 1 to Section 1433. |
| 5. | Equipment shall have a capacity-weighted average cooling system efficiency: |
| a. | For units with a cooling capacity below 54,000 Btu/h, a minimum of 10% greater than the requirements in Tables 14-1A and 14-1B (1.10 x values in Tables 14-1A and 14-1B). |
| b. | For units with a cooling capacity of 54,000 Btu/h and greater, a minimum of 5% greater than the requirements in Tables 14-1A and 14-1B (1.05 x values in Tables 14-1A and 14-1B). |
| 6. | Minimum of 50% air economizer that is ducted in a fully enclosed path directly to every heat pump unit in each zone, except that ducts may terminate within 12 inches of the intake to an HVAC unit provided that they are physically fastened so that the outside air duct is directed into the unit intake. If this is an increase in the amount of outside air supplied to this unit, the outside air supply system shall be capable of providing this additional outside air and equipped with economizer control. |
| 7. | Have flow control valve to eliminate flow through the heat pumps that are not in operation with variable speed pumping control complying with Section 1432.2.2 for that heat pump. |
| – When total capacity of units with flow control valves exceeds 15% of total system capacity, a variable frequency drive shall be installed on the main loop pump. | |
| – As an alternate to this requirement, have a capacity-weighted average cooling system efficiency that is 5% greater than the requirements in note 5 (i.e., a minimum of 15%/10% greater than the requirements in Tables 14-1A and 14-1B (1.15/1.10 x values in Tables 14-1A and 14-1B).) | |
| 8. | Systems installed prior to 1991 without fully utilized capacity are allowed to comply with Option B, provided that the individual unit cooling capacity does not exceed 90,000 Btu/h. |
| 9. | Economizer not required for systems installed with water economizer plate and frame heat exchanger complying with previous codes between 1991 and June 2004, provided that the total fan coil load does not exceed the existing or added capacity of the heat exchangers. |
| 10. | For water-cooled process equipment where the manufacturer's specifications require colder temperatures than available with waterside economizer, that portion of the load is exempt from the economizer requirements. |
| 11. | The air-cooled chiller shall have an IPLV efficiency that is a minimum of 5% greater than the IPLV requirements in Table 14-1C (1.05 x IPLV values in Table 14-1C). |
| 12. | The air-cooled chiller shall: |
| a. | Have an IPLV efficiency that is a minimum of 10% greater than the IPLV requirements in Table 14-1C (1.10 x IPLV values in Table 14-1C), and |
| b. | Be multistage with a minimum of two compressors. |
| 13. | The water-cooled chiller shall have an NPLV efficiency that is a minimum of 10% greater than the NPLV requirements in Table 14-1K, Table 14-1L, or Table 14-1M (1.10 x NPLV values in Table 14-1K, Table 14-1L, or Table 14-1M). |
| 14. | The water-cooled chiller shall have an NPLV efficiency that is a minimum of 15% greater than the NPLV requirements in Table 14-1K, Table 14-1L, or Table 14-1M (1.15 x NPLV values in Table 14-1K, Table 14-1L, or Table 14-1M). |
| 15. | Economizer cooling shall be provided by adding a plate-frame heat exchanger on the waterside with a capacity that is a minimum of 20% of the chiller capacity at standard ARI rating conditions. |
| 16. | The replacement boiler shall have an efficiency that is a minimum of 8% higher than the value in Table 14-1F (1.08 x value in Table 14-1F), except for electric boilers. |
Other tenant improvements, alterations or repairs where
((60)) 20 percent or more of the fixtures in a space enclosed
by walls or ceiling-height partitions are ((new)) altered,
added or replaced shall comply with Sections 1531 and 1532. (Where this threshold is triggered, the areas of the affected
spaces may be combined for lighting code compliance
calculations.) This requirement shall also be met for
alterations that involve just the lamps plus ballasts. Where
less than ((60)) 20 percent of the fixtures in a space
enclosed by walls or ceiling-height partitions are new, the
installed lighting wattage shall be maintained or reduced. Where 60 percent or more of the lighting fixtures in a
suspended ceiling are new, and the existing insulation is on
the suspended ceiling, the roof/ceiling assembly shall be
insulated according to the provisions of Chapter 13 Section
1311.2.
Any new lighting control devices shall comply with the
requirements of Section 1513. Where new wiring is being
installed to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures are being
relocated to a new circuit, controls shall comply with
Sections 1513.1 through 1513.5 and, as applicable, 1513.7. In
addition, office areas less than 300 ft2 enclosed by walls or
ceiling-height partitions, and all meeting and conference
rooms, and all school classrooms, shall be equipped with
occupancy sensors that comply with Sections 1513.6 and 1513.7.
Where a new lighting panel (or a moved lighting panel) with
all new raceway and conductor wiring from the panel to the
fixtures is being installed, controls shall also comply with
the other requirements in Sections 1513.6 and 1513.7.
Where new walls or ceiling-height partitions are added to
an existing space and create a new enclosed space, but the
lighting fixtures are not being changed, other than being
relocated, the new enclosed space shall have controls that
comply with Sections 1513.1 through 1513.2, 1513.4, and 1513.6
through 1513.7.
Those motors which are altered or replaced shall comply
with Section 1511.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1132, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045 and chapters 19.27, 19.27A, and 34.05 RCW. 05-01-013, § 51-11-1132, filed 12/2/04, effective 7/1/05. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1132, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1132, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1132, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
a. Any unconditioned space that is altered to become semi-heated, cooled, or fully heated, or any semi-heated space that is altered to become cooled or fully heated space shall be required to be brought into full compliance with this Code.
b. Any ((Group R Occupancy)) nonresidential space which
is converted to multifamily residential space shall be brought
into full compliance with this Code.
c. Any multifamily residential space which is converted
to ((other than a Group R Occupancy)) nonresidential space
shall be required to comply with all of the provisions of
Sections 1130 through 1132 of this Code.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025 and 19.27A.045. 98-03-003, § 51-11-1133, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1133, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
[]
1141.1 General: If required by the building official, plans
and specifications shall be submitted in support of an
application for a building permit. If required by the
building official, plans and specifications shall be stamped
and authenticated by a registered design professional
currently licensed in the state of Washington. All plans and
specifications, together with supporting data, shall be
submitted to the building official prior to issuance of a
building permit.
1141.2 Details: The plans and specifications shall show in
sufficient detail all pertinent data and features of the
building and the equipment and systems as herein governed
including, but not limited to: Design criteria; exterior
envelope component materials, U-factors of the envelope
systems, R-values of insulating materials; U-factors and
shading coefficients of glazing; area weighted U-factor
calculations; efficiency, economizer, size and type of
apparatus and equipment; fan system horsepower; equipment and
systems controls; lighting fixture schedule with wattages and
controls narrative; commissioning requirements for HVAC
equipment, HVAC controls, and lighting controls, and other
pertinent data to indicate compliance with the requirements of
this Code.
1141.3 Alternate Materials and Method of Construction: The
provisions of this Code are not intended to prevent the use of
any material, method of construction, design or insulating
system not specifically prescribed herein, provided that such
construction, design or insulating system has been approved by
the building official as meeting the intent of this Code. The
building official may approve any such alternate provided the
proposed alternate meets or exceeds the provisions of this
Code and that the material, method, design or work offered is
for the purpose intended, at least the equivalent of that
prescribed in this Code, in quality, strength, effectiveness,
fire-resistance, durability, safety, and energy efficiency. The building official may require that sufficient evidence of
proof be submitted to substantiate any claims that may be made
regarding performance capabilities.
1141.4 Systems Analysis Approach for the Entire Building: In
lieu of using Chapters 12 through 20, compliance may be
demonstrated using the systems analysis option in RS-29. When
using systems analysis, the proposed building shall provide
equal or better conservation of energy than the standard
design as defined in RS-29. If required by the building
official, all energy comparison calculations submitted under
the provisions of RS-29 shall be stamped and authenticated by
an engineer or architect licensed to practice by the state of
Washington.
1141.5 Commissioning Details/Specifications: When required by
the building official, the plans submitted in support of a
building permit shall include a list of the functional tests
required to comply with commissioning in accordance with
Sections 1416 and 1513.8 as well as the name of the
commissioning agent for building over 50,000 square feet.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1141, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
CHAPTER 12((DEFINITIONS)) ENERGY METERING
((Note: For nonresidential definitions, see chapter 2.))
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11-1200
Section 1201 -- General.
All buildings
shall comply with Chapter 12. Whole building energy supply
sources shall be metered to supply energy consumption data to
the building owner to effectively manage energy.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Group R occupancies. |
| 2. Tenant spaces with utility-provided meters. |
TABLE 12-1
Energy Source Meter Thresholds
| Energy Source | Main Metering Threshold | |
| Electrical service | > 500 kVA | |
| On-site renewable electric power | > 10 kVA (peak) | |
| Gas and steam service | > 300 kW (1,000,000 Btu/h) | |
| Geothermal | > 300 kW (1,000,000 Btu/h) heating | |
| On-site renewable thermal energy | > 10 kW (30,000 Btu/h) | |
TABLE 12-2
Component Energy Master Submetering Thresholds
| Component | Submetering Threshold | |
| Chillers/heat pump systems | > 70 kW (240,000 Btu/h) cooling capacity | |
| Packaged AC unit systems | > 70 kW (240,000 Btu/h) cooling capacity | |
| HVAC fan systems | > 15 kW (20 hp) | |
| Exhaust fan systems | > 15 kW (20 hp) | |
| Make-up air fan systems | > 15 kW (20 hp) | |
| Pump systems | > 15 kW (20 hp) | |
| Cooling towers systems | > 15 kW (20 hp) | |
| Boilers, furnaces and other heating equipment systems | > 300 kW (1,000,000 Btu/h) heating capacity | |
| General lighting circuits | > 15 kVA | |
| Miscellaneous electric loads | > 15 kVA | |
1132.4 Metering: Where new or replacement systems or
equipment is installed that exceeds the threshold in Table
12-1 or Table 12-2, metering shall be installed for that
system or equipment in accordance with Section 1201.
[]
1310.1 Conditioned Spaces: The building envelope for
conditioned spaces shall also comply with one of the following
paths:
a. Prescriptive Building Envelope Option Sections 1320
through 1323.
b. Component Performance Building Envelope Option Sections 1330 through 1334.
c. Systems Analysis. See Section 1141.4.
1310.2 Semi-Heated Spaces: All spaces shall be considered
conditioned spaces, and shall comply with the requirements in
Section 1310.1 unless they meet the following criteria for
semi-heated spaces. The installed heating equipment output,
in Climate Zone 1, shall be 3 Btu/(h • ft2) or greater but not
greater than 8 Btu/(h • ft2) and in Climate Zone 2, shall be 5
Btu/(h • ft2) or greater but not greater than 12 Btu/(h • ft2).
For semi-heated spaces, the building envelope shall comply with the same requirements as that for conditioned spaces in Section 1310.1; however, semi-heated spaces shall be calculated separately from other conditioned spaces for compliance purposes.
| EXCEPTION: | For semi-heated spaces heated by other fuels only, wall insulation is not required for those walls that separate semi-heated spaces (see definition in Section 201.1) from the exterior provided that the space is heated solely by a heating system controlled by a thermostat with a maximum set point capacity of 45°F, mounted no lower than the heating unit. |
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Areas within refrigerated warehouses that are designed solely for the purpose of quick chilling or freezing of products with design cooling capacities of greater than 240 Btu/hr-ft2 (2 tons per 100 ft2). |
| 2. Controlled atmosphere storage exterior floor and partition wall insulation. |
Table 13-3
Refrigerated Warehouse Insulation
| SPACE | SURFACE | MINIMUM
R-VALUE (°F-hr-f2/Btu) |
|
| Frozen Storage Spaces | Exterior Roof/Ceiling | R-36 | |
| Exterior Wall | R-36 | ||
| Exterior Floor | R-36 | ||
| Interior Partition1 | R-28 | ||
| Cold Storage Spaces | Exterior Roof/Ceiling | R-28 | |
| Exterior Wall | R-28 | ||
| Interior Partition1 | R-19 | ||
Figure 13A
Building Envelope Compliance Options
Section Number |
Subject |
Prescriptive Option |
Component Performance Option |
Systems Analysis Option |
| 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 |
General Requirements Insulation Glazing and Doors Moisture Control Air Leakage |
X X X X X |
X X X X X |
X X X X X |
| 1320
1321 1322 1323 |
Prescriptive Building Envelope Option General Opaque Envelope Glazing |
X X X X |
||
| 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 |
Component Performance Building Envelope Option General Component U-Factors UA Calculations Solar Heat Gain Coefficient |
X X X X X |
||
| RS-29 | Systems Analysis | X |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1310, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1310, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
1311.1 Installation Requirements: All insulation materials
shall be installed according to the manufacturer's
instructions to achieve proper densities, maintain clearances,
and maintain uniform R-values. To the maximum extent
possible, insulation shall extend over the full component area
to the intended R-value.
1311.2 Roof/Ceiling Insulation: Where two or more layers of
rigid board insulation are used in a roof assembly, the
vertical joints between each layer shall be staggered.
Open-blown or poured loose-fill insulation may be used in
attic spaces where the slope of the ceiling is not more than
three feet in twelve and there is at least thirty inches of
clear distance from the top of the bottom chord of the truss
or ceiling joist to the underside of the sheathing at the roof
ridge. When eave vents are installed, baffling of the vent
openings shall be provided so as to deflect the incoming air
above the surface of the insulation.
Where lighting fixtures are recessed into a suspended or
exposed grid ceiling, the roof/ceiling assembly shall be
insulated in a location other than directly on the suspended
ceiling.
| EXCEPTION: | Type IC rated recessed lighting fixtures. |
1311.3 Wall Insulation: Exterior wall cavities isolated
during framing shall be fully insulated to the levels of the
surrounding walls. When installed in wood framing, faced batt
insulation shall be face stapled.
Above grade exterior insulation shall be protected.
1311.4 Floor Insulation: Floor insulation shall be installed
in a permanent manner in substantial contact with the surface
being insulated. Insulation supports shall be installed so
spacing is not more than twenty-four inches on center. Installed insulation shall not block the airflow through
foundation vents.
1311.5 Slab-On-Grade Floor: Slab-on-grade insulation
installed inside the foundation wall shall extend downward
from the top of the slab a minimum distance of twenty-four
inches or to the top of the footing, whichever is less. Insulation installed outside the foundation shall extend
downward a minimum of twenty-four inches or to the frostline,
whichever is greater. Above grade insulation shall be
protected.
| EXCEPTION: | For monolithic slabs, the insulation shall extend downward from the top of the slab to the bottom of the footing. |
If required by the building official where soil
conditions warrant such insulation, the entire area of a
radiant floor shall be thermally isolated from the soil. Where a soil gas control system is provided below the radiant
floor, which results in increased convective flow below the
radiant floor, the radiant floor shall be thermally isolated
from the sub-floor gravel layer.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1311, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
1312.1 Standard Procedure for Determination of Glazing and
Door U-Factors: U-Factors for glazing and doors shall be
determined, certified and labeled in accordance with Standard
RS-31 by a certified independent agency licensed by the
National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC). Compliance shall
be based on the Residential or the Nonresidential Model Size.
Product samples used for U-factor determinations shall be
production line units or representative of units as purchased
by the consumer or contractor. Unlabeled glazing and doors
shall be assigned the default U-factor in Table 10-6.
1312.2 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Shading Coefficient:
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC), shall be determined,
certified and ((labelled)) labeled in accordance with the
National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) Standard by a
certified, independent agency, licensed by the NFRC.
| EXCEPTION: | Shading coefficients (SC) shall be an acceptable alternate for compliance with solar heat gain
coefficient requirements. Shading coefficients for glazing shall be taken from Chapter (( |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1312, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1312, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1312, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1312, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
1313.1 Vapor Retarders: Vapor retarders shall be installed on
the warm side (in winter) of insulation as required by this
section.
EXCEPTION:
Vapor retarder installed with not more than 1/3 of the nominal R-value between it and the conditioned
space.
1313.2 Roof/Ceiling Assemblies: Roof/ceiling assemblies where
the ventilation space above the insulation is less than an
average of twelve inches shall be provided with a vapor
retarder. (For enclosed attics and enclosed rafter spaces see
Section 1203.2 of the International Building Code.) Roof/ceiling assemblies without a vented airspace, allowed
only where neither the roof deck nor the roof structure are
made of wood, shall provide a continuous vapor retarder with
taped seams.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Vapor retarders need not be provided where all of the insulation is installed between the roof
membrane and the structural roof deck.
2. Unvented attic assemblies (spaces between the ceiling joists of the top story and the roof rafters)
shall be permitted if all the following conditions are met:
2.1. The unvented attic space is completely contained within the building thermal envelope.
2.2. No interior vapor retarders are installed on the ceiling side (attic floor) of the unvented attic
assembly.
2.3. Where wood shingles or shakes are used, a minimum 1/4 inch (6 mm) vented air space separates
the shingles or shakes and the roofing underlayment above the structural sheathing.
2.4. Any air-impermeable insulation shall be a vapor retarder, or shall have a vapor retarder coating or
covering in direct contact with the underside of the insulation.
2.5. Either Items a, b or c shall be met, depending on the air permeability of the insulation directly
under the structural roof sheathing.
a. Air-impermeable insulation only. Insulation shall be applied in direct contact to the underside of
the structural roof sheathing.
b. Air-permeable insulation only. In addition to the air-permeable insulation installed directly below
the structural sheathing, rigid board or sheet insulation shall be installed directly above the structural
roof sheathing as specified per WA Climate Zone for condensation control.
i. Climate Zone #1 R-10 minimum rigid board or air-impermeable insulation R-value.
ii. Climate Zone #2 R-25 minimum rigid board or air-impermeable insulation R-value.
c. Air-impermeable and air-permeable insulation. The air-impermeable insulation shall be applied in
direct contact to the underside of the structural roof sheathing as specified per WA Climate Zone for
condensation control. The air-permeable insulation shall be installed directly under the
air-impermeable insulation.
i. Climate Zone #1 R-10 minimum rigid board or air-impermeable insulation R-value.
ii. Climate Zone #2 R-25 minimum rigid board or air-impermeable insulation R-value.
1313.3 Walls: Walls separating conditioned space from
unconditioned space shall be provided with a vapor retarder.
1313.4 Floors: Floors separating conditioned space from
unconditioned space shall be provided with a vapor retarder.
1313.5 Crawl Spaces: A ground cover of six mil (0.006 inch
thick) black polyethylene or approved equal shall be laid over
the ground within crawl spaces. The ground cover shall be
overlapped twelve inches minimum at the joints and shall
extend to the foundation wall.
EXCEPTION:
The ground cover may be omitted in crawl spaces if the crawl space has a concrete slab floor with a
minimum thickness of three and one-half inches.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-1313, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1313, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1313, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
1314.1 Building Envelope Sealing: ((The requirements of this
section shall apply to building elements separating
conditioned from unconditioned spaces. Exterior joints around
windows and door frames, openings between walls and
foundation, between walls and roof and wall panels; openings
at penetrations of utility services through walls, floors, and
roofs; and all other openings in the building envelope shall
be sealed, caulked, gasketed, or weatherstripped to limit air
leakage.)) The following areas of the building envelope shall
be sealed, caulked, gasketed, or weather-stripped to minimize
air leakage:
a. Joints around fenestration and door frames;
b. Junctions between walls and foundations, between walls at building corners, between walls and structural floors or roofs, and between walls and roof or roof panels;
c. Openings at penetrations of utility services through the roofs, walls, and floors;
d. Site-built fenestration and doors;
e. Building assemblies used as ducts or plenums;
f. Joints, seams, and penetrations of vapor retarders;
g. All other openings in the building envelope.
1314.2 Glazing and Doors: ((Doors and operable glazing
separating conditioned from unconditioned space shall be
weatherstripped. Fixed windows shall be tight fitting with
glass retained by stops with sealant or caulking all around.))
Air leakage for fenestration and doors shall be determined in
accordance with NFRC 400 or AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 or
ASTM E283 as specified below. Air leakage shall be determined
by a laboratory accredited by a nationally recognized
accreditation organization, such as the National Fenestration
Rating Council, and shall be labeled and certified by the
manufacturer. Air leakage shall not exceed:
a. 1.0 cfm/ft2 for glazed swinging entrance doors and revolving doors, tested at a pressure of at least 1.57 pounds per square foot (psf) in accordance with NFRC 400, AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, or ASTM E283.
b. 0.04 cfm/ft2 for curtain wall and storefront glazing, tested at a pressure of at least 1.57 pounds per square foot (psf) in accordance with NFRC 400, AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, or ASTM E283.
c. 0.2 cfm/ft2 for all other products when tested at a pressure of at least 1.57 pounds per square foot (psf) in accordance with NFRC 400 or AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, or 0.3 cfm/ft2 when tested at a pressure of at least 6.24 pounds per square foot (psf) in accordance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S/A440.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Openings that are required to be fire resistant. |
| 2. Field-fabricated fenestration and doors that are weather-stripped or sealed in accordance with Section 1314.1. | |
| 3. For garage doors, air leakage determined by test at standard test conditions in accordance with ANSI/DASMA 105 shall be an acceptable alternate for compliance with air leakage requirements. | |
| 4. Units without air leakage ratings produced by small business that are weatherstripped or sealed in accordance with Section 1314.1. |
1314.4 Recessed Lighting Fixtures: When installed in the
building envelope, recessed lighting fixtures shall be Type IC
rated, and certified under ASTM E283 to have no more than 2.0
cfm air movement from the conditioned space to the ceiling
cavity. The lighting fixture shall be tested at 75 Pascals or
1.57 lbs/ft2 pressure difference and have a label attached,
showing compliance with this test method. Recessed lighting
fixtures shall be installed with a gasket or caulk between the
fixture and ceiling to prevent air leakage.
1314.5 Loading Dock Weatherseals: Cargo doors and loading
dock doors shall be equipped with weatherseals to restrict
infiltration when vehicles are parked in the doorway.
1314.6 Vestibules: Building entrances that separate
conditioned space from the exterior shall be protected with an
enclosed vestibule, with all doors opening into and out of the
vestibule equipped with self-closing devices. Vestibules
shall be designed so that in passing through the vestibule it
is not necessary for the interior and exterior doors to open
at the same time. Interior and exterior doors shall have a
minimum distance between them of not less than 7 ft. when in
the closed position. The exterior envelope of conditioned
vestibules shall comply with the requirements for a
conditioned space. Either the interior or exterior envelope
of unconditioned vestibules shall comply with the requirements
for a conditioned space.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Building entrances with revolving doors. |
| 2. Doors not intended to be used as a building entrance. | |
| 3. Building entrances in buildings that are less than 1,000 ft2 in area. | |
| 4. Doors that open directly from a space that is less than 3,000 ft2 in area and is separate from the building entrance. |
1314.7.1 Characteristics: The continuous air barrier shall
have the following characteristics:
a. The air barrier component of each assembly shall be joined and sealed in a flexible manner to the air barrier component of adjacent assemblies, allowing for the relative movement of these assemblies and components. This requirement shall not be construed to restrict the materials or methods by which the air barrier is achieved.
b. It shall be capable of withstanding positive and negative combined design wind, fan and stack pressures on the air barrier without damage or displacement, and shall transfer the load to the structure. It shall not displace adjacent materials under full load.
c. It shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and in such a manner as to achieve the performance requirements.
1314.7.2 Compliance: Compliance of the continuous air barrier
for the opaque building envelope shall be demonstrated by
testing the completed building and demonstrating that the air
leakage rate of the building envelope does not exceed 0.40
cfm/ft2 at a pressure differential of 0.3" w.g. (1.57 psf) as
specified below.
a. Whole building testing shall be accomplished in accordance with ASTM E 779 or approved similar test. Tests shall be accomplished using either pressurization or depressurization or both. The building shall not be tested unless it is verified that the continuous air barrier is in place and installed without failures in accordance with installation instructions so that repairs to the continuous air barrier, if needed to comply with the required air leakage rate, can be done in a timely manner. Following are comments referring to ASTM E 779:
b. Under ASTM E 779 it is permissible to test using the building's HVAC system. In buildings with multistory HVAC systems and shafts it is permissible to test using the building's mechanical system using CAN/CGSB-149.15-96 Determination of the Overall Envelope Airtightness of Buildings by the Fan Pressurization Method Using the Building's Air Handling Systems, Canadian General Standards Board, Ottawa.
c. In lieu of the fan pressurization method described in ASTM E 779, a tracer gas test of the building air change rate in accordance with ASTM E 741 is also allowed. The tracer gas test shall be run with building HVAC fans off.
d. Section 8.1 - For purposes of this test, a multizone building shall be configured as a single zone by opening all interior doors, and otherwise connecting the interior spaces as much as possible. It is also allowed to test a smaller section of the building, provided the test area can be isolated from neighboring conditioned zones by balancing the pressure in adjacent conditioned zones to that in the zone being tested. This can be very difficult to do in buildings with multistory shafts and HVAC systems. If a smaller section of the building is tested, provide a drawing showing the zone(s) tested, the pressure boundaries and a diagram of the testing equipment configuration.
e. Section 8.2 - Seal all intentional functional openings such as exhaust and relief louvers, grilles and dryer vents that are not used in the test to introduce air, using plastic sheeting and duct tape or similar materials. All plumbing traps shall be filled with water.
f. Section 8.10 - The test pressure range shall be from 10 Pa to 80 Pa. If approved by the building official, lower test pressures are acceptable, but the upper limit shall not be less than 50 Pa.
g. Section 9.4 - If both pressurization and depressurization are not tested, plot the air leakage against the corrected &Dgr;P for either pressurization or depressurization.
h. Section 9.6.4 - If the pressure exponent n is less than 0.5 or greater than 1, corrective work shall be performed to the continuous air barrier and the test shall be rerun.
i. Section 10.4 - Report the air leakage rate normalized in cfm/ft2 at 0.3" w.g. (1.57 psf) over the total area of the building envelope air pressure boundary including the lowest floor, any below-grade walls, above-grade walls, and roof (or ceiling) (including windows and skylights) separating the interior conditioned space from the unconditioned environment.
1314.7.3 Certificate of Occupancy: A final certificate of
occupancy shall not be issued for the building, or portion
thereof, until such time that the building official determines
the building, or portion thereof, has been field tested in
accordance with Section 1314.7.2.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1314, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1314, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
For metal frame assemblies used in spaces with electric
resistance space heat, compliance shall be demonstrated with
the component U-factor for the overall assembly based on the
assemblies in Chapter 10.
Area-weighted averaging of the R-value is not allowed.
When showing compliance with R-values, the minimum insulation
R-value for all areas of the component shall comply with Table
13-1. When calculating compliance using U-factors,
area-weighted averaging is allowed. Where insulation is
tapered (e.g., roofs), separate assembly U-factors shall be
calculated for each four-foot section of tapered insulation.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Opaque smoke vents are not required to meet insulation requirements.
2. For prescriptive compliance only, for glazing areas that are 30% and less of the gross wall area, the
insulation of the perimeter edge of an above-grade floor slab which penetrates the exterior wall may be
reduced to R-5 provided the glazing U-factor is reduced to U-0.05 below that required in Tables 13-1
and 13-2.
((
a. For glazing areas that are 30% and less of the gross wall area, the insulation of the perimeter edge
of an above grade floor slab which penetrates the exterior wall may be reduced to R-5 provided the
glazing U-factor is reduced by U-0.05 below that required in Tables 13-1 and 13-2.
b. For glazing areas that exceed 30% of the gross wall area, the perimeter edge of an above grade floor
slab which penetrates the exterior wall may be left uninsulated provided that the glazing U-factor is
reduced by U-0.10 below that required in Tables 13-1 and 13-2.))
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045 and chapters 19.27, 19.27A, and 34.05 RCW. 05-01-013, § 51-11-1322, filed 12/2/04, effective 7/1/05. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1322, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1322, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Vertical glazing located on the display side of the street level story of a retail occupancy provided
the glazing:
a.(i) Is double-glazed with a minimum 1/2 inch airspace and with a low-e coating having a maximum
emittance of ((
e-0.40)) e-0.10 in a nonmetal frame or a metal frame having a thermal break (as
defined in footnote 9 to Table 10-6B); or
(ii) Has an area weighted U-factor of ((
0.60)) 0.50 or less. (U-factor calculations shall use overall
assembly U-factors. When this exception is used, there are no SHGC requirements); and((,))
b. Does not exceed 75 percent of the gross exterior wall area of the display side of the street level
story, measured from the top of the finished floor at street level. However, if the display side of the
street level story exceeds 20 feet in height, then this exception may only be used for the first 20 feet
of that story.
When this exception is utilized, separate calculations shall be performed for these sections of the
building envelope and these values shall not be averaged with any others for compliance purposes. The
75 percent area may be exceeded on the street level, if the additional glass area is provided from
allowances from other areas of the building.
2. Single glazing for ((
ornamental,)) security((, or architectural)) purposes and vestibules and revolving
doors shall be included in the percentage of the total glazing area, U-factor calculation and SHGC as
allowed in the Tables 13-1 or 13-2. The maximum area allowed for the total of all single glazing is one
percent of the gross exterior wall floor area.
1323.1 Area: The percentage of total glazing (vertical and
overhead) area relative to the gross exterior wall area shall
not be greater than the appropriate value from Tables 13-1 or
13-2 for the vertical glazing U-factor, overhead glazing
U-factor and solar heat gain coefficient selected.
1323.2 U-Factor: The area-weighted average U-factor of
vertical glazing shall not be greater than that specified in
Tables 13-1 or 13-2 for the appropriate area and solar heat
gain coefficient. The area-weighted average U-factor of
overhead glazing shall not be greater than that specified in
Tables 13-1 or 13-2 for the appropriate area and solar heat
gain coefficient. U-factors for glazing shall be determined
in accordance with Section 1312.
1323.3 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: The area-weighted average
solar heat gain coefficient of all glazing shall not be
greater than that specified in Tables 13-1 or 13-2 for the
appropriate area and U-factor.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Glazing separating conditioned space from semi-heated space or unconditioned space. |
| 2. Vertical glazing which is oriented within 45 degrees of north shall be allowed to have a maximum solar heat gain coefficient SHGC-0.05 above that required in Tables 13-1 and 13-2. When this exception is utilized, separate calculations shall be performed for these sections of the building envelope and these values shall not be averaged with any others for compliance purposes. | |
| 3. For demonstrating compliance for vertical glazing for the first SHGC option in Tables 13-1 and 13-2 only, the SHGC in the proposed building shall be allowed to be reduced by using the multipliers in the table below for each glazing product shaded by permanent projections that will last as long as the building itself. |
| Projection Factor | SHGC Multiplier (All Orientations Except North-Oriented) | SHGC Multiplier (North-Oriented) |
| 0 - 0.10 | 1.00 | 1.00 |
| <0.10 - 0.20 | 0.91 | 0.95 |
| <0.20 - 0.30 | 0.82 | 0.91 |
| <0.30 - 0.40 | 0.74 | 0.87 |
| <0.40 - 0.50 | 0.67 | 0.84 |
| <0.50 - 0.60 | 0.61 | 0.81 |
| <0.60 - 0.70 | 0.56 | 0.78 |
| <0.70 - 0.80 | 0.51 | 0.76 |
| <0.80 - 0.90 | 0.47 | 0.75 |
| <0.90 - 1.00 | 0.44 | 0.73 |
|
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1323, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1323, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1323, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
| EXCEPTION: | Compliance is also allowed to be shown using RS-32 for Climate Zone 1 except for buildings containing attic roofs, wood framed walls or vertical fenestration with nonmetal frames, or for Group R occupancies. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1331, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045 and chapters 19.27, 19.27A, and 34.05 RCW. 05-01-013, § 51-11-1331, filed 12/2/04, effective 7/1/05. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1331, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1331, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1331, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
| 1. | Results of laboratory measurements according to acceptable methods of test. |
| 2. | Standard RS-1, listed in Chapter 7, where the metal framing is bonded on one or both sides to a metal skin or covering. |
| 3. | The zone method as provided in Chapter (( |
| 4. | Effective framing/cavity R-values as provided in Table 10-5A. |
| a. | For thermal transmittance purposes, not include the ceiling proper nor the plenum space as part of the assembly; and |
| b. | For gross area purposes, be based upon the interior face of the upper plenum surface. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-1332, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1332, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
align="center"
Equation 13-1:
Target UA(([t])) t
| UAt | = | UratArat + UogratAograt + UortAort + UogortAogort + UwtAwt + UvgtAvgt + UdtAdt + UftAft + FstPst + UbgwtAbgwt |
| UAt | = | The target combined specific heat transfer of the gross roof/ceiling assembly, exterior wall and
floor area. |
| Where: |
||
| Urat | = | The thermal transmittance value for roofs over attics found in Table 13-1 or 13-2. |
| Uograt | = | The thermal transmittance for overhead glazing found in Table 13-1 or 13-2 which corresponds to
the proposed total glazing area as a percent of gross exterior wall area. |
| Uort | = | The thermal transmittance value for other roofs found in Table 13-1 or 13-2. |
| Uogort | = | The thermal transmittance for overhead glazing found in Table 13-1 or 13-2 which corresponds to
the proposed total glazing area as a percent of gross exterior wall area. |
| Uwt | = | The thermal transmittance value for opaque walls found in Table 13-1 or 13-2. |
| Uvgt | = | The thermal transmittance value for vertical glazing found in Table 13-1 or 13-2 which corresponds
to the proposed total glazing area as a percent of gross exterior wall area. |
| Udt | = | The thermal transmittance value for opaque doors found in Table 13-1 or 13-2. |
| Uft | = | The thermal transmittance value for floors over unconditioned space found in Table 13-1 or 13-2. |
| Fst | = | The F-factor for slab-on-grade and radiant slab floors found in Table 13-1 or 13-2. |
| Ubgwt | = | The thermal transmittance value for opaque walls found in Table 13-1 or 13-2. |
| Adt | = | The proposed opaque door area, Ad. |
| Aft | = | The proposed floor over unconditioned space area, Af. |
| Pst | = | The proposed lineal feet of slab-on-grade and radiant slab floor perimeter, Ps. |
| Abgwt | = | The proposed below grade wall area, Abgw. |
| and; | ||
| if the total amount of glazing area as a percent of gross exterior wall area does not exceed the maximum allowed in
Table 13-1 or 13-2: |
||
| Arat | = | The proposed roof over attic area, Ara. |
| Aograt | = | The proposed overhead glazing area in roofs over attics, Aogra. |
| Aort | = | The proposed other roof area, Aor. |
| Aogort | = | The proposed overhead glazing area in other roofs, Aogor. |
| Awt | = | The proposed opaque above grade wall area, Aw. |
| Avgt | = | The proposed vertical glazing area, Avg. |
| or; |
||
| if the total amount of glazing area as a percent of gross exterior wall area exceeds the maximum allowed in Table
13-1 or 13-2: |
||
| Arat | = | The greater of: the proposed roof over attic area, and the gross roof over attic area minus Aograt. |
| Aograt | = | The lesser of: proposed overhead glazing area in roofs over attics, and the maximum allowed glazing area from Table 13-1 or 13-2. |
| Aort | = | The greater of: the proposed other roof area, and the gross other roof area minus Aogort. |
| Aogort | = | The lesser of: the proposed overhead glazing area in other roofs, and the maximum allowed glazing area from Table 13-1 or 13-2 minus Aograt. |
| Awt | = | The greater of: proposed opaque above grade wall area, and the gross exterior above grade wall area minus Adt minus Avgt. |
| Avgt | = | The lesser of: the proposed vertical glazing area, and the maximum allowed glazing area from Table 13-1 or 13-2 minus Aograt minus Aogort. |
EQUATION 13-2
Proposed UAp
| UAp | = | UraAra+UorAor+UogAog+UwAw+UdAd+UvgAvg+UfAf+FsPs+UbgwAbgw |
||
| Where: |
||||
| UAp | = | The combined proposed specific heat transfer of the gross exterior wall, floor and
roof/ceiling assembly area. |
||
| Ura | = | The thermal transmittance of the roof over attic area. | ||
| Ara | = | Opaque roof over attic area. |
||
| Uor | = | The thermal transmittance of the other roof area. | ||
| Aor | = | Opaque other roof area. |
||
| Uog | = | The thermal transmittance for the overhead glazing | ||
| Aog | = | Overhead glazing area. |
||
| Uw | = | The thermal transmittance of the opaque wall area. | ||
| Aw | = | Opaque above grade wall area (not including opaque doors). |
||
| Uvg | = | The thermal transmittance of the vertical glazing area. | ||
| Avg | = | Vertical glazing area. |
||
| Ud | = | The thermal transmittance value of the opaque door area. | ||
| Ad | = | Opaque door area. |
||
| Uf | = | The thermal transmittance of the floor over unconditioned space area. | ||
| Af | = | Floor area over unconditioned space. |
||
| Fs | = | Slab-on-grade or radiant floor component F-factor. | ||
| Ps | = | Lineal feet of slab-on-grade or radiant floor perimeter. |
||
| Ubgw | = | The thermal transmittance value of the below grade wall area. | ||
| Abgw | = | Below grade wall area as defined in Tables 13-1 or 13-2. |
||
| NOTE: Where more than one type of wall, window, roof/ceiling, door and skylight is used, the U and A terms for
those items shall be expanded into sub-elements as: |
||||
| Uw1Aw1+Uw2Aw2+Uw3Aw3+...etc. | ||||
EQUATION 13-3
Target SHGCAt
| SHGCAt | = | SHGCt (Aograt + Aogort + Avgt) |
||
| Where: | ||||
| SHGCAt | = | The target combined specific heat gain of the target glazing area. |
||
| SHGCt | = | The solar heat gain coefficient for glazing found in Table 13-1 or 13-2 which corresponds to the
proposed total glazing area as a percent of gross exterior wall area, and |
||
| Aograt, Aogort, and Avgt are defined under Equation 13-1. | ||||
EQUATION 13-4
Proposed SHGCAp
| SHGCAp | = | SHGCogAog + SHGCvgAvg |
| Where: |
||
| SHGCAt | = | The combined proposed specific heat gain of the proposed glazing area. |
| SHGCog | = | The solar heat gain coefficient of the overhead glazing. |
| Aog | = | The overhead glazing area. |
| SHGCvg | = | The solar heat gain coefficient of the vertical glazing. |
| Avg | = | The vertical glazing area. |
BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS FOR CLIMATE ZONE 1
((MINIMUM INSULATION R-VALUES OR
MAXIMUM COMPONENT U-FACTORS FOR ZONE 1
| (( |
||||||
Over Attic3 |
Over Uncond Space |
|||||
F = 0.54 |
||||||
U = 0.036 |
U = 0.046 |
(b) Wood framing and framing other than metal: R-19 or U = 0.062 |
F = 0.54)) |
|||
MAXIMUM GLAZING SOLAR HEAT GAIN COEFFICIENTS
FOR ZONE 1
| (( Area as % of Wall |
||||||
U-Factor |
U-Factor |
|||||
3.Roof Types: A roof over attic is where the roof structure has at least 30 inches clear distance from the top of the bottom
chord of a truss or ceiling joist to the underside of the sheathing at the roof ridge, and the ceiling is attached to the ceiling
joist or the bottom of the truss or ceiling joist. Anything else is considered all other roofs.4.SHGC (Solar Heat Gain Coefficient per Section 1312.2): May substitute Maximum Shading Coefficient (SC) for
SHGC (See Chapter 2 for definition of Shading Coefficient).5.Radiant Floors: Where insulation is required under the entire slab, radiant floors shall use a minimum of R-10 insulation
or F = 0.55 maximum. Where insulation is not required under the entire slab, radiant floors shall use R-10 perimeter
insulation according to Section 1311.6 or F = 0.78 maximum.))
| Nonresidential | Residential, Other than Single-Family | |||
| Opaque Elements | Assembly Max. | Insulation Min. R-Value | Assembly Max. | Insulation Min. R-Value |
| Roofs | ||||
| Insulation entirely above deck | U-0.034 | R-30 c.i. | U-0.031 | R-38 c.i. |
| Metal building | U-0.031 | R-25 + R-11 Ls | U-0.031 | R-25 + R-11 Ls |
| Single-rafter | U-0.027 | R-38 | U-0.027 | R-38 |
| Attic and other | U-0.027 | R-38 adv or R-49 | U-0.027 | R-38 adv or R-49 |
| Walls, Above Grade | ||||
| Mass | U-0.090 | R-10 c.i. | U-0.057 | R-16 c.i. |
| Metal building | U-0.064 | R-13 + R-7.5 c.i. | U-0.057 | R-19 + R-8.5 c.i. |
| Steel framed | U-0.064 | R-13 + R-7.5 c.i. | U-0.057 | R-19 + R-8.5 c.i. |
| Wood framed and other | U-0.057 | R-21 | U-0.057 | R-13 + R-6 c.i. |
| Walls, Below Grade | ||||
| Below grade wall | Same as above grade | Same as above grade | ||
| Floors | ||||
| Mass | U-0.029 | R-30 c.i. | U-0.029 | R-30 c.i. |
| Steel joist | U-0.029 | R-38 + R-4 c.i. | U-0.029 | R-38 + R-4 c.i. |
| Wood framed and other | U-0.029 | R-30 | U-0.029 | R-30 |
| Slab-on-Grade Floors | ||||
| Unheated | F-0.540 | R-10 for 24 in. (with thermal break) | F-0.540 | R-10 for 24 in. (with thermal break) |
| Heated | F-0.360 | R-10 c.i. (with thermal break) | F-0.360 | R-10 c.i. (with thermal break) |
| Opaque Doors | ||||
| Swinging | U-0.600 | U-0.400 | ||
| Nonswinging | U-0.600 | U-0.400 | ||
| Fenestration 0-40% of Wall |
Assembly Max. U-Factor |
Assembly Max. SHGC | Assembly Max. U-Factor |
Assembly Max. SHGC |
| Vertical Fenestration | (See sections 1323.4 and 1323.5) | (See sections 1323.4 and 1323.5) | ||
| Nonmetal framing: All | U-0.32 | SHGC-0.40 all OR | U-0.32 | |
| Metal framing: Fixed/operable | U-0.40 | SHGC-0.45 all PLUS Permanent PF>0.50 on | U-0.40 | |
| Entrance doors | U-0.60 | west, south and east | U-0.60 | |
| Skylights | ||||
| Without curb (i.e., sloped glazing) | U-0.50 | SHGC-0.35 all | U-0.50 | SHGC-0.35 all |
| With curb (i.e., individual unit skylights) | U-0.60 | U-0.60 |
| c.i. = continuous insulation, Ls = liner system (see definitions). |
BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
FOR CLIMATE ZONE 2
((MINIMUM INSULATION R-VALUES OR
MAXIMUM COMPONENT U-FACTORS FOR ZONE 2
| (( |
||||||
Over Attic3 |
Over Uncond Space |
|||||
U = 0.031 |
U = 0.034 |
U = 0.044 |
U = 0.029 |
F = 0.54 |
||
U = 0.031 |
U = 0.039 |
(b) Wood framing and framing other than metal: R-19 or U =0.062 |
U = 0.047 |
F = 0.54)) |
||
MAXIMUM GLAZING SOLAR HEAT GAIN COEFFICIENTS
FOR ZONE 2
| (( Area as % of Wall |
||||||
U-Factor |
U-Factor |
|||||
| Nonresidential | Residential, Other than Single-Family | |||
| Opaque Elements | Assembly Max. | Insulation Min. R-Value | Assembly Max. | Insulation Min. R-Value |
| Roofs | ||||
| Insulation entirely above deck | U-0.034 | R-30 c.i. | U-0.031 | R-38 c.i. |
| Metal building | U-0.031 | R-25 + R-11 Ls | U-0.031 | R-25 + R-11 Ls |
| Single-rafter | U-0.027 | R-38 | U-0.027 | R-38 |
| Attic and other | U-0.027 | R-38 adv or R-49 | U-0.027 | R-38 adv or R-49 |
| Walls, Above Grade | ||||
| Mass | U-0.080 | R-13.3 c.i. | U-0.044 | R-21 c.i. |
| Metal building | U-0.064 | R-13 + R-7.5 c.i. | U-0.044 | R-19 + R-16 c.i. |
| Steel framed | U-0.064 | R-13 + R-7.5 c.i. | U-0.044 | R-19 + R-14 c.i. |
| Wood framed and other | U-0.051 | R-13 + R-7.5 c.i. OR R-21 + R-2.5 c.i. |
U-0.044 | R-21+ R-5 c.i. |
| Walls, Below Grade | ||||
| Below grade wall | Same as above grade | Same as above grade | ||
| Floors | ||||
| Mass | U-0.029 | R-30 c.i. | U-0.029 | R-30 c.i. |
| Steel joist | U-0.029 | R-38 + R-4 c.i. | U-0.029 | R-38 + R-4 c.i. |
| Wood framed and other | U-0.029 | R-30 | U-0.029 | R-30 |
| Slab-on-Grade Floors | ||||
| Unheated | F-0.540 | R-10 for 24 in. (with thermal break) | F-0.540 | R-10 for 24 in. (with thermal break) |
| Heated | F-0.360 | R-10 c.i. (with thermal break) | F-0.360 | R-10 c.i. (with thermal break) |
| Opaque Doors | ||||
| Swinging | U-0.600 | U-0.400 | ||
| Nonswinging | U-0.600 | U-0.400 | ||
| Fenestration 0-40% of Wall |
Assembly Max. U-Factor |
Assembly Max. SHGC | Assembly Max. U-Factor |
Assembly Max. SHGC |
| Vertical Fenestration | (See sections 1323.4 and 1323.5) | (See sections 1323.4 and 1323.5) | ||
| Nonmetal framing: All | U-0.32 | SHGC-0.40 all OR | U-0.32 | |
| Metal framing: Fixed/operable |
U-0.40 | SHGC-0.45 all PLUS Permanent PF>0.50 on | U-0.40 | |
| Entrance doors | U-0.60 | west, south and east | U-0.60 | |
| Skylights | ||||
| Without curb (i.e., sloped glazing) | U-0.50 | SHGC-0.35 all | U-0.50 | SHGC-0.35 all |
| With curb (i.e., individual unit skylights) | U-0.60 | U-0.60 |
| c.i. = continuous insulation, Ls = liner system (see definitions). |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1334, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045 and chapters 19.27, 19.27A, and 34.05 RCW. 05-01-013, § 51-11-1334, filed 12/2/04, effective 7/1/05. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1334, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1334, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1334, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
CHAPTER 14((BUILDING)) MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 93-21-052, filed 10/18/93,
effective 4/1/94)
WAC 51-11-1402
Mechanical ventilation.
The minimum
requirements for ventilation shall comply with the Washington
State ((Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality)) Mechanical Code
(chapter ((51-13)) 51-52 WAC).
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1402, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
a. Simple Systems (Packaged Unitary Equipment) Sections 1420
through 1424.
b. Complex Systems Sections 1430 through 1439.
c. Systems Analysis. See Section 1141.4.
Systems serving cold storage spaces and frozen storage spaces
in refrigerated warehouses shall meet the requirements of
Sections 1416, 1437 and 1460.
| Section Number |
Subject | Simple Systems Path |
Complex Systems Path |
Systems Analysis Option |
| 1410 | General Requirements | X | X | X |
| 1411 | HVAC Equipment Performance Requirements | X | X | X |
| 1412 | Controls | X | X | X |
| 1413 | Air Economizers | X | X | X |
| 1414 | Ducting Systems | X | X | X |
| 1415 | Piping Systems | X | X | X |
| 1416 | Completion Requirements | X | X | X |
| 1420 | Simple Systems (Packaged Unitary Equipment) | X | ||
| 1421 | System Type | X | ||
| 1422 | Controls | X | ||
| 1423 | Economizers | X | ||
| 1424 | Separate Air Distribution Systems | X | ||
| 1430 | Complex Systems | X | ||
| 1431 | System Type | X | ||
| 1432 | Controls | X | ||
| 1433 | Economizers | X | ||
| 1434 | Separate Air Distribution Systems | X | ||
| 1435 | Simultaneous Heating and Cooling | X | ||
| 1436 | Heat Recovery | X | ||
| 1437 | Electric Motor Efficiency | X | ||
| 1438 | Variable Flow Systems | X | ||
| 1439 | Exhaust Hoods | X | ||
| RS-29 | Systems Analysis | X | ||
| 1440 | (( |
X | X | X |
| 1441 | Water Heater Installation | X | X | X |
| 1442 | Shut Off Controls | X | X | X |
| 1443 | Pipe Insulation | X | X | X |
| 1444 | Conservation of Water and Pumping Energy | X | X | X |
| 1445 | Heat Recovery for Domestic Water Systems | X | X | X |
| 1446 | Domestic Hot Water Meters | X | X | X |
| 1450 | Heated Pools | X | X | X |
| 1451 | General | X | X | X |
| 1452 | Pool Water Heaters | X | X | X |
| 1453 | Controls | X | X | X |
| 1454 | Pool Covers | X | X | X |
| 1455 | Heat Recovery | X | X | X |
| 1460 | Cold Storage | X | X | X |
| 1461 | Refrigerated Warehouse Heating and Cooling | X | X | X |
| 1462 | Underslab Heating | X | X | X |
| 1463 | Evaporators | X | X | X |
| 1464 | Condensers | X | X | X |
| 1465 | Compressors | X | X | X |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1410, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1410, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 07-01-089, filed 12/19/06,
effective 7/1/07)
WAC 51-11-1411
HVAC equipment performance requirements.
1411.1 General: Equipment shall have a minimum performance at
the specified rating conditions not less than the values shown
in Tables 14-1A through 14-1G. If a nationally recognized
certification program exists for a product covered in Tables
14-1A through 14-1G, and it includes provisions for
verification and challenge of equipment efficiency ratings,
then the product shall be listed in the certification program.
For equipment not within the scope of the standards in
Table 14-1A through 14-1G, this Code does not contain any
minimum efficiency requirements. However, for any claims of
efficiency, such as for calculations using the RS-29
compliance option, data shall be furnished by the equipment
manufacturer consisting of a complete report from a test
performed by an independent laboratory accredited by a
nationally recognized accreditation organization.
Gas-fired and oil-fired forced air furnaces with input
ratings ≥ 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW) and all unit heaters shall
also have an intermittent ignition or interrupted device
(IID), and have either mechanical draft (including power
venting) or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable
alternative to a flue damper for furnaces where combustion air
is drawn from the conditioned space. All furnaces with input
ratings ≥ 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW), including electric furnaces,
that are not located within the conditioned space shall have
jacket losses not exceeding 0.75% of the input rating.
Chilled water plants and buildings with more than 500
tons total capacity shall not have more than 100 tons provided
by air-cooled chillers.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where the designer demonstrates that the water quality at the building site fails to meet manufacturer's specifications for the use of water-cooled equipment. |
| 2. Air-cooled chillers with minimum efficiencies at least 10 percent higher than those listed in Table 14-1C. | |
| 3. Replacement of existing equipment. |
1411.2 Rating Conditions: Cooling equipment shall be rated at
ARI test conditions and procedures when available. Where no
applicable procedures exist, data shall be furnished by the
equipment manufacturer consisting of a complete report from a
test performed by an independent laboratory accredited by a
nationally recognized accreditation organization.
1411.2.1 Water-Cooled Centrifugal Water-Chilling
Packages -- Nonstandard Conditions: Water-cooled centrifugal
water-chilling packages that are not designed for operation at
AHRI Standard 550/590 test conditions reflected in Table 14-1C
(44°F leaving chilled-water temperature and 85°F entering
condenser water temperature with 3 gpm/ton condenser water
flow) shall have maximum full-load kW/ton and NPLV ratings
adjusted using the following equation:
| Adjusted maximum full-load kW/ton rating | = | (Full load kW/ton from Table 14-1C)/Kadj |
| Adjusted maximum NPLV rating | = | (IPLV from Table 14-1C)/Kadj |
| Where: | ||
| Kadj | = | 6.174722 - 0.303668(X) + 0.00629466(X)2 - 0.000045780(X)3 |
| X | = | DTstd + LIFT |
| DTstd | = | (24 + [full load kW/ton from Table 14-1C] x 6.83)/Flow |
| Flow | = | Condenser water flow (gpm)/cooling full load capacity (tons) |
| LIFT | = | CEWT - CLWT |
| CEWT | = | Full load condenser entering water temperature (F) |
| CLWT | = | Full load condenser leaving chilled water temperature (F) |
• Minimum leaving chilled water temperature: 38°F;
• Maximum condenser entering water temperature: 102°F;
• Condenser water flow: 1 to 6 gpm/ton; and
• X ≥39 and ≤60.
Chillers designed to operate outside of these ranges or
applications utilizing fluids or solutions with secondary
coolants (e.g., glycol solutions or brines) with a freeze
point of 27°F or lower from freeze protection are not covered
by this standard.
1411.3 Combination Space and Service Water Heating: For
combination space and service water heaters with a principal
function of providing space heat, the Combined Annual
Efficiency (CAE) may be calculated by using ASHRAE Standard
124-1991. Storage water heaters used in combination space
heat and water heat applications shall have either an Energy
Factor (EF) or a Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) of not less
than the following:
| Energy
Factor (EF) |
Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) | |
| < 50 gallon storage | 0.58 | 0.71 |
| 50 to 70 gallon storage | 0.57 | 0.71 |
| > 70 gallon storage | 0.55 | 0.70 |
EXCEPTION:
Unstaffed equipment shelters or cabinets used solely for personal wireless service facilities.
1411.5 Heating Systems in Unenclosed Spaces: Where comfort
heating is provided to unenclosed spaces, only radiant heating
systems shall be used unless otherwise approved by the
building official. The heating system shall be controlled by
an occupancy sensor. An unenclosed space is one that is not
substantially surrounded by solid surfaces such as walls,
floors, roofs, and openable devices such as doors and operable
windows. Warehouses and repair garages are considered
enclosed spaces.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1411, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-1411, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02; 01-03-010, § 51-11-1411, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1411, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1411, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
1412.1 Temperature Controls: Each system shall be provided
with at least one temperature control device. Each zone shall
be controlled by individual thermostatic controls responding
to temperature within the zone. At a minimum, each floor of a
building shall be considered as a separate zone. Controls on
systems required to have economizers and serving single zones
shall have multiple cooling stage capability and that activate
the economizer when appropriate as the first stage of cooling.
See Section 1423 or 1433 for further economizer control
requirements.
1412.2 Deadband Controls: When used to control both comfort
heating and cooling, zone thermostatic controls shall be
capable of a deadband of at least 5 degrees F within which the
supply of heating and cooling energy to the zone is shut off
or reduced to a minimum.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Special occupancy, special usage, or code requirements where deadband controls are not appropriate.
2. Thermostats that require manual changeover between heating and cooling modes.
1412.3 Humidity Controls: If a system is equipped with a
means for adding moisture, a humidistat shall be provided.
1412.4 Setback and Shutoff: HVAC systems shall be equipped
with automatic controls capable of accomplishing a reduction
of energy use through control setback or equipment shutdown
during periods of nonuse or alternate use of the spaces served
by the system. The automatic controls shall:
a. Have a minimum seven-day clock and be capable of being set for seven different day types per week,
b. Be capable of retaining programming and time setting during loss of power for a period of at least ten hours, and
c. Include an accessible manual override, or equivalent function (e.g., telephone interface), that allows temporary operation of the system for up to two hours.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation at the same temperature setpoint.
2. Equipment with full load demands of 2 Kw (6,826 Btu/h) or less may be controlled by readily
accessible manual off-hour controls.
3. Systems controlled by an occupant sensor that is capable of shutting the system off when no
occupant is sensed for a period of up to 30 minutes.
4. Systems controlled solely by a manually operated timer capable of operating the system for no more
than two hours.
For hotel and motel guest rooms, a minimum of one of the
following control technologies shall be required in
hotels/motels with over 50 guest rooms such that the space
temperature would automatically setback (winter) or set up
(summer) by no less than 3°C (5°F) when the occupant is not in
the room:
1. Controls that are activated by the room occupant via the primary room access method - key, card, deadbolt, etc.
2. Occupancy sensor controls that are activated by the occupant's presence in the room.
1412.4.1 Dampers: Outside air intakes, exhaust outlets and
relief outlets serving conditioned spaces shall be equipped
with motorized dampers which close automatically when the
system is off or upon power failure. Return air dampers shall
be equipped with motorized dampers. Stair shaft and elevator
shaft smoke relief openings shall be equipped with normally
open (fails to open upon loss of power) dampers. These
dampers shall remain closed until activated by the fire alarm
system or other approved smoke detection system.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation.
2. Combustion air intakes.
3. Gravity (nonmotorized) relief dampers are acceptable in equipment with less than 5,000 cfm total
supply flow when in buildings less than 3 stories in height.
4. ((
Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in exhaust and relief outlets in the first story and
levels below the first story of buildings three or more stories in height.
5.)) Type 1 grease hoods exhaust.
Dampers installed to comply with this section, including
dampers integral to HVAC equipment, shall have a maximum
leakage rate when tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500
of:
(a) Motorized dampers: 10 cfm/ft2 of damper area at 1.0 in w.g.
(b) Nonmotorized dampers: 20 cfm/ft2 of damper area at 1.0 in w.g., except that for nonmotorized dampers smaller than 24 inches in either dimension: 40 cfm/ft2 of damper area at 1.0 in w.g.
Drawings shall indicate compliance with this section.
1412.4.1.1 Damper Controls: Dampers for outdoor air supply
and exhaust shall automatically shut when the systems or
spaces served are not in use or during building warm-up,
cooldown, and setback. Operation of dampers shall be allowed
during ventilation prepurge one hour before expected occupancy
and for unoccupied period precooling during the cooling
season.
Classrooms, gyms, auditoriums and conference rooms larger
than 500 square feet of floor area shall have occupancy sensor
control that will either close outside air dampers or turn off
serving equipment when the space is unoccupied except where
equipped with another means to automatically reduce outside
air intake below design rates when spaces are partially
occupied.
1412.4.2 Optimum Start Controls: Heating and cooling systems
with design supply air capacities exceeding ((10,000)) 2,000
cfm shall have optimum start controls. Optimum start controls
shall be designed to automatically adjust the start time of an
HVAC system each day to bring the space to desired occupied
temperature levels immediately before scheduled occupancy.
The control algorithm shall, as a minimum, be a function of
the difference between space temperature and occupied setpoint
and the amount of time prior to scheduled occupancy.
1412.5 Heat Pump Controls: Unitary air cooled heat pumps
shall include microprocessor controls that minimize
supplemental heat usage during start up, set-up, and defrost
conditions. These controls shall anticipate need for heat and
use compression heating as the first stage of heat. Controls
shall indicate when supplemental heating is being used through
visual means (e.g., LED indicators). Heat pumps equipped with
supplementary heaters shall be installed with controls that
prevent supplemental heater operation above 40°F.
1412.6 Combustion Heating Equipment Controls: Combustion
heating equipment with a capacity over 225,000 Btu/h shall
have modulating or staged combustion control.
1412.7 Balancing: Each air supply outlet or air or water
terminal device shall have a means for balancing, including
but not limited to, dampers, temperature and pressure test
connections and balancing valves.EXCEPTIONS:
Boilers.
Radiant heaters.
1412.8 Ventilation Controls for High-Occupancy Areas. Demand
control ventilation (DCV) is required for spaces that are
larger than 500 ft2, have ((a design occupancy)) an occupant
density for ventilation of greater than ((40)) 25 people per
1000 ft2 of floor area (based on the Default Occupant Density
column of Table 403.3 of the Washington State Mechanical
Code), and are served by systems with one or more of the
following:
a. An air-side economizer,
b. Automatic modulating control of the outdoor air damper, or
c. A design outdoor ventilation airflow of all systems serving the space combined greater than 3000 cfm.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Systems with energy recovery complying with Section 1436. |
| 2. (( |
|
| (( |
Ventilation systems shall be equipped with a control
device that operates the system automatically upon detection
of vehicle operation or the presence of occupants by approved
automatic detection devices. Each of the following types of
controllers shall be capable of shutting off fans or
modulating fan speed.
1. Gas sensor controllers used to activate the exhaust
ventilation system shall stage or modulate fan speed upon
detection of specified gas levels. All equipment used in
sensor controlled systems shall be designed for the specific
use and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations. The following are minimum gas sensor system
requirements:
a. Garages and loading docks used predominantly by
gasoline-powered vehicles shall be equipped with a controller
and a full array of carbon monoxide (CO) sensors set to
maintain levels of carbon monoxide below 35 parts per million
(ppm). Spacing and location of the sensors shall be installed
in accordance with manufacturer recommendations.
b. Where more than 20 percent of the vehicles using the
garage or loading dock are powered by nongasoline fuels, the
area exposed to nongasoline fueled vehicle exhaust shall be
equipped with a controller and fuel-appropriate sensors. The
set-point for the nongasoline sensors shall be no less than
the standard used by OSHA for eight hour exposure. The
controller shall activate the ventilation system when sensor
set-point is reached. Spacing and location of the sensors
shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer
recommendations.
2. Automatic time clocks used to activate the system
shall activate the system during occupied periods. The time
clock shall be capable of scheduling multiple start and stop
times for each day of the week, varying the daily schedule,
and retaining programming for a 10-hour period during loss of
power.
3. Occupant detection sensors used to activate the system
shall detect entry into the parking garage along both the
vehicle and pedestrian pathways.
1412.9.1 System Activation Devices for Enclosed Loading Docks.
Ventilation systems for enclosed loading docks shall be
activated by one of the following:
1. Gas sensors; or
2. Time clock and a manual over-ride switch located in
the dock area that is accessible to persons in the loading
dock area.
1412.9.2 System Activation Devices for Enclosed Parking
Garages. Ventilation systems for enclosed parking garages
shall be activated by gas sensors.
| EXCEPTION: | A parking garage ventilation system having a total design capacity under 8,000 cfm may use a time clock or occupant sensors. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1412, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-1412, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-1412, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02; 01-03-010, § 51-11-1412, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1412, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1412, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
1413.1 Operation: Air economizers shall be capable of
automatically modulating outside and return air dampers to
provide 100 percent of the design supply air as outside air to
reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling. Systems
shall provide a means to relieve excess outdoor air during air
economizer operation to prevent overpressurizing the building.
Air economizers shall be used for RS-29 analysis base case for
all systems without exceptions in Sections 1413, 1423, or
1433. Water economizers, when allowed by Section 1132.2
exception 1 or Section 1433 exceptions 3 and 9, shall be
capable of providing the total concurrent cooling load served
by the connected terminal equipment lacking airside
economizer, at outside air temperatures of ((45°F)) 50°F
dry-bulb/((40°F)) 45°F wet-bulb and below. For this
calculation, all factors including solar and internal load
shall be the same as those used for peak load calculations,
except for the outside temperatures.
| (( |
1. Maximum outside air conditions for which economizer is
sized to provide full cooling.
2. Design cooling load to be provided by economizer at this outside air condition.
3. Heat rejection and terminal equipment performance data including model number, flow rate, capacity, entering and leaving temperature in full economizer cooling mode.
1413.3 Integrated Operation: The HVAC system and its controls
shall allow economizer operation when mechanical cooling is
required simultaneously. Air and water economizers shall be
capable of providing partial cooling even when additional
mechanical cooling is required to meet the remainder of the
cooling load.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Individual, direct expansion units that have a rated capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h and use
nonintegrated economizer controls that preclude simultaneous operation of the economizer and
mechanical cooling.
2. Water-cooled water chillers with waterside economizer.
1413.4 Humidification: If an air economizer is required on a
cooling system for which humidification equipment is to be
provided to maintain minimum indoor humidity levels, then the
humidifier shall be of the adiabatic type (direct evaporative
media or fog atomization type).
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Health care facilities where WAC 246-320-525 allows only steam injection humidifiers in ductwork downstream of final filters. |
| 2. Systems with water economizer. | |
| 3. 100% outside air systems with no provisions for air recirculation to the central supply fan. | |
| 4. Nonadiabatic humidifiers cumulatively serving no more than 10% of a building's air economizer capacity as measured in cfm. This refers to the system cfm serving rooms with stand alone or duct mounted humidifiers. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045 and chapters 19.27, 19.27A, and 34.05 RCW. 05-01-013, § 51-11-1413, filed 12/2/04, effective 7/1/05. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-1413, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1413, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
1414.1 Duct Sealing and Testing: Duct work and plenums shall
be sealed in accordance with Section 1414.1.1. Additionally,
ducts shall be tested in accordance with Sections 1414.1.2 and
1414.1.3 as required.
1414.1.1 Sealing: Duct work which is designed to operate at
pressures above 1/2 inch water column static pressure shall be
sealed ((in accordance with Standard RS-18. Extent of sealing
required is)) as follows:
| 1. | Static pressure(( |
| 2. | (( |
| Static pressure(( |
| EXCEPTION: | Fibrous glass duct systems installed in accordance with Standard UL 181A and flexible duct systems installed in accordance with Standard UL 181B may use tapes listed for these systems. |
1. Is connected to a constant volume, single zone, air conditioner, heat pump or furnace; and
2. Serves less than 5,000 square feet of floor area; and
3. Has more than 25 percent duct surface area located in any unconditioned space.
The leakage rate shall be confirmed through field
verification and diagnostic testing, in accordance with SMACNA
Duct Leakage Test Procedures - 1985.
1414.1.3 High Pressure Duct Leak Test: Duct work that is
designed to operate at static pressures in excess of 3 inches
water column shall be leak-tested in accordance with SMACNA
Duct Leakage Test Procedures - 1985. Representative sections
totaling no less than 25 percent of the total installed duct
area for the designated pressure class shall be tested. Duct
systems with pressure ratings in excess of 3 in. w.c. shall be
identified on the drawings. The maximum permitted duct
leakage shall be:
| Lmax | = | CLP0.65 |
| Where: | ||
| Lmax | = | Maximum permitted leakage in cfm/100 ft2 duct surface area. |
| CL | = | Duct leakage class, cfm/100 ft2 at 1 in. w.c. |
| CL | = | 6 for rectangular sheet metal, rectangular fibrous, and round flexible ducts. |
| CL | = | 3 for round/flat oval sheet metal or fibrous glass ducts. |
| P | = | Test pressure, which shall be equal to the design duct pressure class rating in in. w.c. |
1. Connect to the heating or cooling equipment, or
2. Are isolated from the exterior with an automatic shutoff damper complying with Section 1412.4.1.
Once outside air ducts meet the above listed requirements, any runs within conditioned space shall comply with Table 14-5 requirements.
Other ducts and plenums shall be thermally insulated per Table 14-5.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Within the HVAC equipment. |
| 2. Exhaust air ducts not subject to condensation. |
| 3. Exposed ductwork within a zone that serves that zone. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1414, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1414, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1414, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
((1416.1 General: Commissioning is a systematic process of
verification and documentation that ensures that the selected
building systems have been designed, installed, and function
properly, efficiently, and can be maintained in accordance
with the contract documents in order to satisfy the building
owner's design intent and operational requirements. Drawing
notes shall require commissioning and completion requirements
in accordance with Section 1416. Drawing notes may refer to
specifications for further requirements.
1416.1.1 Simple Systems: For simple systems, as defined in
Section 1421, and for warehouses and semi-heated spaces,
commissioning shall include, as a minimum:
a. A Commissioning Plan,
b. System Testing and Balancing,
c. Controls Functional Performance Testing,
d. A Preliminary Commissioning Report,
e. Post Construction Documentation in the form of O&M and Record Drawing Review, and
f. A Final Commissioning Report.
1416.1.2 All Other Mechanical Systems: For all other
mechanical systems, commissioning shall include, as a minimum:
a. A Commissioning Plan,
b. System Testing and Balancing,
c. Equipment Functional Performance Testing,
d. Controls Functional Performance Testing,
e. A Preliminary Commissioning Report,
f. Post Construction Documentation (all), and
g. A Final Commissioning Report.
1416.2 Commissioning Requirements.
1416.2.1 Commissioning Plan: The plans shall require tests
mandated by this section be performed and the results
recorded. The plans shall require preparation of preliminary
and final reports of test procedures and results as described
herein. At a minimum, the plans shall identify the following
for each test:
a. A detailed explanation of the original design intent,
b. Equipment and systems to be tested, including the extent of tests,
c. Functions to be tested (for example, calibration, economizer control, etc.),
d. Conditions under which the test shall be performed (for example, winter and summer design conditions, full outside air, etc.),
e. Measurable criteria for acceptable performance.
1416.2.2 Systems Balancing.
1416.2.2.1 General: Construction documents shall require that
all HVAC systems be balanced in accordance with generally
accepted engineering standards. Air and water flow rates
shall be measured and adjusted to deliver final flow rates
within 10% of design rates, except variable flow distribution
systems need not be balanced upstream of the controlling
device (for example, VAV box or control valve). Construction
documents shall require a written balance report be provided
to the owner. Drawing notes may refer to specifications for
further systems balancing requirements.
1416.2.2.2 Air System Balancing: Air systems shall be
balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses then,
for fans with system power of greater than 1 hp, fan speed
shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions.
1416.2.2.3 Hydronic System Balancing: Hydronic systems shall
be proportionately balanced in a manner to first minimize
throttling losses, then the pump impeller shall be trimmed or
pump speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions.
1416.2.3 Functional Performance Testing.
1416.2.3.1 Equipment/Systems Testing: Functional Performance
Testing shall demonstrate the correct installation and
operation of each component, system, and system-to-system
intertie relationship in accordance with approved plans and
specifications. This demonstration is to prove the operation,
function, and maintenance serviceability for each of the
commissioned systems. Testing shall include all modes of
operation, including:
a. All modes as described in the Sequence of Operation,
b. Redundant or automatic back-up mode,
c. Performance of alarms, and
d. Mode of operation upon a loss of power and restored power.
1416.2.3.2 Controls Testing: HVAC control systems shall be
tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment
and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance
with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of
operation shall be functionally tested to ensure they operate
in accordance with approved plans and specifications.
1416.2.4 Post Construction Commissioning.
1416.2.4.1 General: Construction documents shall require post
construction commissioning be provided to the building owner.
Drawing notes may refer to specifications for further
commissioning requirements. Post construction commissioning
shall include, as a minimum, review and approval of Operation
and Maintenance Materials, Record Drawings, and Systems
Operational Training.
1416.2.4.2 Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals: The O&M
manual shall be in accordance with industry accepted standards
and shall include, at a minimum, the following:
a. Submittal data stating equipment size and selected options for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance.
b. Operation and maintenance manuals for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance, except equipment not furnished as part of the project. Required routine maintenance actions shall be clearly identified.
c. Names and addresses of at least one service agency.
d. HVAC controls system maintenance and calibration information, including wiring diagrams, schematics, and control sequence descriptions. Desired or field determined set points shall be permanently recorded on control drawings at control devices, or, for digital control systems, in programming comments.
e. A complete narrative of how each system is intended to operate including:
i. A detailed explanation of the original design intent.
ii. The basis of design (how the design was selected to meet the design intent).
iii. A detailed explanation of how new equipment is to interface with existing equipment or systems (where applicable).
iv. Suggested set points.
1416.2.4.4 Systems Operational Training: The training of the
appropriate maintenance staff for each equipment type and/or
system shall include, as a minimum, the following:
a. System/Equipment overview (what it is, what it does and which other systems and/or equipment does it interface with).
b. Review of the available O&M materials.
c. Review of the Record Drawings on the subject system/equipment.
d. Hands-on demonstration of all normal maintenance procedures, normal operating modes, and all emergency shutdown and start-up procedures.
1416.2.5 Commissioning Reports.
1416.2.5.1 Preliminary Commissioning Report: A preliminary
report of commissioning test procedures and results shall be
completed and provided to the owner. The preliminary
commissioning report shall identify:
a. Deficiencies found during testing required by this section which have not been corrected at the time of report preparation and the anticipated date of correction.
b. Deferred tests which cannot be performed at the time of report preparation due to climatic conditions.
c. Climatic conditions required for performance of the deferred tests, and the anticipated date of each deferred test.
1416.2.5.2 Final Commissioning Report: A complete report of
test procedures and results shall be prepared and filed with
the owner. The Final Commissioning Report shall identify:
a. Results of all Functional Performance Tests.
b. Disposition of all deficiencies found during testing, including details of corrective measures used or proposed.
c. All Functional Performance Test procedures used during the commissioning process including measurable criteria for test acceptance, provided herein for repeatability.
1416.3.1 Acceptance: Buildings or portions thereof, required
by this code to comply with this section, shall not be issued
a final certificate of occupancy until such time that the
building official determines that the preliminary
commissioning report required by Section 1416.2.5.1 has been
completed.)) 1416.1 General. Drawing notes or specifications
shall require commissioning and completion requirements in
accordance with this section.
1416.2 Commissioning Scope. Commissioning in compliance with
this section and Section 1513.7 shall be required for new
systems or modified portions of systems, with a heating
capacity of 600K Btu/h or a cooling capacity of 40 tons or
more.
1416.2.1 Buildings which require commissioning shall go
through a commissioning process that includes as a minimum:
1. Commissioning plan;
2. Systems testing and balancing;
3. HVAC equipment and HVAC controls functional testing;
4. Supporting documentation in the form of operation and maintenance and record documents;
5. Commissioning report.
1416.3 Commissioning Requirements.
1416.3.1 Commissioning Plan. Commissioning plan shall
include:
1. A general description of the commissioning process activities including the systems to be commissioned;
2. The scope of the commissioning process including systems testing and balancing, functional testing, and supporting documentation;
3. Roles and responsibilities of the commissioning team;
4. A schedule of activities including systems testing and balancing, functional testing, and supporting documentation;
5. Functional test procedures and forms.
1416.3.2 Systems Testing and Balancing.
1416.3.2.1 General. All HVAC air and hydronic systems shall
be balanced in accordance with generally accepted engineering
standards.
1416.3.2.2 Air Systems Balancing. Throttling losses shall be
minimized by balancing the systems or adjusting the speed of
fans with motors greater than 1 hp.
1416.3.2.3 Hydronic Systems Balancing. Throttling losses
shall be minimized by balancing the systems, or trimming the
pump impeller or adjusting the pump speed.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Pumps with pump motors of 10 hp or less. |
| 2. Throttling is an acceptable method of balancing only if the power draw does not exceed that of equivalent system with the impeller trimmed by more than 5 percent. |
1416.3.3 Functional Testing. Systems, equipment, and controls
functional testing. All HVAC systems, equipment, and controls
as well as and lighting controls as specified in Section
1513.7 shall be tested to ensure that control devices,
components, equipment and systems are calibrated, adjusted and
operate in accordance with sequences of operation prescribed
in the construction documents. Written procedures which
clearly describe the individual systematic test procedures,
the expected systems' response or acceptance criteria for each
procedure, the actual response or findings, and any pertinent
discussion. Optional examples of test methods and forms are
provided in Reference Standard 34.
1416.3.4 Supporting Documentation. Supporting documentation
shall include, as a minimum:
1416.3.4.1 Systems Documentation. Systems documentation shall
be in accordance with industry accepted standards and shall
include as a minimum:
1. Submittal data stating equipment size and selected options for each piece of equipment.
2. Operation and maintenance manuals for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance, except equipment not furnished as part of the project. Required routine maintenance actions shall be clearly identified.
3. Names and addresses of at least one HVAC service agency.
4. HVAC controls system maintenance and calibration information, including wiring diagrams, schematics, as-built drawings and control sequence descriptions. Desired or field determined set points shall be permanently recorded on control drawings at control devices, or, for digital control systems, in programming comments.
5. Complete written narrative of how each system and piece of equipment is intended to operate including interface with existing equipment or systems (where applicable). Sequence of operation is not acceptable as a narrative for this requirement.
1416.3.4.2 Record Documents. Construction documents shall be
updated to convey a record of the alterations to the original
design. Such updates shall include updated mechanical,
electrical and control drawings red-lined, or redrawn if
specified, that show all changes to size, type and location of
components, equipment and assemblies.
1416.3.4.3 Systems Operation Training. Training of the
maintenance staff for each equipment type and or system shall
include as a minimum:
1. Review of systems documentation.
2. Hands-on demonstration of all normal maintenance procedures, normal operating modes, and all emergency shutdown and start-up procedures.
3. Training completion report.
1416.3.5 Commissioning Report. The commissioning report shall
be completed and provided to the owner. The commissioning
report shall include:
1. Completed Functional Test forms including measurable criteria for test acceptance.
2. Issues log of corrected and uncorrected deficiencies with the anticipated date of correction.
3. Deferred tests, which cannot be performed at the time of report preparation due to climatic conditions with anticipated date of completion.
4. Record of progress and completion of operator training.
5. Completed Commissioning Compliance form.
1416.4 Commissioning Compliance Form. A commissioning
compliance checklist shall be submitted to the building
official upon substantial completion of the building. The
checklist shall be completed and signed by the building owner
or owner's representative. The building official may require
that the Commissioning Compliance form components be submitted
to verify compliance with Sections 1416 and 1513.8
requirements. Completion of the Commissioning Compliance
Checklist (Figure 14B) deems to satisfy this requirement.
FIGURE 14B
COMMISSIONING COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST
| Project Name: | |||
| Project | Project Address: | ||
| Information | Commissioning Authority: | ||
| Commissioning Plan | Commissioning Plan was used during construction and included items below | ||
| (Section 1416.3.1) | • | A written schedule including Systems Testing and Balancing, Functional Testing, and Supporting Documentation. | |
| • | Roles and Responsibilities of the commissioning team. | ||
| • | Functional Test procedures and forms. | ||
| Systems Balancing | Systems Balancing has been completed | ||
| (Section 1416.3.2) | • | Air and Hydronic systems are proportionately balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses. | |
| • | Test ports are provided on each pump for measuring pressure across the pump. | ||
| Functional Testing | HVAC Systems Functional Testing has been completed (Section 1416.3.3) | ||
| HVAC systems have been tested to ensure that equipment, components, and subsystems are installed, calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. | |||
| HVAC Controls Functional Testing has been completed (Section 1416.3.3) | |||
| HVAC controls have been tested to ensure that control devices are calibrated, adjusted and operate properly. Sequences of operation have been functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. | |||
| Lighting Controls Functional Testing has been completed (Section 1513.7) | |||
| Lighting controls have been tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment, and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. | |||
| Supporting Documents | Systems documentation, record documents and training have been completed or are scheduled. | ||
| (Section 1416.3.4) | • | System documentation has been provided to the owner or scheduled date: | |
| • | Record documents have been submitted to owner or scheduled date: | ||
| • | Training has been completed or scheduled date: | ||
| Commissioning Report | Commissioning Report submitted to Owner and includes items below. | ||
| (Section 1416.3.5) | • | Completed Functional Tests documentation. | |
| • | Deficiencies found during testing required by this section which have not been corrected at the time of report preparation and the anticipated date of correction. | ||
| • | Deferred tests, which cannot be performed at the time of report preparation due to climatic conditions or other circumstances beyond control of Commissioning Authority. | ||
| Certification | I hereby certify that all requirements for commissioning have been completed in accordance with the Washington State Energy Code, including all items above. | ||
| Building Owner or Owner's Representative | |||
| Date | |||
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1416, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1416, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01.]
| a. | Air cooled, constant volume packaged equipment, which provide heating, cooling or both, and require only external connection to duct work and energy services with cooling capacity of 135,000 Btu/h or less. |
| b. | Air cooled, constant volume split systems, which provide heating, cooling or both, with cooling capacity of 84,000 Btu/h or less. |
| c. | Heating only systems which have a capacity of less
than (( |
All other systems shall comply with Sections 1430 through
1438.
1421.1 System Sizing Limits: Installed space heating
equipment output that does not exceed 10 Btu/h per square foot
of gross conditioned floor area and installed space cooling
equipment output that does not exceed 15 Btu/h per square foot
of gross conditioned floor area. No additional safety factor
is allowed.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. For equipment which provides both heating and cooling in one package unit, compliance need only be demonstrated for either the space heating or space cooling system size. |
| 2. Equipment sized in accordance with Section 1431.2. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025 and 19.27A.045. 98-03-003, § 51-11-1421, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1421, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
a. Cooling units installed outdoors or in a mechanical room adjacent to outdoors having a total cooling capacity greater than 20,000 Btu/h including those serving computer server rooms, electronic equipment, radio equipment, telephone switchgear; and
b. Other cooling units with a total cooling capacity greater than 54,000 Btu/h,)) Air economizers meeting the requirements of Section 1413 shall be provided on all new systems including those serving computer server rooms, electronic equipment, radio equipment, and telephone switchgear.
| (( |
| EXCEPTION: | Equipment complying with one of the exceptions to Section 1433. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27, 19.27A and 34.05 RCW. 05-23-103, § 51-11-1423, filed 11/17/05, effective 7/1/06; 05-01-013, § 51-11-1423, filed 12/2/04, effective 7/1/05. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-1423, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02; 01-03-010, § 51-11-1423, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1423, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1423, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
1431.1 Field-Assembled Equipment and Components:
Field-assembled equipment and components from more than one
manufacturer shall show compliance with this section and
Section 1411 through calculations of total on-site energy
input and output. The combined component efficiencies as
measured per Section 1411.2, shall be in compliance with the
requirements of Section 1411.1.
Total on-site energy input to the equipment shall be
determined by combining the energy inputs to all components,
elements, and accessories such as compressor(s), internal
circulating pump(s), purge devices, viscosity control heaters,
and controls.
1431.2 System Sizing Limits: Heating and cooling design loads
for the purpose of sizing systems shall be determined in
accordance with one of the procedures described in Chapter 29
of Standard RS-1 listed in Chapter 7 or an equivalent
computation procedure. For interior temperatures, 70°F shall
be used for heating and 75°F for cooling, except where
different values are specified in the Washington
Administrative Code (WAC).
Building mechanical systems for all buildings which provide space heating and/or space cooling shall be sized no greater than 150 percent of the design load as calculated above, except that cooling towers shall comply with the sizing requirements in Section 1411.1. No additional safety factor is allowed.
For buildings with a total equipment cooling capacity of 300 tons and above, the equipment shall comply with one of the following:
1. No one unit shall have a cooling capacity of more than 2/3 of the total installed cooling equipment capacity;
2. The equipment shall have a variable speed drive; or
3. The equipment shall have multiple compressors.
| EXCEPTIONS: | The following limited exemptions from the sizing limit shall be allowed, however, in all cases heating and/or cooling design load calculations shall be submitted. |
| 1. For a single piece of equipment which has both heating and cooling capability, only one function, either the heating or the cooling, need meet the requirements of this section. Capacity for the other function shall be, within available equipment options, the smallest size necessary to meet the load. | |
| 2. Stand-by equipment may be installed if controls and devices are provided which allow redundant equipment to operate automatically only when the primary equipment is not operating. | |
| 3. Multiple units of the same equipment type, such as multiple chillers and boilers, with combined capacities exceeding the design load, or a single unit that is capable of modulating to a part-load capacity of 50 percent of the load or less, may be specified to operate concurrently only if controls are provided that sequence or otherwise optimally control the operation of each unit based on load. | |
| 4. Installed space heating equipment output that does not exceed 10 Btu/h per square foot of gross conditioned floor area and installed space cooling equipment output that does not exceed 15 Btu/h per square foot of gross conditioned floor area. No additional safety factor is allowed. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1431, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
1432.1 Setback and Shutoff: Systems that serve zones with
different uses, as defined in Table ((15-1)) 15-1A or Table
15-1B.
1. Shall be served by separate systems, or
2. Shall include isolation devices and controls to shut off or set back the supply of heating and cooling to each zone independently.
| Exception: | Isolation or separate systems are not required for zones expected to operate continuously or expected to be inoperative only when all other zones are inoperative. |
1432.2.1 Air Systems for Multiple Zones: Systems supplying
heated or cooled air to multiple zones shall include controls
which automatically reset supply air temperatures by
representative building loads ((or by outside air
temperature)). Temperature shall be reset by at least 25
percent of the design supply-air-to-room-air temperature
difference. Interior zones without an exterior wall load
impact and high occupancy areas (per Section 1412.8) shall
have maximum airflow sized to meet typical cooling loads with
the higher reset air temperature.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where specified humidity levels are required to satisfy process needs, such as computer rooms or museums. |
| 2. Systems that prevent reheating, recooling, or mixing of heated and cooled air supply. | |
| 3. 75 percent of the energy for reheating is from site-recovered or site solar energy sources. | |
| 4. Zones with peak supply air quantities of 300 cfm or less. | |
| 5. Dedicated outdoor air systems less than 5,000 cfm with separate thermal controls. |
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. (( |
| (( |
a. If a closed-circuit tower (fluid cooler) is used, either an automatic valve shall be installed to bypass all but a minimal flow of water around the tower (for freeze protection), or low leakage positive closure dampers shall be provided.
b. If an open-circuit tower is used directly in the heat pump loop, an automatic valve shall be installed to bypass all heat pump water flow around the tower.
c. If an open-circuit tower is used in conjunction with a separate heat exchanger to isolate the tower from the heat pump loop, then heat loss shall be controlled by shutting down the circulation pump on the cooling tower loop.
For hydronic heat pumps connected to a common heat pump water loop with central devices for heat rejection (e.g., cooling tower) and having a total pump system power exceeding 10 hp, each hydronic heat pump shall have:
a. A two-position two-way (but not three-way) valve, or
b. A variable head pressure two-way (water regulating) control valve or pump.
For the purposes of this section, pump system power is the sum of the nominal power demand (i.e., nameplate horsepower at nominal motor efficiency) of motors of all pumps that are required to operate at design conditions to supply fluid from the heating or cooling source to all heat transfer devices (e.g., coils, heat exchanger) and return it to the source. This converts the system into a variable flow system and, as such, the primary circulation pumps shall comply with the variable flow requirements in Section 1438.
1432.3 Hydronic System Valves and Piping.
1432.3.1 Hydronic Flow Criteria: HVAC chilled water,
condenser water, and hot water pumping shall be designed for
variable fluid flow and shall be capable of reducing pump flow
rates to no more than the larger of 50 percent or less of the
design flow rate, or the minimum flow required by the
equipment manufacturer for proper operation of equipment
served by the system.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Heating, chilled, and heat pump water systems that include three or fewer control valves and have a total pump system power less than or equal to 3 hp (2.2 kW). |
| 2. Systems having a total pump system power less than or equal to 1-1/2 hp (1.1 kW). | |
| 3. Condenser water systems for chillers. |
1. For systems having a combined pump motor horsepower less than or equal to 20 hp (15 kW) and without direct digital control of individual coils, pump speed shall be a function of either:
a. Required differential pressure; or
b. Reset directly based on zone hydronic demand, or other zone load indicators; or
c. Reset directly based on pump power and pump differential pressure.
2. For systems having a combined pump motor horsepower that exceeds 20 hp (15 kW) or smaller systems with direct digital control, pump speed shall be a function of either:
a. The static pressure set point as reset based on the valve requiring the most pressure; or
b. Directly controlled based on zone hydronic demand.
1432.3.2 Heat Rejection Device Isolation: To limit the heat
loss from the heat rejection device (cooling tower), for
hydronic heat pumps connected to a common heat pump water loop
with central devices for heat rejection (e.g., cooling tower):
a. If a closed-circuit tower (fluid cooler) is used, either an automatic valve shall be installed to bypass all but a minimal flow of water around the tower (for freeze protection), or low leakage positive closure dampers shall be provided.
b. If an open-circuit tower is used directly in the heat pump loop, an automatic valve shall be installed to bypass all heat pump water flow around the tower.
c. If an open-circuit tower is used in conjunction with a separate heat exchanger to isolate the tower from the heat pump loop, then heat loss shall be controlled by shutting down the circulation pump on the cooling tower loop.
1432.3.3 Hydronic Heat Pump Isolation: For hydronic heat
pumps connected to a common heat pump water loop with central
devices for heat rejection (e.g., cooling tower) and having a
total pump system power exceeding 10 hp, each hydronic heat
pump shall have:
a. A two-position two-way (but not three-way) valve; or
b. A variable head pressure two-way (water regulating) control valve or pump.
For the purposes of this section, pump system power is
the sum of the nominal power demand (i.e., nameplate
horsepower at nominal motor efficiency) of motors of all pumps
that are required to operate at design conditions to supply
fluid from the heating or cooling source to all heat transfer
devices (e.g., coils, heat exchanger) and return it to the
source. This converts the system into a variable flow system
and, as such, the primary circulation pumps shall comply with
the variable flow requirements in Section 1438.
1432.3.4 Chiller Isolation: When a chilled water plant
includes more than one chiller, provisions shall be made so
that flow through any chiller is automatically shut off when
that chiller is shut off while still maintaining flow through
other operating chiller(s). Chillers that are piped in series
for the purpose of increased temperature differential shall be
considered as one chiller.
| EXCEPTION: | Chillers that are piped in series for the purpose of increased temperature differential. |
1432.4 Direct Digital Control System Capabilities: All
complex systems equipped with direct digital control (DDC)
systems and all buildings with total cooling capacity
exceeding 780,000 Btu/hr (2,662 kW) shall have the following
capability:
a. Trending: All control system input and output points shall be accessible and programmed for trending, and a graphic trending package shall be provided with the control system.
b. Demand Response Setpoint Adjustment: Control logic shall increase the cooling zone set points by at least 2°F (1°C) and reduce the heating zone set points by at least 2°F (1°C) when activated by a demand response signal. The demand response signal shall be a binary input to the control system or other interface approved by the serving electric utility.
1432.5 Variable Air Volume System Static Pressure Reset
Controls: The static pressure set point shall be reset to the
lowest point possible while still providing the required air
flow to the zones with the greatest demand.
| EXCEPTION: | Systems where fan speed is reset directly based on zone airflows or other zone load indicators. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1432, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1432, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Qualifying small equipment: This exception shall not be used for unitary cooling equipment installed outdoors
or in a mechanical room adjacent to the outdoors. This exception is allowed to be used for other cooling units
and split systems with a total cooling capacity rated in accordance with Section 1411.2 of less than 33,000
Btu/h (hereafter referred to as qualifying small systems) provided that these are high-efficiency cooling (( |
| 2. Chilled water terminal units connected to systems with chilled water generation equipment with (( |
|
| 3. Water-cooled refrigeration equipment serving chilled beams and chilled ceilings space cooling systems only which are provided with a water economizer meeting the requirements of Section 1413. Water economizer capacity per building shall not exceed 500 tons. This exception shall not be used for RS-29 analysis. | |
| 4. Systems for which at least 75% of the annual energy used for mechanical cooling is provided from site-recovery or site-solar energy source. | |
| 5. Systems where special outside air filtration and treatment, for the reduction and treatment of unusual outdoor contaminants, makes an air economizer infeasible. | |
| 6. Systems with dehumidification that affect other systems (( |
|
| 7. Systems complying with all of the following criteria: | |
| a. Consist of multiple water source heat pumps connected to a common water loop; | |
| b. Have a minimum of 60% air economizer; | |
| c. Have water source heat pumps with an EER at least 15% higher for cooling and a COP at least 15% higher for heating than that specified in Section 1411; | |
| d. Where provided, have a central boiler or furnace efficiency of(( |
|
| e. Provide heat recovery with a minimum 50% heat recovery effectiveness as defined in Section 1436 to preheat the outside air supply. | |
| 8. For Group R Occupancy, cooling units installed outdoors or in a mechanical room adjacent to outdoors with a total cooling capacity less than 20,000 Btu/h and other cooling units with a total cooling capacity less than 54,000 Btu/h provided that these are high-efficiency cooling equipment with SEER and EER values more than 15 percent higher than minimum efficiencies listed in Tables 14-1A, 14-1B and 14-1D, in the appropriate size category, using the same test procedures. Equipment shall be listed in the appropriate certification program to qualify for this exception. For split-systems, compliance is based on the cooling capacity of individual fan coil units. | |
| 9. Equipment used to cool any dedicated server room, electronic equipment room or telecom switch room provided that they completely comply with option 9a, 9b, or 9c in the table below. The total capacity of all systems without economizers shall not exceed 240,000 Btu/h per building or 10 percent of its air economizer capacity, whichever is greater. This exception shall not be used for RS-29 analysis. | |
| 10. Variable refrigerant flow (VRF) systems, multiple-zone split-system heat pumps, consisting of multiple, individually metered indoor units with multi-speed fan motors, served on a single common refrigeration circuit with an exterior reverse-cycle heat pump with variable speed compressor(s) and variable speed condenser fan(s). These systems shall also be capable of providing simultaneous heating and cooling operation, where recovered energy from the indoor units operating in one mode can be transferred to one or more indoor units operating in the other mode, and shall serve at least 20 percent internal (no perimeter wall within 12') and 20 percent perimeter zones (as determined by conditioned floor area) and the outdoor unit shall be at least 65,000 Btu/h in total capacity. Systems utilizing this exception shall have 50 percent heat recovery effectiveness on the outside air. For the purposes of this exception, dedicated server rooms, electronic equipment rooms or telecom switch rooms are not considered perimeter zones. This exception shall be limited to buildings of 60,000 square feet and less. |
| Equipment Type | Higher Equipment Efficiency | Part-Load Control | Economizer | |
| Option 9a | Table 14-1A and Table 14-1Ba | + 15%b | Required over 85,000 Btu/hc | None required |
| Option 9b | Table 14-1A and Table 14-1Ba | +5%d | Required over 85,000 Btu/hc | Waterside economizer |
| Option 9c | ASHRAE Standard 127f | + 0%g | Required over 85,000 Btu/hc | Waterside economizer |
| a. For a system where all of the cooling equipment is subject to the AHRI standards listed in Tables 14-1A and 14-1B, the system shall comply with all of the following (note that if the system contains any cooling equipment that exceeds the capacity limits in Table 14-1A or 14-1B, or if the system contains any cooling equipment that is not included in Table 14-1A or 14-1B, then the system is not allowed to use this option). | ||||
| b. The cooling equipment shall have an EER value and an IPLV value that is a minimum of 15 percent greater than the value listed in Tables 14-1A and 14-1B (1.15 x values in Tables 14-1A and 14-1B). | ||||
| c. For units with a total cooling capacity over 85,000 Btu/h, the system shall utilize part-load capacity control schemes that are able to modulate to a part-load capacity of 50 percent of the load or less that results in the compressor operating at the same or higher EER at part loads than at full load (e.g., minimum of two-stages of compressor unloading such as cylinder unloading, two-stage scrolls, dual tandem scrolls, but hot gas bypass is not credited as a compressor unloading system). | ||||
| d. The cooling equipment shall have an EER value and an IPLV value that is a minimum of 5 percent greater than the value listed in Tables 14-1A and 14-1B (1.05 x values in Tables 14-1A and 14-1B). | ||||
| e. The system shall include a water economizer in lieu of air economizer. Water economizers shall be capable of providing the total concurrent cooling load served by the connected terminal equipment lacking airside economizer, at outside air temperatures of 50°F dry-bulb/45°F wet-bulb and below. For this calculation, all factors including solar and internal load shall be the same as those used for peak load calculations, except for the outside temperatures. The equipment shall be served by a dedicated condenser water system unless a nondedicated condenser water system exists that can provide appropriate water temperatures during hours when waterside economizer cooling is available. | ||||
| f. For a system where all cooling equipment is subject to ASHRAE Standard 127-2007. | ||||
| g. The cooling equipment subject to the ASHRAE Standard 127-2007 shall have an EER value and an IPLV value that is equal or greater than the value listed in Tables 14-1A and 14-1B when determined in accordance with the rating conditions ASHRAE Standard 127-2007 (i.e., not the rating conditions in ARI Standard 210/240 or 340/360). This information shall be provided by an independent third party. | ||||
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1433, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045 and chapters 19.27, 19.27A, and 34.05 RCW. 05-01-013, § 51-11-1433, filed 12/2/04, effective 7/1/05. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-1433, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02; 01-03-010, § 51-11-1433, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1433, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1433, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
| a. | Reheating for temperature control. |
| b. | Recooling for temperature control. |
| c. | Mixing or simultaneous supply of air that has been previously mechanically heated and air that has been previously cooled, either by economizer systems, ground water, or by mechanical refrigeration. |
| d. | Other simultaneous operation of heating and cooling systems to the same zone. |
| e. | Reheating for humidity control. |
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. (( |
| 1.1 To reduce the primary air supply to each zone to a minimum air volume when the zone temperature is in a 5°F (3°C) zone temperature dead band after cooling is no longer required and before reheating, recooling or mixing takes place. This minimum volume shall be no greater than the larger of the following: | |
| 1.1.1 Twenty percent of the peak supply volume; or | |
| 1.1.2 The volume of outdoor air required to meet zone ventilation requirements, unless increasing the volume to critical zones (zones with the highest ratio of outside air to total supply air) beyond the minimum ventilation requirements results in a decrease in overall outside air required by the HVAC system. An increase beyond minimum ventilation rates shall not be applied to more than 20 percent of the zones with reheat on any one system excluding zones equipped with ventilation controls for high occupancy areas required by Section 1317.2.2. | |
| 1.2 So the volume of air that is reheated, recooled, or mixed in peak heating demand shall be less than 50 percent of the zone design peak supply rate. | |
| 1.3 So the airflow between dead band and full heating or full cooling shall be modulated. | |
| 1.4 So the control logic of each system shall have means preventing changes in setpoint(s) from inducting simultaneous heating and cooling (including economizer cooling) except for humidity control or zone controls operating as described under exception 1.1. | |
| 2. Zones where special pressurization relationships, cross-contamination requirements, or code-required minimum circulation rates are such that variable air volume systems are impractical, such as some areas of hospitals and laboratories. Systems which use this exception and supply heated or cooled air to multiple zones shall include: | |
| 2.1 Controls that automatically reset supply air temperatures by representative building loads or by outside air temperature unless it can be shown that supply air temperature reset increases overall building annual energy costs. | |
| 2.2 Variable speed drives for supply and return fans, zone dampers on all zones, specified occupied and unoccupied or low occupancy airflows, and have controls which reduce airflow in response to changes in occupancy levels. | |
| 3. Zones where at least 75% of the energy for reheating or for providing warm air in mixing systems is provided from a site-recovered (including condenser heat) or site solar energy source. | |
| 4. Zones where specific humidity levels are required to satisfy process needs, such as computer rooms, museums, surgical suites, and buildings with refrigerating systems, such as supermarkets, refrigerated warehouses, and ice arenas. | |
| 5. Zones with a peak supply air quantity of 300 cfm (142 L/s) or less. | |
| 6. Three deck multizone systems that mix economizer-cooled (mixed) air with heated or cooled air where the temperature of the economizer-cooled air is reset based on weighted zone heating and cooling loads and zone airflow is reduced to a minimum of 20% design airflow or the volume of outdoor air required to meet zone ventilation requirements before mixing is allowed. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1435, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1435, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
1436.1 Fan Systems: Fan systems which have ((both)) a minimum
outdoor air capacity of 5,000 cfm or greater ((and which have
a minimum outside air supply of 70 percent or greater of the
total air circulation)) shall have a heat recovery system with
at least 50 percent recovery effectiveness. Fifty percent
heat recovery effectiveness shall mean an increase in the
outside air supply temperature at design heating conditions of
one half the difference between the outdoor design air
temperature and 65 degrees F. Provision shall be made to
bypass or control the heat recovery system to permit air
economizer operation as required by Section 1433. Heat
recovery energy may be provided from any site-recovered or
site-solar source. Where a single room or space is supplied
by multiple units, the aggregate ventilation (cfm) of those
units shall be used in applying this requirement.
EXCEPTIONS:
These exceptions only apply to the particular exhaust subsystems. The remaining cfm of the main
supply system is subject to the energy recovery requirements.
1.
Laboratory systems equipped with both variable air volume supply and variable air volume or two-speed exhaust fume hoods
provided that an instruction label is placed on the face of the hood that provides the information in Exhibit 14-1.
Exhibit 14-1
| INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR |
| To be in compliance with the Energy Code, this fume hood is designed to operate as variable air volume (VAV) by adjusting the sash or controller. Maintain sash in the minimum position during use and close totally when the fume hood is not in use. |
| 2. | Systems serving spaces heated to less than 60 degrees F. |
| 3. | Systems which can be shown to use as much energy with the addition of heat recovery equipment as without it. |
| 4. | Systems exhausting toxic, flammable, paint exhaust or corrosive fumes making the installation of heat recovery equipment impractical. |
| 5. | Type I commercial kitchen hoods. |
| 6. | Systems that only provide cooling. |
| 7. | Cooling only air handling units or air conditioning units where the minimum outdoor air is less than 70 percent of total supply air. |
Buildings using steam generated off-site with steam heating systems which do not have condensate water recovery shall have condensate water recovery.
1436.3 Heat Recovery for Service Water Heating: Condenser
water heat recovery systems shall be installed for heating or
preheating of service hot water provided all of the following
are true:
a. The facility operates 24 hours a day.
b. The total installed heat rejection capacity of the water-cooled systems exceeds 1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection.
c. The capacity of service water heating equipment exceeds 250,000 Btu/h.
The required heat recovery system shall have the capacity to provide the smaller of:
a. 60 percent of the peak heat rejection load at design conditions; or
b. Preheat of the peak service hot water draw to 85°F; or
c. 50 percent of the service water heating load.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Facilities that employ condenser heat recovery for space heating with a heat recovery design exceeding 30 percent of the peak water-cooled condenser load at design conditions. |
| 2. Facilities that provide 60 percent of their service water heating from site solar or site recovered energy or from other sources. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1436, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Motors used in systems designed to use more than one speed of a multispeed motor.
2. Motors used as a component of the equipment meeting the minimum equipment efficiency
requirements of Section 1411 and Tables 14-1A through 14-1G provided that the motor input is
included when determining the equipment efficiency.
3. Motors that are an integral part of specialized process equipment.
4. Where the motor is integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no complying motor has been
approved.
Fan motors less than 1 hp in series terminal units shall
be electronically commutated motors, or shall have a minimum
motor efficiency of 65% when rated in accordance with NEMA
Standard MG-1 at full load rating conditions.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-1437, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1437, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
a. Variable speed drives, or
b. Other controls and devices that will result in fan and pump motor demand of no more than 30% of design wattage at 50% of design air volume for fans when static pressure set point equals 1/3 the total design static pressure, and 50% of design water flow for pumps, based on manufacturer's certified test data. Variable inlet vanes, throttling valves (dampers), scroll dampers or bypass circuits shall not be allowed.
((Static pressure sensors used to control variable air
volume fans shall be placed in a position such that the
controller set point is no greater than 1/3 the total design
fan static pressure.
For systems with direct digital control of individual zone boxes reporting to the central control panel, there shall be static pressure reset controls and the static pressure set point shall be reset based on the zone requiring the most pressure; i.e., the set point is reset lower until one zone damper is nearly wide open.))
| EXCEPTION: | Variable speed devices are not required for motors that serve: |
| 1. Fans or pumps in packaged equipment where variable speed drives are not available as a factory option from the equipment manufacturer. | |
| 2. Fans or pumps that are required to operate only for emergency fire-life-safety events (e.g., stairwell pressurization fans, elevator pressurization fans, fire pumps, etc.). |
| EXCEPTION: | Heat rejection devices included as an integral part of equipment listed in Tables 14-1A through 14-1D. |
| Heat rejection equipment shall have a minimum efficiency performance not less than values specified in Table 14-1G. These requirements apply to all propeller, axial fan and centrifugal fan cooling towers. Table 14-1G specifies requirements for air-cooled condensers that are within rating conditions specified within the table. |
1438.1.2 Limitation on centrifugal fan cooling towers: Open
cooling towers with a combined rated capacity of 1,100 gpm and
greater at 95°F condenser water return, 85°F condenser water
supply and 75°F outdoor wet-bulb temperature shall meet the
energy efficiency requirement for axial fan open circuit
cooling towers.
| EXCEPTION: | Open circuit cooling towers that are ducted (inlet or discharge) or have external sound attenuation that requires external static pressure capability. |
1438.3 Large volume fan systems: Single or multiple fan
systems serving a zone or adjacent zones without separating
walls with total air flow over 10,000 cfm (3,540 L/s) are
required to reduce airflow based on space thermostat heating
and cooling demand. A variable speed drive shall reduce
airflow to a maximum 75% of peak airflow or minimum
ventilation air requirement as required by Section 403 of the
IMC, whichever is greater.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Systems where the function of the supply air is for purposes other than temperature control, such as maintaining specific humidity levels or supplying an exhaust system. |
| 2. Dedicated outdoor air supply unit(s) with heat recovery where airflow is equal to the minimum ventilation requirements and other fans cycle off unless heating or cooling is required. | |
| 3. An area served by multiple units where designated ventilation units have 50% or less of total area airflow and nonventilation unit fans cycle off when heating or cooling is not required. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1438, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1438, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1438, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
1439.1 Kitchen Hoods. ((Individual)) Each kitchen area with
total exhaust ((hoods)) capacity larger than ((5000)) 2000 cfm
shall be provided with make-up air sized so that at least 50%
of exhaust air volume be (a) unheated or heated to no more
than 60°F and (b) uncooled or cooled without the use of
mechanical cooling.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where hoods are used to exhaust ventilation air which would otherwise exfiltrate or be exhausted by other fan systems. A detailed accounting of exhaust airflows shall be provided on the plans that accounts for the impact of any required demand controlled ventilation. |
| 2. Certified grease extractor hoods that require a face velocity no greater than 60 fpm. |
(a))) Buildings with laboratory exhaust systems having a total exhaust rate greater than 5,000 cfm (2,360 L/s) shall include heat recovery systems to precondition makeup air from laboratory exhaust. The heat recovery system shall be capable of increasing the outside air supply temperature at design heating conditions by 25°F (13.9°C) in Climate Zone 1 and 35°F (19.4°C) in Climate Zone 2. A provision shall be made to bypass or control the heat recovery system to permit air economizer operation as required by Section 1433.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Variable air volume (( |
| 2. Direct make-up (auxiliary) air supply equal to at least 75% of the exhaust rate, heated no warmer
than 2°F (1.1°C) below room set point, cooled to no cooler than 3°F (1.7°C) above room set point,
no humidification added, and no simultaneous heating and cooling used for dehumidification control(( |
|
| 3. Combined Energy Reduction Method: VAV exhaust and room supply system capable of reducing exhaust and makeup air volumes and a heat recovery system to precondition makeup air from laboratory exhaust that when combined will produce the same energy reduction as achieved by a heat recovery system with a 50% sensible recovery effectiveness as required above. For calculation purposes the heat recovery component can be assumed to include the maximum design supply airflow rate at design conditions. The combined energy reduction (QER) shall meet the following: |
| QER | ≥ | QMIN | |
| QMIN | = | CFMS•(TR-TO)•1.1•0.6 | |
| QER | = | CFMs• (TR - To)•1.1(A + B)/100 | |
| Where: | |||
| QMIN | = | Energy recovery at 60% sensible effectiveness (Btu/hr). | |
| QER | = | Combined energy reduction (Btu/hr). | |
| CFMs | = | The maximum design supply airflow rate to conditioned spaces served by the system in cubic feet per minute. | |
| TR | = | Space return air dry bulb at winter design conditions. | |
| TO | = | Outdoor air dry bulb at winter design conditions. | |
| A | = | Percentage that the exhaust and makeup air volumes can be reduced from design conditions. | |
| B | = | Percentage sensible heat recovery effectiveness. | |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1439, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01.]
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1440, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
[]
1. The total installed heat rejection capacity of the water-cooled systems exceeds 1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection; and
2. The capacity of service water heating equipment exceeds 250,000 Btu/h.
The required heat recovery system shall have the capacity
to provide the smaller of:
1. 60% of the peak heat rejection load at design conditions; or
2. Preheat of the peak service hot water draw to 85°F; or
3. 50% of the service water heating load.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Facilities that employ condenser heat recovery for space heating with a heat recovery design exceeding 30% of the peak water-cooled condenser load at design conditions. |
| 2. Facilities that provide 60% of their service water heating from site solar or site recovered energy or from other sources. |
[]
[]
1455 Heat Recovery. Heated indoor swimming pools, spas or hot
tubs with water surface area greater than 200 square feet
shall provide for energy conservation by an exhaust air heat
recovery system that heats ventilation air, pool water or
domestic hot water. The heat recovery system shall be capable
of decreasing the exhaust air temperature at design heating
conditions (80°F indoor) by 36°F (10.0°C) in Climate Zone 1 and
48°F (26.7°C) in Climate Zone 2.
| EXCEPTION: | Pools, spas or hot tubs that include system(s) that provide equivalent recovered energy on an annual basis through one of the following methods: |
| 1. Renewable energy; | |
| 2. Dehumidification heat recovery; | |
| 3. Waste heat recovery; or | |
| 4. A combination of these system(s) sources capable of providing at least 70 percent of the heating energy required over an operating season. |
Unitary Air Conditioners and Condensing Units, Electrically Operated, Minimum Efficiency Requirements
| Equipment Type | Size Category | Sub-Category or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiencyb | Test Procedurea |
| Air Conditioners, Air Cooled | < 65,000 Btu/hd | Split System | 13.0 SEER | (( |
| Single Package | 13.0 SEER | |||
| ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h |
Split System and Single Package |
(( 10.6 IPLVc)) |
AHRI 340/360 |
|
| (( |
11.2 EERc 11.4 IEERc |
|||
| ≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h |
Split System and Single Package |
(( 9.9 IPLVc |
||
| (( |
11.0 EERc 11.2 IEERc |
|||
| ≥ 240,000 Btu/h and < 760,000 Btu/h |
Split System and Single Package |
(( 9.7 IPLVc)) |
||
| (( |
10.0 EERc 10.1 IEERc |
|||
| ≥ 760,000 Btu/h | Split System and Single Package |
(( 9.4 IPLVc)) |
||
| (( |
9.7 EERc 9.8 IEERc |
|||
| Through-the-Wall, Air Cooled | < 30,000 Btu/hd | Split System | (( |
(( |
| (( |
12.0 SEER | |||
| Single Package | (( |
|||
| (( |
12.0 SEER | |||
| Small-Duct High-Velocity, Air Cooled | < 65,000 Btu/hd | Split System | 10.0 SEER | (( |
| Air Conditioners, Water and Evaporatively Cooled | < 65,000 Btu/h | Split System and Single Package |
12.1 EERc 12.3 IEERc |
(( |
| ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h |
Split System and Single Package |
11.5 EERc 11.7 IEERc |
AHRI 340/360 |
|
| ≥ 135,000 Btu/h and ≤ 240,000 Btu/h |
Split System and Single Package |
11.0 EERc 11.2 IEERc |
(( |
|
| > 240,000 Btu/h | Split System and Single Package |
11.0 EERc (( |
||
| Condensing Units, Air Cooled | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h | 10.1 EER 11.2 IPLV |
(( |
|
| Condensing Units, Water or Evaporatively Cooled | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h | 13.1 EER 13.1 IPLV |
||
| a Reserved. b IPLVs are only applicable to equipment with capacity modulation. c Deduct 0.2 from the required EERs and (( dApplies to all units, including single-phase and three-phase. For single-phase air-cooled air-conditioners < 65,000 Btu/h, SEER values are those set by NAECA. e (( |
||||
Unitary and Applied Heat Pumps, Electrically Operated, Minimum Efficiency Requirements
| Equipment Type | Size Category | Sub-Category or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiencyb | Test Procedurea |
| Air Cooled, (Cooling Mode) | < 65,000 Btu/hd | Split System | 13.0 SEER | (( |
| Single Package | 13.0 SEER | |||
| ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h |
Split System and Single Package |
(( 10.4 IPLVc)) |
AHRI 340/360 | |
| (( |
11.0 EERc 11.2 IEERc |
|||
| ≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h |
Split System and Single Package |
(( 9.5 IPLVc)) |
((
|
|
| (( |
10.6 EERc 10.7 IEERc |
|||
| ≥ 240,000 Btu/h | Split System and Single Package |
(( 9.2 IPLVc)) |
||
| (( |
9.5 EERc 9.6 IEERc |
|||
| Through-the-Wall (Air Cooled, Cooling Mode) | < 30,000 Btu/hd | Split System | (( |
(( |
| (( |
12.0 SEER | |||
| Single Package | (( |
|||
| (( |
12.0 SEER | |||
| Small-Duct High-Velocity (Air Cooled, Cooling Mode) | < 65,000 Btu/hd | Split System | 10.0 SEER | (( |
| Water-Source (Cooling Mode) |
< 17,000 Btu/h | 86°F Entering Water | 11.2 EER | (( |
| ≥ 17,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h |
86°F Entering Water | 12.0 EER | (( |
|
| ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h |
86°F Entering Water | 12.0 EER | (( |
|
| Groundwater-Source (Cooling Mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h | 59°F Entering Water | 16.2 EER | (( |
| Ground Source (Cooling Mode)
|
< 135,000 Btu/h | 77°F Entering Water | 13.4 EER | (( |
| Air Cooled (Heating Mode) |
< 65,000 Btu/hd (Cooling Capacity) |
Split System | (( |
(( |
| 7.7 HSPF | ||||
| Single Package | 7.7 HSPF | |||
| ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h (Cooling Capacity) |
47°F db/43°F wb
Outdoor Air (( |
((
|
AHRI 340/360 | |
| 17°F db/15°F wb Outdoor Air | 2.25 COP | |||
| ≥ 135,000 Btu/h (Cooling Capacity) |
47°F db/43°F wb
Outdoor Air (( |
((
|
((
|
|
| 17°F db/15°F wb Outdoor Air | 2.05 COP | |||
| Through-the-Wall (Air Cooled, Heating Mode) | < 30,000 Btu/hd | Split System | (( |
(( |
| (( |
7.4 HSPF | |||
| Single Package | (( |
|||
| (( |
7.4 HSPF | |||
| Small-Duct High-Velocity (Air Cooled, Heating Mode) | < 65,000 Btu/hd | Split System | 6.8 HSPF | (( |
| Water-Source (Heating Mode) |
< 135,000 Btu/h (Cooling Capacity) |
68°F Entering Water | 4.2 COP | (( |
| Groundwater-Source (Heating Mode) |
< 135,000 Btu/h (Cooling Capacity) |
50°F Entering Water | 3.6 COP | (( |
| Ground Source (Heating Mode) |
< 135,000 Btu/h (Cooling Capacity) |
32°F Entering Water | 3.1 COP | (( |
| a Reserved. b IPLVs and part load rating conditions are only applicable to equipment with capacity modulation. c Deduct 0.2 from the required EERs and (( d Applies to all units, including single-phase and three-phase. For single-phase air-cooled heat pumps < 65,000 Btu/h, SEER and HSPF values are those set by NAECA. e (( |
||||
Water Chilling Packages, Minimum Efficiency Requirementsa
| (( |
Efficiencyb |
|||
Electrically Operated |
3.05 IPLV |
|||
Without Condenser, Electrically Operated |
3.45 IPLV |
|||
(Reciprocating) |
5.05 IPLV |
|||
Electrically Operated, Positive Displacement (Rotary Screw and Scroll) |
5.20 IPLV |
|||
< 300 Tons |
5.60 IPLV |
|||
6.15 IPLV |
||||
5.25 IPLV |
||||
< 300 Tons |
5.90 IPLV |
|||
6.40 IPLV |
||||
Single Effect |
|
|||
Single Effect |
||||
Indirect-Fired |
1.05 IPLV |
|||
Direct-Fired |
1.00 IPLV |
|||
b The chiller equipment requirements do not apply for chillers used in low temperature applications where the design leaving fluid temperature is less than or equal to 40°F.)) |
||||
| PATH Ab | PATH Bb | ||||||
| Equipment Type | Size Category | Units | Full Load | IPLV | Full Load | IPLV | Test Procedurea |
| Air-Cooled | <150 tons | EER | >9.562 | >12.500 | NAc | NAc | AHRI |
| Chillerse | ≥150 tons | EER | >9.562 | >12.750 | NAc | NAc | 550/590-03 |
| Air-Cooled Without Condenser, Electrically Operatede | All Capacities | Air-cooled chillers without condensers must be rated with matching condensers and comply with the air-cooled chiller efficiency requirements | |||||
| Water-Cooled, Electrically Operated, Positive Displacement | All Capacities | Reciprocating units must comply with water cooled positive displacement efficiency requirements | |||||
| Water-Cooled, | <75 tons | kW/ton | <0.780 | <0.630 | <0.800 | <0.600 | |
| Electrically Operated, | ≥75 tons and <150 tons | kW/ton | <0.775 | <0.615 | <0.790 | <0.586 | |
| Positive Displacement | ≥150 tons and <300 tons | kW/ton | <0.680 | <0.580 | <0.718 | <0.540 | |
| ≥300 tons | kW/ton | <0.620 | <0.540 | <0.639 | <0.490 | ||
| Water-Cooled, | <150 tons | kW/ton | <0.634 | <0.596 | <0.639 | <0.450 | |
| Electrically Operated, | ≥150 tons and <300 tons | kW/ton | <0.634 | <0.596 | <0.639 | <0.450 | |
| Centrifugal | ≥300 tons and <600 tons | kW/ton | <0.576 | <0.549 | <0.600 | <0.400 | |
| ≥600 tons | kW/ton | <0.570 | <0.539 | <0.590 | <0.400 | ||
| Air-Cooled Absorption Single Effect | All Capacities | COP | >0.600 | NRd | NAc | NAc | AHRI |
| Water-Cooled Absorption Single Effect | All Capacities | COP | >0.700 | NRd | NAc | NAc | 560-92 |
| Absorption Double Effect | All Capacities | COP | >1.000 | >1.050 | NAc | NAc | |
| Absorption Double Effect Direct Fired | All Capacities | COP | >1.000 | >1.000 | NAc | NAc | |
| For IS: 1 Btu/hr = 0.2931 W a The chiller equipment requirements do not apply for chillers used in low temperature applications where the design leaving fluid temperature is <38°F. b Compliance with this standard can be obtained by meeting the minimum requirements of Path A or Path B. However, both the full and IPLV must be met to fulfill the requirements of Path A or Path B. c NA means that this requirement is not applicable and cannot be used for compliance. d NR means that there are no minimum requirements for this category. e Chilled water plants and buildings with more than 500 tons total capacity shall not have more than 100 tons provided by air-cooled chillers. |
|||||||
Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners, Packaged Terminal Heat Pumps, Room Air Conditioners, and Room Air Conditioner Heat Pumps, Electrically Operated, Minimum Efficiency Requirements
| Equipment Type | Size Category (Input) | Sub-Category or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiencyb |
Test Procedurea |
| PTAC (Cooling Mode) (( |
All Capacities | 95°F db Outdoor Air | 12.5 - (0.213 x Cap/1000)b EER |
|
| PTAC (Cooling Mode)
(( |
All Capacities | 95°F db Outdoor Air | 10.9 - (0.213 x Cap/1000)b EER | (( |
| PTHP (Cooling Mode) (( |
All Capacities | 95°F db Outdoor Air | 12.3 - (0.213 x Cap/1000)b EER | |
| PTHP (Cooling Mode) (( |
All Capacities | 95°F db Outdoor Air | 10.8 - (0.213 x Cap/1000)b EER | |
| PTHP (Heating Mode) New Construction |
All Capacities |
|
3.2 - (0.026 x Cap/1000)b COP | |
| PTHP (Heating Mode) Replacementsc |
All Capacities | 2.9 - (0.026 x Cap/1000)b COP |
|
|
| SPVAC (Cooling Mode) | (( <65,000 Btu/h |
95°F db/75°F wb Outdoor Air | (( |
(( |
| ≥65,000 Btu/h and <135,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb Outdoor Air | 8.9 EER | ||
| ≥135,000 Btu/h and <240,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb Outdoor Air | 8.6 EER | ||
| SPVHP (Cooling Mode) | (( <65,000 Btu/h |
95°F db/75°F wb Outdoor Air | (( |
AHRI-390 |
| ≥65,000 Btu/h and <135,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb Outdoor Air | 8.9 EER | ||
| ≥135,000 Btu/h and <240,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb Outdoor Air | 8.6 EER | ||
| SPVAC (Heating Mode) | (( <65,000 Btu/h |
47°F db/43°F wb Outdoor Air | (( |
AHRI-390 |
| ≥65,000 Btu/h and <135,000 Btu/h | 47°F db/43°F wb Outdoor Air | 3.0 COP | ||
| ≥135,000 Btu/h and <240,000 Btu/h | 47°F db/43°F wb Outdoor Air | 2.9 COP | ||
| Room Air Conditioners, with Louvered Sides | < 6,000 Btu/h | 9.7 EER | ANSI/AHAM RAC-1 | |
| ≥ 6,000 Btu/h and < 8,000 Btu/h |
9.7 EER | |||
| ≥ 8,000 Btu/h and < 14,000 Btu/h |
9.8 EER | |||
| ≥ 14,000 Btu/h and < 20,000 Btu/h |
9.7 EER | |||
| ≥ 20,000 Btu/h | 8.5 EER | |||
| Room Air Conditioners, without Louvered Sides | < 8,000 Btu/h | 9.0 EER | ||
| ≥ 8,000 Btu/h and < 20,000 Btu/h |
8.5 EER | |||
| ≥ 20,000 Btu/h | 8.5 EER | |||
| Room Air Conditioner Heat Pumps with Louvered Sides | < 20,000 Btu/h | 9.0 EER | ||
| ≥ 20,000 Btu/h | 8.5 EER | |||
| Room Air Conditioner Heat Pumps without Louvered Sides | < 14,000 Btu/h | 8.5 EER | ||
| ≥ 14,000 Btu/h | 8.0 EER | |||
| Room Air Conditioner, Casement Only | All Capacities | 8.7 EER | ||
| Room Air Conditioner, Casement –Slider | All Capacities | 9.5 EER | ||
| a Reserved. b Cap means the rated cooling capacity of the product in Btu/h. If the unit's capacity is less than 7000 Btu/h, use 7000 Btu/h in the calculation. If the unit's capacity is greater than 15,000 Btu/h, use 15,000 Btu/h in the calculation. c (( d Casement room air conditioners are not separate product classes under current minimum efficiency column. e New room air conditioner standards, covered by NAECA became effective October 1, 2000. |
||||
Warm Air Furnaces and Combination Warm Air Furnaces/Air-Conditioning Units, Warm Air Duct Furnaces and Unit Heaters, Minimum Efficiency Requirements
| Equipment Type | Size Category (Input) | Sub-Category or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiencyb | Test Procedurea |
| Warm Air Furnace, Gas-Fired |
< 225,000 Btu/h (66 kW) |
78% AFUE or 80% Etc |
DOE 10 CFR Part 430 or ANSI Z21.47 |
|
| ≥ 225,000 Btu/h (66 kW) |
Maximum Capacityc
|
80% Ecf | ANSI Z21.47 | |
| Warm Air Furnace, Oil-Fired |
< 225,000 Btu/h (66 kW) |
78% AFUE or
|
DOE 10 CFR Part
430 or UL 727 |
|
| ≥ 225,000 Btu/h (66 kW) |
Maximum Capacityb
|
81% Etg ____
|
UL 727 | |
| Warm Air Duct Furnaces, Gas-Fired |
All Capacities | Maximum Capacityb
|
80% Ece ____
|
ANSI Z83.9 |
| Warm Air Unit Heaters, Gas-Fired |
All Capacities | Maximum Capacityb
|
80% (( ____
|
ANSI Z83.8
|
| Warm Air Unit Heaters, Oil-Fired |
All Capacities | Maximum Capacityb
|
80% (( ____
|
UL 731 |
| a Reserved. b Minimum and maximum ratings as provided for and allowed by the unit's controls. c Combination units not covered by NAECA (3-phase power or cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h [19 kW]) may comply with either rating. d Et = Thermal efficiency. See test procedure for detailed discussion. e Ec = Combustion efficiency (100% less flue losses). See test procedure for detailed discussion. f Ec = Combustion efficiency. Units must also include an IID, have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75% of the input rating, and have either power venting or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for those furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. g Et = Thermal efficiency. Units must also include an IID, have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75% of the input rating, and have either power venting or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for those furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. h Ec = Combustion efficiency. Units must also include an IID, and have either power venting or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for those unit heaters where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. |
||||
Boilers, Gas- and Oil-Fired, Minimum Efficiency Requirements
| Equipment Typef | (( SubCategory |
(( |
Minimum Efficiencyb | Test Procedure |
| (( |
Part 430 |
|||
DOE 10 CFR Part 431 |
||||
Part 430 |
||||
DOE 10 CFR Part 431 |
||||
≤ 2,500,000 Btu/h |
||||
| Boilers, Hot Water | Gas-fired | <300,000 Btu/h | 80% AFUE | DOE 10 CFR Part 430 |
| ≥300,000 Btu/h and ≤2,500,000 Btu/h | 80% Et | DOE 10 CFR Part 431 | ||
| >2,500,000 Btu/ha | 82% Ec | |||
| Oil-firedc | <300,000 Btu/h | 80% AFUE | DOE 10 CFR Part 430 | |
| ≥300,000 Btu/h and ≤2,500,000 Btu/h | 82% Et | DOE 10 CFR Part 431 | ||
| >2,500,000 Btu/ha | 84% Ec | |||
| Boilers, Steam | Gas - Fired | <300,000 Btu/h | 75% AFUE | DOE 10 CFR Part 430 |
| Gas-fired – all except natural | ≥300,000 Btu/h and ≤2,500,000 Btu/h | 79% Et | DOE 10 CFR Part 431 | |
| draft | >2,500,000 Btu/ha | 79% Ec | ||
| Gas-fired - natural draft | ≥300,000 Btu/h and ≤2,500,000 Btu/h | 77% Et | DOE 10 CFR Part 431 | |
| >2,500,000 Btu/ha | 77% Ec | |||
| Oil-firedc | <300,000 Btu/h | 80% AFUE | DOE 10 CFR Part 430 | |
| ≥300,000 Btu/h and ≤2,500,000 Btu/h | 81% Et | DOE 10 CFR Part 431 | ||
| >2,500,000 Btu/ha | 81% Ec | |||
| a These requirements apply to boilers with rated input of 8,000,000 Btu/h or less that are not packaged boilers, and
to all packaged boilers. Minimum efficiency requirements for boilers cover all capacities of packaged boilers. b Maximum capacity - Minimum and maximum ratings as provided for and allowed by the unit's controls. c Includes oil-fired (residual). Ec = Combustion efficiency (100% less flue losses). See reference document for detailed information. Et = Thermal efficiency. See reference document for detailed information. |
||||
Performance Requirements for Heat Rejection Equipment
| Equipment Type | Total System Heat Rejection Capacity at Rated Conditions | Sub-Category or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiencyb | Test Procedurec |
| Propeller or Axial Fan, Open Circuit Cooling Towers | All | 95°F (35°C) Entering Water 85°F (29°C) Leaving Water 75°F (24°C) wb Outdoor Air |
≥ 38.2 gpm/hp (3.23 L/s-kW) |
CTI ATC-105 and CTI STD-201 |
| Centrifugal Fan, Open Circuit Cooling Towers | All | 95°F (35°C) Entering Water 85°F (29°C) Leaving Water 75°F (24°C) wb Outdoor Air |
≥ 20.0 gpm/hp (1.7 L/s-kW) |
CTI ATC-105 and CTI STD-201 |
| Propeller or Axial Fan, Closed Circuit Cooling Towers | All | 102°F (39°C) Entering Water 90°F (32°C) Leaving Water 75°F (24°C) wb Outdoor Air |
≥14.0 gpm/hp | CTI
ATC-105S
and CTI STD-201 |
| Centrifugal Fan, Closed Circuit Cooling Towers | All | 102°F (39°C) Entering Water 90°F (32°C) Leaving Water 75°F (24°C) wb Outdoor Air |
≥7.0 gpm/hp | CTI
ATC-105S
and CTI STD-201 |
| Air Cooled Condensers | All | 125°F (52°C) Condensing
Temperature R22 Test Fluid 190°F (88°C) Entering Gas Temperature 15°F (8°C) Subcooling 95°F (35°C) Entering Drybulb |
≥ 176,000 Btu/h•hp | (( |
| a For purposes of this table, open circuit cooling tower performance is defined as the (( b For purposes of this table (( c (( |
||||
Energy Efficient Electric Motors
Minimum Nominal Full-Load Efficiency
| (( |
||||||
Speed (RPM) |
||||||
| Minimum Nominal Full-Load Efficiencies (%) before 12/19/2010 | ||||||
| Open Motors | Enclosed Motors | |||||
| Number of Poles -> | 2 | 4 | 6 | 2 | 4 | 6 |
| Synchronous Speed (RPM) -> | 3600 | 1800 | 1200 | 3600 | 1800 | 1200 |
| Motor Horsepower | ||||||
| 1 | --- | 82.5 | 80.0 | 75.5 | 82.5 | 80.0 |
| 1.5 | 82.5 | 84.0 | 84.0 | 82.5 | 84.0 | 85.5 |
| 2 | 84.0 | 84.0 | 85.5 | 84.0 | 84.0 | 86.5 |
| 3 | 84.0 | 86.5 | 86.5 | 85.5 | 87.5 | 87.5 |
| 5 | 85.5 | 87.5 | 87.5 | 87.5 | 87.5 | 87.5 |
| 7.5 | 87.5 | 88.5 | 88.5 | 88.5 | 89.5 | 89.5 |
| 10 | 88.5 | 89.5 | 90.2 | 89.5 | 89.5 | 89.5 |
| 15 | 89.2 | 91.0 | 90.2 | 90.2 | 91.0 | 90.2 |
| 20 | 90.2 | 91.0 | 91.0 | 90.2 | 91.0 | 90.2 |
| 25 | 91.0 | 91.7 | 91.7 | 91.0 | 92.4 | 91.7 |
| 30 | 91.0 | 92.4 | 92.4 | 91.0 | 92.4 | 91.7 |
| 40 | 91.7 | 93.0 | 93.0 | 91.7 | 93.0 | 93.0 |
| 50 | 92.4 | 93.0 | 93.0 | 92.4 | 93.0 | 93.0 |
| 60 | 93.0 | 93.6 | 93.6 | 93.0 | 93.6 | 93.6 |
| 75 | 93.0 | 94.1 | 93.6 | 93.0 | 94.1 | 93.6 |
| 100 | 93.0 | 94.1 | 94.1 | 93.6 | 94.5 | 94.1 |
| 125 | 93.6 | 94.5 | 94.1 | 94.5 | 94.5 | 94.1 |
| 150 | 93.6 | 95.0 | 94.5 | 94.5 | 95.0 | 95.0 |
| 200 | 94.5 | 95.0 | 94.5 | 95.0 | 95.0 | 95.0 |
Energy Efficient Electric Motors Minimum Nominal Full-Load Efficiency
| Minimum Nominal Full-Load Efficiencies (%) as of 12/19/2010 | ||||||
| Open Motors | Enclosed Motors | |||||
| Number of Poles -> | 2 | 4 | 6 | 2 | 4 | 6 |
| Synchronous Speed (RPM) -> | 3600 | 1800 | 1200 | 3600 | 1800 | 1200 |
| Motor Horsepower | ||||||
| 1 | 77.0 | 85.5 | 82.5 | 77.0 | 85.5 | 82.5 |
| 1.5 | 84.0 | 86.5 | 86.5 | 84.0 | 86.5 | 87.5 |
| 2 | 85.5 | 86.5 | 87.5 | 85.5 | 86.5 | 88.5 |
| 3 | 85.5 | 89.5 | 88.5 | 86.5 | 89.5 | 89.5 |
| 5 | 86.5 | 89.5 | 89.5 | 88.5 | 89.5 | 89.5 |
| 7.5 | 88.5 | 91.0 | 90.2 | 89.5 | 91.7 | 91.0 |
| 10 | 89.5 | 91.7 | 91.7 | 90.2 | 91.7 | 91.0 |
| 15 | 90.2 | 93.0 | 91.7 | 91.0 | 92.4 | 91.7 |
| 20 | 91.0 | 93.0 | 92.4 | 91.0 | 93.0 | 91.7 |
| 25 | 91.7 | 93.6 | 93.0 | 91.7 | 93.6 | 93.0 |
| 30 | 91.7 | 94.1 | 93.6 | 91.7 | 93.6 | 93.0 |
| 40 | 92.4 | 94.1 | 94.1 | 92.4 | 94.1 | 94.1 |
| 50 | 93.0 | 94.5 | 94.1 | 93.0 | 94.5 | 94.1 |
| 60 | 93.6 | 95.0 | 94.5 | 93.6 | 95.0 | 94.5 |
| 75 | 93.6 | 95.0 | 94.5 | 93.6 | 95.4 | 95.4 |
| 100 | 93.6 | 95.4 | 95.0 | 94.1 | 95.4 | 95.0 |
| 125 | 94.1 | 95.4 | 95.0 | 95.0 | 95.4 | 95.0 |
| 150 | 94.1 | 95.8 | 95.4 | 95.0 | 95.8 | 95.8 |
| 200 | 95.0 | 95.8 | 95.4 | 95.4 | 96.2 | 95.8 |
| 250 | 95.0 | 95.8 | 95.4 | 95.8 | 96.2 | 95.8 |
| 300 | 95.4 | 95.8 | 95.4 | 95.8 | 96.2 | 95.8 |
| 350 | 95.4 | 95.8 | 95.4 | 95.8 | 96.2 | 95.8 |
| 400 | 95.8 | 95.8 | 95.8 | 95.8 | 96.2 | 95.8 |
| 450 | 95.8 | 96.2 | 96.2 | 95.8 | 96.2 | 95.8 |
| 500 | 95.8 | 96.2 | 96.2 | 95.8 | 96.2 | 95.8 |
Duct Insulation
| Duct Type | Duct Location | Insulation R-Value |
Other Requirements |
| Supply, Return | Not within conditioned space: On exterior of building, on roof, in attic, in enclosed ceiling space, in walls, in garage, in crawl spaces | R-7 | Approved weather proof barrier |
| Outside air intake | Within conditioned space | R-7 | See Section 1414.2 |
| Supply, Return, Outside air intake | Not within conditioned space: in concrete, in ground | R-5.3 | |
| Supply with supply air
temperature < 55°F or > 105°F |
Within conditioned space | R-3.3 |
| Note: | Requirements apply to the duct type listed, whether heated or mechanically cooled. Mechanically cooled ducts requiring insulation shall have a vapor retarder, with a perm rating not greater than 0.5 and all joints sealed. |
((Minimum Pipe Insulation (inches)1))
| (( Operating Temp. Range, °F |
||||||||
Btu•in. / (h • ft2 • °F) |
Temp. °F |
up to 2 |
less |
|||||
251-350 201-250 141-200 105-140 |
0.29-0.31 0.27-0.30 0.25-0.29 0.24-0.28 |
200 150 125 100 |
1.5 1.0 0.5 0.5 |
2.0 1.5 1.5 1.0 |
2.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 |
2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 |
3.5 2.0 1.5 1.5 |
3.5 3.5 1.5 1.5 |
Below 40 |
0.23-0.27 |
75 |
1.0 |
1.0 |
1.5 |
1.5 |
1.5 |
1.5)) |
| |
| |
MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS1
| Fluid Design Operating Temp. Range, °F | Insulation Conductivity | Normal Pipe or Tube Size (in.) | |||||
| Conductivity Range Btu•in./(h•ft2°F) | Mean Rating Temp. °F | <1 | 1 to <1-1/2 | 1-1/2 to 4 |
4 to <8 | > 8 | |
| Heating systems (Steam, Steam Condensate and Hot water)2 | |||||||
| > 350 251-350 201-250 141-200 105-140 |
0.32-0.34 0.29-0.32 0.27-0.30 0.25-0.29 0.24-0.28 |
250 200 150 125 100 |
3.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.0 |
3.5 3.0 2.0 1.5 1.0 |
3.5 3.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 |
4.5 3.5 2.5 2.0 1.5 |
4.5 3.5 2.5 2.0 1.5 |
| Domestic and Service Hot Water Systems | |||||||
| ≥105 | 0.22-0.28 | 100 | 1.0 | 1.0 | 1.5 | 1.5 | 1.5 |
| Cooling Systems (Chilled Water, Brine and Refrigerant) | |||||||
| 40-55 <40 |
0.22-0.28 0.22-0.28 |
100 100 |
1.0 1.0 |
1.0 1.5 |
1.5 1.5 |
1.5 1.5 |
1.5 2.0 |
| 1. | For insulation outside the stated conductivity range, the minimum thickness (T) shall be determined as follows: |
| T | = | r{(1 + t/r)K/k - 1} |
| Where: | ||
| T | = | Minimum insulation thickness, inches. |
| r | = | Actual outside radius of pipe, inches. |
| t | = | Insulation thickness from Table 5-12 for applicable fluid temperature and pipe size. |
| K | = | Conductivity of alternate material at the mean rating temperature indicated for the applicable fluid temperature, Btu•in(h•ft2•°F). |
| k | = | The upper value of the conductivity range listed in Table 5-12 for the applicable fluid temperature. |
| 2. | Piping insulation is not required between the control valve and coil on run-outs when the control valve is located within 4 feet of the coil and the pipe size is 1 inch or less. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1454, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045 and chapters 19.27, 19.27A, and 34.05 RCW. 05-01-013, § 51-11-1454, filed 12/2/04, effective 7/1/05. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 02-01-112, § 51-11-1454, filed 12/18/01, effective 7/1/02; 01-03-010, § 51-11-1454, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1454, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1454, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11-1460
Cold storage.
1461 Refrigerated warehouse heating and cooling. Heating and
cooling systems that supply cold storage spaces and frozen
storage spaces in refrigerated warehouses shall meet the
requirements of this section.
1462 Underslab heating. Electric resistance heat shall not be
used for the purposes of underslab heating.
| EXCEPTION: | Underslab heating systems controlled such that the electric resistance heat is thermostatically controlled and provided with a digital input or other interface approved by the local utility that allows heat to be disabled during on-peak periods defined by the local electric utility. |
1. Single phase fan motors less than 1 horsepower and less than 460 volts shall be electronically commutated motors.
2. Evaporator fans shall be variable speed and the speed shall be controlled in response to space conditions.
| EXCEPTION: | Evaporators served by a single compressor without unloading capability. |
1. Condensers for systems utilizing ammonia shall be evaporatively cooled.
2. Condensing temperatures for evaporative condensers under design conditions, including, but not limited to, condensers served by cooling towers shall be less than or equal to:
a. The design wetbulb temperature plus 20°F in locations where the design wetbulb temperature is less than or equal to 76°F;
b. The design wetbulb temperature plus 19°F in locations where the design wetbulb temperature is between 76°F and 78°F; or
c. The design wetbulb temperature plus 18°F in locations where the design wetbulb temperature is greater than or equal to 78°F.
3. Condensing temperatures for air-cooled condensers under design conditions shall be less than or equal to the design drybulb temperature plus 10°F for systems serving frozen storage and shall be less than or equal to the design drybulb temperature plus 15°F for systems serving cold storage.
| EXCEPTION: | Unitary condensing units. |
5. All condenser fans for air-cooled condensers shall be
continuously variable speed and the condensing temperature or
pressure control system shall control the speed of all
condenser fans serving a common condenser loop in unison. The
minimum condensing temperature setpoint shall be less than or
equal to 70°F, or reset in response to ambient drybulb
temperature or refrigeration system load.
6. All single phase condenser fan motors less than 1 horsepower and less than 460 V shall be either permanent split capacitor or electronically commutated motors.
1465 Compressors. Compressor systems utilized in refrigerated
warehouses shall conform to the following:
1. Compressors shall be designed to operate at a minimum condensing temperature of 70°F or less.
2. The compressor speed of a screw compressor greater than 50 hp shall be controllable in response to the refrigeration load or the input power to the compressor shall be controlled to be less than or equal to 60% of full load input power when operated at 50% of full refrigeration capacity.
| EXCEPTION: | Refrigeration plants with more than one dedicated compressor per suction group. |
[]
a. Prescriptive Standards:
Interior Section 1521, or
Exterior Section 1522.
b. Component Performance:
Interior Section 1531, or
Exterior Section 1532.
c. Systems Analysis. See Section 1141.4.
The compliance path selected for interior and exterior
lighting need not be the same. However, interior and exterior
lighting cannot be traded.
Transformers shall comply with Section 1540.
| Section Number |
Subject | Prescriptive Option |
Lighting Power Allowance Option |
Systems Analysis Option |
| 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 |
General Requirements Electric Motors Exempt Lighting Lighting Controls Exit Signs |
X X X X X |
X X X X X |
X X X X X |
| 1520 1521 1522 |
Prescriptive Lighting Option Prescriptive Interior Lighting Requirements Prescriptive Exterior Lighting Requirements |
X X Sec. 1532 |
||
| 1530 1531 1532 |
Lighting Power Allowance Option Interior Lighting Power Allowance Exterior Lighting Power Allowance |
X X X |
||
| 1540 | Transformers | X | X | X |
| 1550 | Energy Consuming Mechanisms | X | X | X |
| RS-29 | Systems Analysis | X |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1510, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1510, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
1512.1 Exempt Spaces: The following rooms, spaces, and areas,
are exempt from the ((lighting power)) requirements in
Sections 1520 through 1522 and 1530 through 1532 but shall
comply with all other requirements of this chapter.
| 1. | (( |
| High risk security areas or any area identified by building officials as requiring additional lighting. | |
| (( |
Spaces designed for primary use by the visually
impaired, or hard of hearing (lip-reading) (( |
| (( |
|
| Electrical/mechanical equipment rooms. | |
| (( |
|
| The sanctuary portion of a house of worship, defined as the space or room where the worship service takes place. Classrooms, meeting rooms, offices and multipurpose rooms that are part of the same facility are not exempt. |
| 1. | Special lighting needs for research. |
| 2. | Emergency lighting that is automatically OFF during normal building operation. |
| 3. | Lighting that is part of machines, equipment or furniture. |
| 4. | Lighting that is used solely for indoor plant growth during the hours of 10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m. However, such lighting shall not be exempt unless it is in addition to general area lighting, is located in a separate fixture, and is controlled by an independent control device. |
| 5. | Lighting for theatrical productions, television
broadcasting (including sports facilities),
(( |
| 6. | Lighting in galleries, museums and in main building entry
lobbies for (( |
| 7. | Lighting specifically designed for use during medical or dental procedures and lighting integral to medical equipment. However, such lighting shall not be exempt unless it is in addition to general area lighting, is located in a separate fixture, and is controlled by an independent control device. Use of a portion of the lamps in a multilamp fixture, provided those lamps have an independent control device, shall be permitted. |
| 8. | Lighting integral to food warming equipment or specifically for food preparation. However, such lighting shall not be exempt unless it is in addition to general area lighting, is located in a separate fixture, and is controlled by an independent control device. |
| 9. | Audio-visual and video-conferencing lighting with multilevel or dimming controls in rooms with permanently installed audio-visual equipment or video-conferencing equipment. |
| 10. | Permanently installed undershelf or undercabinet lighting that has an automatic shutoff control device integral to or is directly attached to the luminaires or is automatically controlled by a wall-mounted control device that turns off the lighting whenever that particular space is unoccupied. Other permanently installed undershelf or undercabinet lighting that is not automatically controlled is not exempt and other partition-mounted lighting that is providing general illumination is not exempt and shall be included when determining compliance with the lighting requirements of Sections 1520 through 1522 and Sections 1530 through 1532. |
| 11. | Lighting used for aircraft painting. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1512, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1512, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1512, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1512, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
1513.1 Local Control and Accessibility: Each space, enclosed
by walls or ceiling-height partitions, shall be provided with
lighting controls located within that space. The lighting
controls, whether one or more, shall be capable of turning off
all lights within the space. The controls shall be readily
accessible, at the point of entry/exit, to personnel occupying
or using the space.
| EXCEPTIONS: | The following lighting controls may be centralized in remote locations: |
| 1. Lighting controls for spaces which must be used as a whole. | |
| 2. Automatic controls. | |
| 3. Controls requiring trained operators. | |
| 4. Controls for safety hazards and security. |
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Industrial or manufacturing process areas, as may be required for production.
2. Areas less than five percent of footprint for footprints over 100,000 square feet.
1513.3 Daylight Zone Control: All daylighted zones, as
defined in Chapter 2, both under overhead glazing and adjacent
to vertical glazing, shall be provided with individual
controls, or daylight-or occupant-sensing automatic controls,
which control the lights independent of general area lighting.
In all areas with skylights, monitors or other fenestration at or above ceiling level and in all areas with windows, all permanently luminaires in the daylighted zone shall be controlled by automatic daylight sensing controls. The primary daylighted zone shall be controlled separately from the secondary daylighted zone.
Automatic daylight sensing controls shall:
1. Be capable of reducing the light output of the controlled luminaires while maintaining a uniform level of illuminance by either:
a. Continuous dimming to at least 20% light output; or
b. Step switching of each lamp in individual luminaires (noncontinuous dimming devices shall have adjustable separation (deadband) of on and off points to prevent short cycling) and provide an automatic OFF control, switching alternate luminaires is not permitted except with single lamp luminaires; or
c. Step dimming by reducing the output of all of the lamps in individual luminaires by at least 50% and provide an automatic OFF control.
2. Control only luminaires within the daylighted area.
3. Incorporate time-delay circuits to prevent cycling of light level changes of less than three minutes.
Any switching devices installed to override the automatic daylighting control shall comply with the criteria in Section 1513.6.2 items a through e.
Contiguous daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing
are allowed to be controlled by a single controlling device
provided that they do not include zones facing more than two
adjacent cardinal orientations (i.e., north, east, south,
west). Daylight zones under overhead glazing ((more than 15
feet from the perimeter)) shall be controlled separately from
daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing.
| EXCEPTIONS: | (( |
| 1. Retail spaces adjacent to vertical glazing (retail spaces under overhead glazing are not exempt). | |
| 2. Lighting exempted by Section 1512. | |
| 3. Display, exhibition and specialty lighting complying with Section 1513.4. | |
| 4. The following spaces are exempt from the requirements for automatic daylighting controls in Section 1513.3.2 provided that they have occupancy sensor controls that comply with Section 1513.6.1: | |
| a. Small spaces in the daylighted zone that are normally unoccupied (such as a storage room with a window or restrooms); | |
| b. Rooms less than 300 square feet; and | |
| c. Conference rooms 300 square feet and larger that have a lighting control system with at least four scene options and an occupancy sensor control that complies with Section 1513.6.1. | |
| 5. HID lamps with automatic controls that are capable of reducing the power consumption by at least 50%. | |
| 6. HID lamps 100 watts or less. |
1513.5 Automatic Shut-Off Controls, Exterior: Lighting for
all exterior applications shall have automatic controls
capable of turning off exterior lighting when sufficient
daylight is available or when the lighting is not required
during nighttime hours. Lighting not designated for
dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by either:
a. A combination of a photosensor and a time switch; or
b. An astronomical time switch.
Lighting designated for dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor. All time switches shall be capable of retaining programming and the time setting during loss of power for a period of at least 10 hours.
| EXCEPTION: | Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or exits from buildings or parking structures where required for safety, security, or eye adaptation. |
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Areas that must be continuously illuminated (e.g., 24-hour convenience stores), or illuminated in a manner requiring manual operation of the lighting. |
| 2. Emergency lighting (( |
|
| 3. Switching for industrial or manufacturing process facilities as may be required for production. | |
| 4. 24-hour occupancy areas in hospitals and laboratory spaces. | |
| 5. Areas in which medical or dental tasks are performed are exempt from the occupancy sensor requirement. | |
| 6. Dwelling units. |
| EXCEPTION: | Occupancy sensors in stairwells are allowed to have two step lighting (high-light and low-light) provided the control fails in the high-light position. |
Automatic time switches shall incorporate an over-ride switching device which:
| a. | Is readily accessible; |
| b. | Is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the areas controlled by the switch, or so that the area being illuminated is annunciated; and |
| c. | Is manually operated; |
| d. | Allows the lighting to remain on for no more than two hours when an over-ride is initiated; and |
| e. | Controls an area not exceeding 5,000 square feet or 5 percent of footprint for footprints over 100,000 square feet, whichever is greater. |
1. Controls that are activated by the room occupant via the primary room access method - key, card, deadbolt, etc.
2. Occupancy sensor controls that are activated by the occupant's presence in the room.
((1513.7)) 1513.8 Commissioning Requirements: For lighting
controls which include daylight or occupant sensing automatic
controls, automatic shut-off controls, occupancy sensors, or
automatic time switches, the lighting controls shall be tested
to ensure that control devices, components, equipment and
systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance
with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of
operation shall be functionally tested to ensure they operate
in accordance with approved plans and specifications. ((A
complete report of test procedures and results shall be
prepared and filed with the owner. Drawing notes shall
require commissioning in accordance with this paragraph.)) See
Section 1416 for complete requirements. Optional examples of
test methods and forms are provided in Reference Standard 34.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1513, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045 and chapters 19.27, 19.27A, and 34.05 RCW. 05-01-013, § 51-11-1513, filed 12/2/04, effective 7/1/05. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1513, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1513, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
[]
a. One- or two-lamp (but not three- or more lamp);
b. Luminaires have a reflector or louver assembly to direct the light (bare lamp strip or industrial fixtures do not comply with this section);
c. Fitted with type T-1, T-2, T-4, T-5, T-8 or compact fluorescent lamps from 5 to 60 watts (but not T-10 or T-12 lamps); and
d. Hard-wired fluorescent electronic dimming ballasts with photocell or programmable dimming control for all lamps in all zones (nondimming electronic ballasts and electronic ballasts that screw into medium base sockets do not comply with this section).
Track lighting is not allowed under this path.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Up to a total of 5 percent of installed lighting fixtures may use any type of ballasted lamp and do
not require dimming controls.
2. Clear safety lenses are allowed in food prep and serving areas and patient care areas in otherwise
compliant fixtures.
3. LED lights.
4. Metal halide lighting which complies with all three of the following criteria:
i. Luminaires or lamps which have a reflector or louver assembly to direct the light;
ii. Fixtures are fitted with ceramic metal halide lamps not exceeding 150 watts; and
iii. Electronic ballasts.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1521, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045 and chapters 19.27, 19.27A, and 34.05 RCW. 05-01-013, § 51-11-1521, filed 12/2/04, effective 7/1/05. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1521, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1521, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
Luminaire wattage incorporated into the installed interior and exterior lighting power shall be determined in accordance with the following criteria:
a. The wattage of line-voltage incandescent or
tungsten-halogen luminaires ((with medium screw base sockets
and)) not containing permanently installed ballasts shall be
the maximum labeled wattage of the luminaire.
b. The wattage of luminaires with permanently installed or remote ballasts or transformers shall be the operating input wattage of the maximum lamp/auxiliary combination based on values from the auxiliary manufacturer's literature or recognized testing laboratories or shall be the maximum labeled wattage of the luminaire.
c. For line voltage track and plugin busway, designed to allow the addition and/or relocation of luminaires without altering the wiring of the system, the wattage shall be:
1. The specified wattage of the luminaires included in the system with a minimum of 50 watts per lineal foot of track or actual luminaire wattage, whichever is greater, or
2. The wattage limit of permanent current limiting device(s) on the system.
d. The wattage of low-voltage lighting track, cable conductor, rail conductor, and other flexible lighting systems that allow the addition and/or relocation of luminaires without altering the wiring of the system shall be the specified wattage of the transformer supplying the system.
e. The wattage of all other miscellaneous lighting equipment shall be the specified wattage of the lighting equipment.
No credit towards compliance with the lighting power
allowances shall be given for the use of any controls,
automatic or otherwise.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1530, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1530, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-1530, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1530, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
The lighting power allowance for each use shall be
separately calculated and summed to obtain the interior
lighting power allowance.
In cases where a lighting plan for only a portion of a
building is submitted, the interior lighting power allowance
shall be based on the gross interior floor area covered by the
plan. Plans submitted for common areas only, including
corridors, lobbies and toilet facilities shall use the
lighting power allowance for common areas in Table 15-1A or
15-1B.
((When insufficient information is known about the
specific use of the space, the allowance shall be based on the
apparent intended use of the space.))
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1531, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1531, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
The total exterior lighting power allowance for all
exterior building applications is the sum of the base site
allowance plus the individual ((lighting power densities))
allowances for areas that are designated on the buildings
plans to be illuminated and are permitted in Table 15-2B for
((these applications)) the applicable lighting zone. Trade-offs are allowed only among exterior lighting
applications listed in the Table 15-2B "Tradable Surfaces"
section. The lighting zone for building exterior is
determined from Table 15-2A unless otherwise specified by the
local jurisdiction.
| EXCEPTION: | Lighting used for the following exterior applications is exempt when equipped with a control device independent of the control of the nonexempt lighting: |
| a. Specialized signal, directional, and marker lighting associated with transportation. | |
| b. Lighting integral to signs. | |
| c. Lighting integral to equipment or instrumentation and installed by its manufacturer. | |
| d. Lighting for theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, film production, and video production. | |
| e. Lighting for athletic playing areas. | |
| f. Temporary lighting. | |
| g. Lighting for industrial production. | |
| h. Theme elements in theme/amusement parks. | |
| i. Lighting used to highlight features of public monuments. | |
| j. Group U Occupancy accessory to Group R-3 or R-4 Occupancy. |
1550 Energy Consuming Mechanisms.
1551 General. This section establishes criteria for the
control of energy consuming mechanisms, other than those
covered elsewhere by this Code, that serve commercial
buildings.
1552 Pedestrian Escalators and Moving Pedestrian Walkways.
Each pedestrian escalator or moving pedestrian walkway shall
be equipped with an automatic control device to prevent
operation of escalators and moving walkways when the
mechanisms are unoccupied.
TABLE 15-1A
Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA)
| Use1 | LPA2 (watts/sq. ft.) |
| Automotive facility | (( |
| Convention center | (( |
| Court house | (( |
| Cafeterias, fast food establishments5, restaurants/bars5 | (( |
| Dormitory | (( |
| Dwelling units | 1.00 |
| Exercise center | (( |
| Gymnasia(( |
(( |
| Health care clinic | (( |
| Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group I-1 and I-2 Occupancies | (( |
| Hotel/motel | (( |
| (( |
|
| Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified "laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) | (( |
| Laundries | (( |
| Libraries5 | (( |
| Manufacturing facility | (( |
| Museum | (( |
| Office buildings, office/administrative areas in
facilities of other use types (including but
not limited to schools, hospitals,
institutions, museums, banks,
churches)5(( |
(( |
| Parking garages | (( |
| Penitentiary and other Group I-3 Occupancies | (( |
| Police and fire stations(( |
(( |
| Post office | (( |
| Retail10, retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) | (( |
| School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers | (( |
| Theater, motion picture | (( |
| Theater, performing arts | (( |
| Transportation | (( |
| Warehouses(( |
(( |
| Workshop | (( |
| Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only7 | |
| Main floor building lobbies3 (except mall concourses) | (( |
| All building common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies, including Group R-1 and R-2 Occupancies | (( |
TABLE 15-1B
Space-By-Space Method Maximum Allowable Lighting
Power Density (LPD)
| Common Space Types | LPD2 (W/ft2) | |
| Atrium - First Three Floors | 0.62 | |
| Atrium - Each Additional Floor | 0.16 | |
| Audience/Seating Area | 0.92 | |
| For gymnasium | 0.40 | |
| For exercise center | 0.26 | |
| For convention center | 0.67 | |
| For sports complex | 0.40 | |
| For performing arts theater | 2..01 | |
| For motion picture theater | 0.83 | |
| Classroom/Lecture/Training | 1.23 | |
| Conference/Meeting/Multipurpose | 1.03 | |
| Corridor/Transition | 0.47 | |
| Dining Area (fast food/cafeteria)5 | 0.74 | |
| For motel5 | 1.07 | |
| For bar lounge/leisure dining5 | 1.09 | |
| For family dining5 | 1.58 | |
| Dressing/Locker Room | 0.52 | |
| Electrical/Mechanical | 1.24 | |
| Food Preparation | 1.07 | |
| Lobby | 1.09 | |
| For performing arts theater | 1.94 | |
| Laboratory5 | 1.32 | |
| Office - Enclosed5 | 0.89 | |
| Office - Open Plan | 0.89 | |
| Public/Staff Lounge | 0.73 | |
| Restrooms | 0.82 | |
| Stairs - Active | 0.49 | |
| Storage | ||
| Active | 0.64 | |
| Inactive | 0.26 | |
| Workshop | 1.64 | |
| Building Specific Space Types | LPD2 (W/ft2) | |
| Automotive - Service/repair | 0.66 | |
| Bank/Office - Banking Activity Area | 1.30 | |
| Convention Center - Exhibit Space | 1.21 | |
| Courthouse/Police Station | ||
| Courtroom | 1.34 | |
| Judges chambers | 1.22 | |
| Confinement cells | 0.80 | |
| Dormitory - Living Quarters | 0.39 | |
| Fire Station Engine Room | 0.79 | |
| Gymnasium/Exercise Center | ||
| Playing area | 0.93 | |
| Exercise area | 0.98 | |
| Hospital | ||
| Active storage | 0.77 | |
| Corridor w/patient waiting/exam | 0.93 | |
| Emergency | 2.30 | |
| Recovery | 0.74 | |
| Nurse station | 0.87 | |
| Exam/treatment | 1.30 | |
| Pharmacy | 1.00 | |
| Patient room | 0.70 | |
| Operating room | 1.88 | |
| Nursery | 0.84 | |
| Medical supply | 1.20 | |
| Physical therapy | 0.78 | |
| Radiology | 0.35 | |
| Laundry - washing | 0.46 | |
| Hotel/Motel Guest Rooms | 1.10 | |
| Library5 | ||
| Card file and cataloging | 0.96 | |
| Stacks | 1.47 | |
| Reading area | 0.91 | |
| Manufacturing | ||
| Low bay (<25 ft. ceiling height) | 0.79 | |
| High bay (>25 ft. ceiling height) | 1.39 | |
| Detailed manufacturing | 1.79 | |
| Equipment room | 0.98 | |
| Control room | 0.89 | |
| Corridor | 0.41 | |
| Museum | ||
| Storage | 0.64 | |
| General exhibition | 0.70 | |
| Restoration | 0.91 | |
| Parking garage - Garage Area | 0.13 | |
| Post office - Sorting Area | 1.31 | |
| Religious Buildings | ||
| Fellowship hall | 0.70 | |
| Retail | ||
| Sales area | 1.15 | |
| Mall concourse | 1.63 | |
| Dressing/fitting room | 1.07 | |
| Sports Complex | ||
| Ring sports area | 1.85 | |
| Court sports area | 2.46 | |
| Indoor playing field area | 0.93 | |
| Transportation | ||
| Airport - concourse | 0.57 | |
| Air/train/bus - baggage area | 0.86 | |
| Terminal - ticket counter | 1.31 | |
| Seating area | 0.46 | |
| Warehouse | ||
| Fine material storage | 0.85 | |
| Medium/bulky material storage | 0.60 | |
2. The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes.
3. Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet.
4. ((For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas,
use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly.))
Reserved.
5. Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet.
6. Reserved.
7. ((For conference rooms and offices less than 150 ft2 with
full-height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance
of 1.1 W/ft2 may be used.)) Reserved.
8. Reserved.
9. ((For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent
spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power
Allowance for the court area is 2.6 watts per square
foot.)) Reserved.
10. Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three-quarter-height partitions (transparent or opaque) and lighting for free-standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt.
An additional ((1.5 w/ft2 of merchandise display
luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all
three of the following)) lighting power allowance is
allowed for merchandise display luminaires installed in
retail sales area that are specifically designed and
directed to highlight merchandise. The following
additional wattages apply:
i. 0.6 watts per square foot of sales floor area not
listed in items ii or iii below;
ii. 1.4 watts per square foot of furniture, clothing,
cosmetics or artwork floor area; or
iii. 2.5 watts per square foot of jewelry, crystal, or
china floor area.
The specified floor area for items i, ii, or iii above,
and the adjoining circulation paths shall be identified
and specified on building plans. Calculate the
additional power allowance by multiplying the above LPDs
by the sales floor area for each department excluding
major circulation paths. The total additional lighting
power allowance is the sum of allowances for sales
categories i, ii, or iii plus an additional 1,000 watts
for each separate tenant larger than 250 square feet in
area.
The additional wattage is allowed only if the merchandise
display luminaires comply with all of the following:
(a) Located on ceiling-mounted track or directly on or
recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall).
(b) Adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes
(vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and
other fixtures with two points of track attachment).
(((c) Fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or
high intensity discharge lamps.))
This additional lighting power is allowed only if the
lighting is actually installed and automatically
controlled, separately from the general lighting, to be
turned off during nonbusiness hours. This additional
power shall be used only for the specified luminaires and
shall not be used for any other purpose.
((11. Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location
and height, is submitted, the square footage for a
warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit
Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered
by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only)
of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2
applies only to the floor area not covered by racks.))
TABLE 15-2A
Exterior Lighting Zones
| Lighting Zone | Description |
| 1 | Developed areas of national parks, state parks, forest |
| 2 | Areas predominantly consisting of residential zoning, neighborhood business districts, light industrial with limited nighttime use and residential mixed areas |
| 3 | All other areas |
| 4 | High activity commercial districts in major metropolitan areas as designated by the local jurisdiction |
TABLE 15-2B
Lighting Power Densities for Building Exteriors
| (( |
||
(Lighting power density calculations for the following applications can be used only for the specific application and cannot be traded between surfaces or with other |
5.0 W/linear foot for each illuminated wall or surface length |
|
90 W per additional ATM per location |
||
| Specific area description | Zone 1 | Zone 2 | Zone 3 | Zone 4 | |
| Base site allowance1 | 500 W | 600 W | 750 W | 1300 W | |
| Tradable Surfaces 2 | |||||
| Uncovered Parking Areas | Parking lots and drives | 0.04 W/ft2 | 0.06 W/ft2 | 0.10 W/ft2 | 0.13 W/ft2 |
| Building Grounds | Walkways less than 10 ft wide | 0.7 W/linear foot | 0.7 W/linear foot | 0.8 W/linear foot | 1.0 W/linear foot |
| Walkways 10 ft wide or greater | 0.14 W/ft2 | 0.14 W/ft2 | 0.16 W/ft2 | 0.2 W/ft2 | |
| Plaza areas | |||||
| Special feature areas | |||||
| Exterior stairways | 0.75 W/ft2 | 1.0 W/ft2 | 1.0 W/ft2 | 1.0 W/ft2 | |
| Pedestrian tunnel | 0.15 W/ft2 | 0.15 W/ft2 | 0.2 W/ft2 | 0.3 W/ft2 | |
| Landscaping | 0.04 W/ft2 | 0.05 W/ft2 | 0.05 W/ft2 | 0.05 W/ft2 | |
| Building Entrances and Exits | Main entries | 20 W/linear foot of door width | 20 W/linear foot of door width | 30 W/linear foot of door width | 30 W/linear foot of door width |
| Other doors | 20 W/linear foot of door width | 20 W/linear foot of door width | 20 W/linear foot of door width | 20 W/linear foot of door width | |
| Entry canopies | 0.25 W/ft2 | 0.25 W/ft2 | 0.4 W/ft2 | 0.4 W/ft2 | |
| Sales Canopies | Free standing and attached | 0.6 W/ft2 | 0.6 W/ft2 | 0.8 W/ft2 | 1.0 W/ft2 |
| Outdoor Sales | Open areas3 | 0.25 W/ft2 | 0.25 W/ft2 | 0.5 W/ft2 | 0.7 W/ft2 |
| Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in addition to "open area" allowance | No Allowance | 10 W/linear foot | 10 W/linear foot | 30 W/linear foot | |
| Nontradable Surfaces4 | |||||
| Building Facades | No Allowance | 0.1 W/ft2 for each illuminated wall or surface5 | 0.15 W/ft2 for each illuminated wall or surface6 | 0.2 W/ft2 for each illuminated wall or surface7 | |
| Automated Teller Machines and Night Depositories | 270 W per location8 | 270 W per location8 | 270 W per location8 | 270 W per location8 | |
| Entrances and Gatehouse Inspection Stations at Guarded Facilities | 0.75 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | 0.75 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | 0.75 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | 0.75 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | |
| Loading Areas for Law Enforcement, Fire, Ambulance and Other Emergency Service Vehicles | 0.5 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | 0.5 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | 0.5 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | 0.5 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | |
| Material Handling and Associated Storage | 0.5 W/ft2 | ||||
| Drive-up Windows and Doors | 400 W per drive-through | 400 W per drive-through | 400 W per drive-through | 400 W per drive-through | |
| Parking Near 24-hour Retail Entrances | 800 W per main entry | 800 W per main entry | 800 W per main entry | 800 W per main entry | |
| FOOTNOTES FOR TABLE 15-2B: | |
| 1. Base site allowance may be used in tradable or nontradable surfaces. | |
| 2. Lighting power densities for uncovered parking areas, building grounds, building entrances and exits, canopies and overhangs and outdoor sales areas may be traded. | |
| 3. Including vehicle sales lots. | |
| 4. Lighting power density calculations for the following applications can be used only for the specific application and cannot be traded between surfaces or with other exterior lighting. The following allowances are in addition to any allowance otherwise permitted in the "Tradable Surfaces" section of this table. | |
| 5. May alternately use 2.5 watts per lineal foot for each wall or surface length. | |
| 6. May alternately use 3.75 watts per lineal foot for each wall or surface length. | |
| 7. May alternately use 5 watts per lineal foot for each wall or surface length. | |
| 8. An additional 90 watts is allowed per additional ATM location. |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-1532, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045 and chapters 19.27, 19.27A, and 34.05 RCW. 05-01-013, § 51-11-1532, filed 12/2/04, effective 7/1/05. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-1532, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-1532, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-1532, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
| NOTE: | Washington State Energy Code Reference Standard 29 (RS-29) is a modified version of Appendix G from ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007. |
Baseline building design: A computer representation of a
hypothetical design based on the proposed building project.
This representation is used as the basis for calculating the
baseline building performance for rating above-standard
design.
Baseline building performance: The annual energy
consumption for a building design intended for use as a
baseline for rating above-standard design.
Proposed building performance: The annual energy
consumption calculated for a proposed design.
Proposed design: A computer representation of the actual
proposed building design or portion thereof used as the basis
for calculating the proposed building performance.
1.1 General: This Standard establishes design criteria
in terms of total energy consumption of a building, including
all of its systems. ((General principles and requirements are
outlined in Section 2. Specific modeling assumptions are
listed in Section 3.))
The building permit application for projects utilizing
this Standard shall include in one submittal all building and
mechanical drawings and all information necessary to verify
that the building envelope and mechanical design for the
project corresponds with the annual energy analysis. If
credit is proposed to be taken for lighting energy savings,
then an electrical ((drawings)) permit application shall also
be ((included with)) submitted and approved prior to the
issuance of the building permit ((application.
Due to the various assumptions that are necessary, the
results of the analysis shall not be construed as a guarantee
of the actual energy performance of the project)). If credit
is proposed to be taken for energy savings from other
components, then the corresponding permit application (e.g.,
plumbing, boiler, etc.) shall also be submitted and approved
prior to the building permit application. Otherwise,
components of the project that would not be approved as part
of a building permit application shall be modeled the same in
both the proposed building and the baseline building and shall
comply with the requirements of the Washington State Energy
Code.
1.2 Performance Rating. This performance rating method
requires conformance with the following provisions:
All requirements of Sections 1310 through 1314, 1410
through 1416, 1440 through 1443, 1450 through 1454, 1510
through 1514, and 1540 are met. These sections contain the
mandatory provisions of the standard and are prerequisites for
this rating method. The improved performance of the proposed
building design is calculated in accordance with provisions of
this appendix using the following formula:
| Percentage improvement | = | 100 x (Baseline building performance - Proposed building performance) / Baseline building performance |
| NOTES: | 1. Both the proposed building performance and the baseline building performance shall include all end-use load components, such as receptacle and process loads. |
| 2. Neither the proposed building performance nor the baseline building performance are predictions of actual energy consumption or costs for the proposed design after construction. Actual experience will differ from these calculations due to variations such as occupancy, building operation and maintenance, weather, energy use not covered by this procedure, changes in energy rates between design of the building and occupancy, and the precision of the calculation tool. |
1.4 Documentation Requirements. Simulated performance
shall be documented, and documentation shall be submitted to
the building official. The information submitted shall
include the following:
a. Calculated values for the baseline building performance, the proposed building performance, and the percentage improvement.
b. A list of the energy-related features that are included in the design and on which the performance rating is based. This list shall document all energy features that differ between the models used in the baseline building performance and proposed building performance calculations.
c. Input and output report(s) from the simulation program or compliance software including a breakdown of energy usage by at least the following components: Lights, internal equipment loads, service water heating equipment, space heating equipment, space cooling and heat rejection equipment, fans, and other HVAC equipment (such as pumps). The output reports shall also show the amount of time any loads are not met by the HVAC system for both the proposed design and baseline building design.
d. An explanation of any error messages noted in the simulation program output.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-99901, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
((2.1 Energy Analysis: Compliance with this Standard will
require an analysis of the annual energy usage, hereinafter
called an annual energy analysis.
A building designed in accordance with this Standard will
be deemed as complying with this Code, if
a. The calculated annual energy consumption is not
greater than that of a corresponding "standard design," as
defined below and in Section 3,
and;
b. Whose enclosure elements and energy-consuming systems
comply with Sections 1310 through 1314, 1410 through 1416,
1440 through 1443, 1450 through 1454, 1510 through 1514 and
1540. Buildings shall only vary from those requirements in
Sections 1330 through 1334, 1432 through 1439 and 1530 through
1532 where those variations have been accurately and
completely modeled. Where variations are not specifically
analyzed, the building shall comply with these requirements.
For a proposed building design to be considered similar
to a "standard design," it shall utilize the same energy
source(s) for the same functions and have equal floor area and
the same ratio of envelope area to floor area, environmental
requirements, occupancy, climate data and usage operational
schedule. Inputs to the energy analysis relating to occupancy
and usage shall correspond to the expected occupancy and usage
of the building.
Except as noted below, the systems identified, and, to
the extent possible, the assumptions made in assigning energy
inputs to each system, shall be the same for the standard
design and the proposed design. When electrically driven heat
pumps, other than multiple units connected to a common water
loop, are employed to provide all or part of the heat for the
proposed design, the standard design shall also, for the
purposes of the analysis, assume that electrically driven heat
pump, in conformance with Chapter 14 of the Code and having
capacity at least as great as those used in the proposed
design are employed.
2.2 Design: The standard design and the proposed design shall
be designed on a common basis as specified herein:
a. The comparison shall be expressed as kBtu input per square foot of conditioned floor area per year at the building site. Buildings which use electricity as the only fuel source, comparisons may be expressed in kWh. When converting electricity in kWh to kBtu a multiplier of 3.413 kWh/kBtu shall be used.
b. If the proposed design results in an increase in consumption of one energy source and a decrease in another energy source, even though similar sources are used for similar purposes, the difference in each energy source shall be converted to equivalent energy units for purposes of comparing the total energy used.
2.3 Analysis Procedure: The analysis of the annual energy
usage of the standard and the proposed building and system
design shall meet the following criteria:
a. The building heating/cooling load calculation procedure used for annual energy consumption analysis shall be detailed to permit the evaluation of effect of factors specified in Section 2.4.
b. The calculation procedure used to simulate the operation of the building and its service systems through a full-year operating period shall be detailed to permit the evaluation of the effect of system design, climatic factors, operational characteristics and mechanical equipment on annual energy usage. Manufacturer's data or comparable field test data shall be used when available in the simulation of systems and equipment. The calculation procedure shall be based upon 8,760 hours of operation of the building and its service systems and shall utilize the design methods, specified in Standard RS-1 listed in Chapter 7 of the Code or in other programs approved by the building official.
2.4 Calculation Procedure: The calculation procedure shall
cover the following items:
a. Design requirements--Design heating conditions and design cooling conditions as defined in Chapter 2 of the Code.
b. Climatic data--Coincident hourly data for temperatures, solar radiation, wind and humidity of typical days in the year representing seasonal variation.
c. Building data--Orientation, size, shape, mass, air and heat transfer characteristics.
d. Operational characteristics--Temperature, humidity, ventilation, illumination and control mode for occupied and unoccupied hours.
e. Mechanical equipment--Design capacity and part load profile.
f. Building loads--Internal heat generation, lighting, equipment and number of people during occupied and unoccupied periods.
2.5 Documentation: All analyses submitted shall be
accompanied by an energy analysis comparison report. The
report shall provide technical detail on the two building and
system designs and on the data used in and resulting from the
comparative analysis to verify that both the analysis and the
designs meet the criteria of Section 1.
The calculation procedure for the standard design and the
proposed design shall separately identify the calculated
annual energy consumption for each different occupancy type,
if possible, for each of the following end uses:
a. Interior lighting;
b. Parking lighting;
c. Exterior lighting;
d. Space heating;
e. Space cooling;
f. Interior ventilation/fans;
g. Parking ventilation/fans;
h. Exhaust fans;
i. Service water heating;
j. Elevators;
k. Appliances.
Energy consumption of the following items shall be
included but is not required to be separated out by each
individual item.
a. Office equipment;
b. Refrigeration other than comfort cooling;
c. Cooking; and
d. Any other energy-consuming equipment.
The specifications of the proposed building project used
in the analysis shall be as similar as is reasonably practical
to those in the plans submitted for a building permit.)) 2.1
Performance Calculations. The proposed building performance
and baseline building performance shall be calculated using
the following:
a. The same simulation program.
b. The same weather data.
2.2 Simulation Program. The simulation program shall be a
computer-based program for the analysis of energy consumption
in buildings (a program such as, but not limited to, DOE-2,
BLAST, or EnergyPlus). The simulation program shall include
calculation methodologies for the building components being
modeled. For components that cannot be modeled by the
simulation program, the exceptional calculation methods
requirements in Section 2.5 may be used.
2.2.1 The simulation program shall be approved by the building
official and shall, at a minimum, have the ability to
explicitly model all of the following:
a. 8760 hours per year.
b. Hourly variations in occupancy, lighting power, miscellaneous equipment power, thermostat set points, and HVAC system operation, defined separately for each day of the week and holidays.
c. Thermal mass effects.
d. Ten or more thermal zones.
e. Part-load performance curves for mechanical equipment.
f. Capacity and efficiency correction curves for mechanical heating and cooling equipment.
g. Air-side economizers with integrated control.
h. Baseline building design characteristics specified in Section 3.
2.2.2 The simulation program shall have the ability to either:
(1) Directly determine the proposed building performance and
baseline building performance; or (2) produce hourly reports
of energy use by an energy source suitable for determining the
proposed building performance and baseline building
performance using a separate calculation engine.
2.2.3 The simulation program shall be capable of performing
design load calculations to determine required HVAC equipment
capacities and air and water flow rates in accordance with
generally accepted engineering standards and handbooks (for
example, ASHRAE Handbook-Fundamentals) for both the proposed
design and baseline building design.
2.2.4 The simulation program shall be tested according to
ASHRAE Standard 140.
2.3 Climatic Data. The simulation program shall perform the
simulation using hourly values of climatic data, such as
temperature and humidity from representative climatic data,
for the site in which the proposed design is to be located.
For cities or urban regions with several climatic data
entries, and for locations where weather data are not
available, the designer shall select available weather data
that best represent the climate at the construction site. The
selected weather data shall be approved by the building
official.
2.4 Energy Conversion. The comparison between the baseline
building and proposed design shall be expressed as kBtu input
per square foot of conditioned floor area per year at the
building site. Buildings which use electricity as the only
fuel source, comparisons may be expressed in kWh. When
converting electricity in kWh to kBtu a multiplier of 3.413
kWh/kBtu shall be used.
| EXCEPTION: | On-site renewable energy sources or site-recovered energy shall not be considered to be consumed energy and shall not be included in the proposed building performance. Where on-site renewable or site-recovered sources are used, the baseline building performance shall be based on the energy source used as the backup energy source or on the use of electricity if no backup energy source has been specified. |
Applications for approval of an exceptional method shall include documentation of the calculations performed and theoretical and/or empirical information supporting the accuracy of the method.
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.022, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, and chapters 19.27 and 34.05 RCW. 07-01-089, § 51-11-99902, filed 12/19/06, effective 7/1/07. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.045. 04-01-106, § 51-11-99902, filed 12/17/03, effective 7/1/04. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-99902, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-99902, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
((The specific modeling assumptions consist of methods
and assumptions for calculating the standard energy
consumption for the standard building and the proposed energy
consumption of the proposed design. In order to maintain
consistency between the standard and the proposed design
energy consumptions, the input assumptions in this section
shall be used.
"Prescribed" assumptions shall be used without variation.
"Default" assumptions shall be used unless the designer can
demonstrate that a different assumption better characterizes
the building's use over its expected life. Any modification
of a default assumption shall be used in modeling both the
standard building and the proposed design unless the designer
demonstrates a clear cause to do otherwise.
3.1 Orientation and Shape: The standard building shall
consist of the same number of stories and gross floor area for
each story as the proposed design. Each floor shall be
oriented exactly as the proposed design. The geometric form
shall be the same as the proposed design.
3.2 Internal Loads: Internal loads shall be modeled as noted
in the following parts of Section 3.2. The systems specified
for calculating the standard energy consumption in Section 3.2
are intended only as constraints in calculating the
consumption. They are not intended as requirements or
recommendations for systems to be used in the proposed
building or for the calculation of the proposed energy
consumption.
3.2.1 Occupancy: Occupancy schedules shall be default
assumptions. The same assumptions shall be made in computing
proposed energy consumption as were used in calculating the
standard energy consumption. Occupancy levels vary by
building type and time of day. Table 3-1 establishes the
density presented as ft2/person of conditioned floor area that
will be used by each building type. Table 3-2 establishes the
percentage of the people that are in the building by hours of
the day for each building type.
3.2.2 Lighting: The interior and exterior lighting power
allowance for calculating the standard energy consumption
shall be determined from Sections 1531 and 1532. The lighting
power used to calculate the proposed energy consumption shall
be the actual lighting power of the proposed lighting design. Exempt lighting in the standard design shall be equal to the
exempt lighting in the proposed design.
Lighting levels in buildings vary based on the type of uses within buildings, by area and by time of day. Table 3-2 contains the lighting energy profiles which establish the percentage of the lighting load that is switched ON in each prototype or reference building by hour of the day. These profiles are default assumptions and can be changed if required when calculating the standard energy consumption to provide, for example, a 12 hour rather than an 8 hour work day or to reflect the use of automatic lighting controls. The lighting schedules used in the standard and proposed designs shall be identical and shall reflect the type of controls to be installed in the proposed design. The controls in the proposed design shall comply with the requirements in Section 1513 and no credit shall be given for the use of any additional controls, automatic or otherwise.
3.2.3 Receptacle: Receptacle loads and profiles are default
assumptions. The same assumptions shall be made in
calculating proposed energy consumption as were used in
calculating the standard energy consumption. Receptacle loads
include all general service loads that are typical in a
building. These loads should include additional process
electrical usage but exclude HVAC primary or auxiliary
electrical usage. Table 3-1 establishes the density in W/ft2
to be used. The receptacle energy profiles shall be the same
as the lighting energy profiles in Table 3-2. This profile
establishes the percentage of the receptacle load that is
switched ON by hour of the day and by building type.
3.3 Envelope
3.3.1 Insulation and Glazing: Glazing area and U-factor of
the standard building envelope shall be determined by using
the Target UA requirements of Equation 13-1 and U-factor
values in Table 13-1 or 13-2. The glazing solar heat gain
coefficient (SHGC) or shading coefficient of the standard
building shall be the lesser of 0.65 and the SHGC required by
Table 13-1 or 13-2 for the vertical or overhead glazing area
for the appropriate wall type. The opaque area U-factors of
the standard building shall be determined by using the Target
UA requirements from Equation 13-1 including the appropriate
mass for walls. The insulation characteristics and glazing
area are prescribed assumptions for the standard building for
calculating the standard energy consumption. In the
calculation of the proposed energy consumption of the proposed
design, the envelope characteristics of the proposed design
shall be used. The standard design shall use the maximum
glazing areas listed in Tables 13-1 or 13-2 for the
appropriate use. The distribution of vertical glazing in the
gross wall area of the standard design shall be equal to the
distribution of vertical glazing in the proposed design or
shall constitute an equal percentage of gross wall area on all
sides of the standard building. The distribution of overhead
glazing in the gross roof/ceiling area of the standard design
shall be equal to the distribution of overhead glazing in the
proposed design. The distribution of doors in the gross
opaque wall area of the standard design shall be identical to
the distribution of doors in the proposed design.
3.3.2 Infiltration: For standard and proposed buildings,
infiltration assumptions shall be equal.
3.3.3 Envelope and Ground Absorptivities: For the standard
building, absorptivity assumptions shall be default
assumptions for computing the standard energy consumption and
default assumptions for computing the proposed energy
consumption. The solar absorptivity of opaque elements of the
building envelope shall be assumed to be 70 percent. The
solar absorptivity of ground surfaces shall be assumed to be
80 percent (20 percent reflectivity).
3.3.4 Window Treatment: No draperies or blinds shall be
modeled for the standard or proposed building.
3.3.5 Shading: For standard building and the proposed design,
shading by permanent structures and terrain shall be taken
into account for computing energy consumption whether or not
these features are located on the building site. A permanent
fixture is one that is likely to remain for the life of the
proposed design. Credit may be taken for external shading
devices that are part of the proposed design.
3.4 HVAC Systems and Equipment: For the standard building,
the HVAC system used shall be the system type used in the
proposed design. If the proposed HVAC system type does not
comply with Sections 1432 through 1439, the standard design
system shall comply in all respects with those sections.
| (( |
|
3.4.3 HVAC Equipment Sizing: The equipment shall be sized to
include the capacity to meet the process loads. For
calculating the proposed energy consumption, actual air flow
rates and installed equipment size shall be used in the
simulation. Equipment sizing in the simulation of the
proposed design shall correspond to the equipment intended to
be selected for the design and the designer shall not use
equipment sized automatically by the simulation tool.
Equipment sizing for the standard design shall be based
on the same as the proposed design or lesser sizing ratio of
installed system capacity to the design load for heating and
for cooling.
Chilled water systems for the standard building shall be
modeled using a reciprocating chiller for systems with total
cooling capacities less than 175 tons, and centrifugal
chillers for systems with cooling capacities of 175 tons or
greater. For systems with cooling capacities of 600 tons or
more the standard energy consumption shall be calculated using
two centrifugal chillers, lead/lag controlled. Chilled water
shall be assumed to be controlled at a constant 44 degree F
temperature rise, from 44 degrees F to 56 degrees F, operating
at 65 percent combined impeller and motor efficiency. Condenser water pumps shall be sized using a 10 degree F
temperature rise, operating at 60 percent combined impeller
and motor efficiency. The cooling tower shall be an open
circuit, centrifugal blower type sized for the larger of 85
degrees F leaving water temperature or 10 degrees F approach
to design wetbulb temperature. The tower shall be controlled
to provide a 65 degrees F leaving water temperature whenever
weather conditions permit, floating up to design leaving water
temperature at design conditions.
3.4.4 Fans: The power of the combined fan system per air
volume at design conditions (w/cfm) of the proposed design
shall be equal to that of the standard design.
Variable air volume fan systems in the standard building shall be variable speed.
3.5 Service Water Heating: The service water heating loads
for prototype buildings are defined in terms of
Btu/person-hour in Table 3-1. The values in the table refer
to energy content of the heated water. The service water
heating loads from Table 3-1 are default for all buildings. The same service-water-heating load assumptions shall be made
in calculating proposed energy consumption as were used in
calculating the standard energy consumption. The service
water heating system for the standard building shall be
modeled as closely as possible as if it were designed in
accordance with RS-11 and meeting all the requirements of
Sections 1440 through 1443.
3.6 Controls
3.6.1: All occupied conditioned spaces in standard and
proposed design buildings in all climates shall be simulated
as being both heated and cooled.
3.6.4: If humidification is to be used in the proposed
design, the same level of humidification and system type shall
be used in the standard building.
TABLE 3-1
Acceptable Occupancy Densities, Receptacle Power Densities
and Service Hot Water Consumption1
Density2 Sq. Ft./Person (Btu/h•ft2) |
Power Density3 Watts/Sq. Ft. (Btu/h•ft2) |
Quantities4 Btu/h•person |
|
| (( |
|||
For the baseline building and the proposed building, shading by permanent structures and terrain shall be taken into account for computing energy consumption whether or not these features are located on the building site. A permanent fixture is one that is likely to remain for the life of the proposed design.
3.1.1 Baseline HVAC System Type and Description. HVAC systems
in the baseline building design shall be based on usage,
number of floors, conditioned floor area, and heating source
as specified in Table 3.1.1A and shall conform with the system
descriptions in Table 3.1.1B. For systems 1, 2, 3, and 4,
each thermal block shall be modeled with its own HVAC system.
For systems 5, 6, 7, and 8, each floor shall be modeled with a
separate HVAC system. Floors with identical thermal blocks
can be grouped for modeling purposes.
| EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Use additional system type(s) for nonpredominant conditions (i.e., residential/nonresidential or heating source) if those conditions apply to more than 20,000 ft2 of conditioned floor area. |
| 2. If the baseline HVAC system type is 5, 6, 7, or 8, use separate single-zone systems conforming with the requirements of system 3 or system 4 (depending on building heating source) for any spaces that have occupancy or process loads or schedules that differ significantly from the rest of the building. Peak thermal loads that differ by 10 Btu/h•ft2 or more from the average of other spaces served by the system or schedules that differ by more than 40 equivalent full-load hours per week from other spaces served by the system are considered to differ significantly. Examples where this exception may be applicable include, but are not limited to, computer server rooms, natatoriums, and continually occupied security areas. | |
| 3. If the baseline HVAC system type is 5, 6, 7, or 8, use separate single-zone systems conforming with the requirements of system 3 or system 4 (depending on building heat source) for any zones having special pressurization relationships, cross-contamination requirements, or code-required minimum circulation rates. | |
| 4. For laboratory spaces with a minimum of 5000 cfm of exhaust, use system type 5 or 7 that reduce the exhaust and makeup air volume to 50% of design values during unoccupied periods. For all-electric buildings, the heating shall be electric resistance. |
3.1.2 General Baseline HVAC System Requirements. HVAC systems
in the baseline building design shall conform with the general
provisions in this section.
3.1.2.1 Equipment Efficiencies. All HVAC equipment in the
baseline building design shall be modeled at the minimum
efficiency levels, both part load and full load, in accordance
with Section 1411. Where efficiency ratings, such as EER and
COP, include fan energy, the descriptor shall be broken down
into its components so that supply fan energy can be modeled
separately.
3.1.2.2 Equipment Capacities. The equipment capacities for
the baseline building design shall be based on sizing runs for
each orientation (per Table 3.1, No. 5a) and shall be
oversized by 15% for cooling and 25% for heating, i.e., the
ratio between the capacities used in the annual simulations
and the capacities determined by the sizing runs shall be 1.15
for cooling and 1.25 for heating. Unmet load hours for the
proposed design or baseline building designs shall not exceed
300 (of the 8760 hours simulated), and unmet load hours for
the proposed design shall not exceed the number of unmet load
hours for the baseline building design by more than 50. If
unmet load hours in the proposed design exceed the unmet load
hours in the baseline building by more than 50, simulated
capacities in the baseline building shall be decreased
incrementally and the building resimulated until the unmet
load hours are within 50 of the unmet load hours of the
proposed design. If unmet load hours for the proposed design
or baseline building design exceed 300, simulated capacities
shall be increased incrementally, and the building with unmet
loads resimulated until unmet load hours are reduced to 300 or
less. Alternatively, unmet load hours exceeding these limits
may be accepted at the discretion of the building official
provided that sufficient justification is given indicating
that the accuracy of the simulation is not significantly
compromised by these unmet loads.
3.1.2.2.1 Sizing Runs. Weather conditions used in sizing runs
to determine baseline equipment capacities may be based either
on hourly historical weather files containing typical peak
conditions or on design days developed using 99.6% heating
design temperatures and 1% dry-bulb and 1% wet-bulb cooling
design temperatures.
3.1.2.3 Preheat Coils. If the HVAC system in the proposed
design has a preheat coil and a preheat coil can be modeled in
the baseline system, the baseline system shall be modeled with
a preheat coil controlled in the same manner as the proposed
design.
3.1.2.4 Fan System Operation. Supply and return fans shall
operate continuously whenever spaces are occupied and shall be
cycled to meet heating and cooling loads during unoccupied
hours. If the supply fan is modeled as cycling and fan energy
is included in the energy-efficiency rating of the equipment,
fan energy shall not be modeled explicitly. Supply, return,
and/or exhaust fans will remain on during occupied and
unoccupied hours in spaces that have health and safety
mandated minimum ventilation requirements during unoccupied
hours.
3.1.2.5 Ventilation. Minimum outdoor air ventilation rates
shall be the same for the proposed and baseline building
designs.
| EXCEPTION: | When modeling demand-control ventilation in the proposed design when its use is not required by Section 1412.8. |
| EXCEPTION: | Economizers shall not be included for systems meeting one or more of the exceptions listed below. |
| 1. Systems that include gas-phase air cleaning to meet the requirements of Section 6.1.2 in Standard 62.1. This exception shall be used only if the system in the proposed design does not match the building design. | |
| 2. Where the use of outdoor air for cooling will affect supermarket open refrigerated casework systems. This exception shall only be used if the system in the proposed design does not use an economizer. If the exception is used, an economizer shall not be included in the baseline building design. |
3.1.2.8 Design Airflow Rates. System design supply airflow
rates for the baseline building design shall be based on a
supply-air-to-room-air temperature difference of 20°F or the
required ventilation air or makeup air, whichever is greater.
If return or relief fans are specified in the proposed design,
the baseline building design shall also be modeled with fans
serving the same functions and sized for the baseline system
supply fan air quantity less the minimum outdoor air, or 90%
of the supply fan air quantity, whichever is larger.
3.1.2.9 System Fan Power. System fan electrical power for
supply, return, exhaust, and relief (excluding power to
fan-powered VAV boxes) shall be calculated using the following
formulas:
| For Systems 1 and 2, |
| Pfan = CFMS × 0.3. |
| For Systems 3 through 8, |
| Pfan = bhp × 746/Fan Motor Efficiency. |
| Where: | ||
| Pfan | = | Electric power to fan motor (watts) and |
| bhp | = | Brake horsepower of baseline fan motor from Table 3.1.2.9. |
| Fan Motor Efficiency | = | The efficiency from Table 14-4 for the next motor size greater than the bhp using the enclosed motor at 1800 rpm. |
| CFMS | = | The baseline system maximum design supply fan airflow rate in cfm. |
3.1.3 System-Specific Baseline HVAC System Requirements.
Baseline HVAC systems shall conform with provisions in this
section, where applicable, to the specified baseline system
types as indicated in section headings.
3.1.3.1 Heat Pumps (Systems 2 and 4). Electric air-source
heat pumps shall be modeled with electric auxiliary heat. The
systems shall be controlled with multistage space thermostats
and an outdoor air thermostat wired to energize auxiliary heat
only on the last thermostat stage and when outdoor air
temperature is less than 40°F.
3.1.3.2 Type and Number of Boilers (Systems 1, 5, and 7). The
boiler plant shall use the same fuel as the proposed design
and shall be natural draft, except as noted in Section
3.1.1.1. The baseline building design boiler plant shall be
modeled as having a single boiler if the baseline building
design plant serves a conditioned floor area of 15,000 ft2 or
less and as having two equally sized boilers for plants
serving more than 15,000 ft2. Boilers shall be staged as
required by the load.
3.1.3.3 Hot-Water Supply Temperature (Systems 1, 5, and 7).
Hot-water design supply temperature shall be modeled as 180°F
and design return temperature as 130°F.
3.1.3.4 Hot-Water Supply Temperature Reset (Systems 1, 5, and
7). Hot-water supply temperature shall be reset based on
outdoor dry-bulb temperature using the following schedule:
180°F at 20°F and below, 150°F at 50°F and above, and ramped
linearly between 180°F and 150°F at temperatures between 20°F
and 50°F.
3.1.3.5 Hot-Water Pumps (Systems 1, 5, and 7). The baseline
building design hot-water pump power shall be 19 W/gpm. The
pumping system shall be modeled as primary-only with
continuous variable flow. Hot-water systems serving 120,000
ft2 or more shall be modeled with variable-speed drives, and
systems serving less than 120,000 ft2 shall be modeled as
riding the pump curve.
3.1.3.6 Piping Losses (Systems 1, 5, 7, and 8). Piping losses
shall not be modeled in either the proposed or baseline
building designs for hot water, chilled water, or steam
piping.
3.1.3.7 Type and Number of Chillers (Systems 7 and 8).
Electric chillers shall be used in the baseline building
design regardless of the cooling energy source, e.g.,
direct-fired absorption, absorption from purchased steam, or
purchased chilled water. The baseline building design's
chiller plant shall be modeled with chillers having the number
and type as indicated in Table 3.1.3.7 as a function of
building peak cooling load.
3.1.3.8 Chilled-Water Design Supply Temperature (Systems 7 and
8). Chilled-water design supply temperature shall be modeled
at 44°F and return water temperature at 56°F.
3.1.3.9 Chilled-Water Supply Temperature Reset (Systems 7 and
8). Chilled-water supply temperature shall be reset based on
outdoor dry-bulb temperature using the following schedule:
44°F at 80°F and above, 54°F at 60°F and below, and ramped
linearly between 44°F and 54°F at temperatures between 80°F and
60°F.
3.1.3.10 Chilled-Water Pumps (Systems 7 and 8). The baseline
building design pump power shall be 22 W/gpm. Chilled-water
systems with a cooling capacity of 300 tons or more shall be
modeled as primary/secondary systems with variable-speed
drives on the secondary pumping loop. Chilled-water pumps in
systems serving less than 300 tons cooling capacity shall be
modeled as primary/secondary systems with secondary pump
riding the pump curve.
3.1.3.11 Heat Rejection (Systems 7 and 8). The heat rejection
device shall be an axial fan cooling tower with two-speed
fans. Condenser water design supply temperature shall be 85°F
or 10°F approaching design wet-bulb temperature, whichever is
lower, with a design temperature rise of 10°F. The tower
shall be controlled to maintain a 70°F leaving water
temperature where weather permits, floating up to leaving
water temperature at design conditions. The baseline building
design condenser-water pump power shall be 19 W/gpm. Each
chiller shall be modeled with separate condenser water and
chilled-water pumps interlocked to operate with the associated
chiller.
3.1.3.12 Supply Air Temperature Reset (Systems 5 through 8).
The air temperature for cooling shall be reset higher by 5°F
under the minimum cooling load conditions.
3.1.3.13 VAV Minimum Flow Setpoints (Systems 5 and 7).
Minimum volume setpoints for VAV reheat boxes shall be 0.4
cfm/ft2 of floor area served or the minimum ventilation rate,
whichever is larger.
3.1.3.14 Fan Power (Systems 6 and 8). Fans in parallel VAV
fan-powered boxes shall be sized for 50% of the peak design
flow rate and shall be modeled with 0.35 W/cfm fan power.
Minimum volume setpoints for fan-powered boxes shall be equal
to 30% of peak design flow rate or the rate required to meet
the minimum outdoor air ventilation requirement, whichever is
larger. The supply air temperature setpoint shall be constant
at the design condition.
3.1.3.15 VAV Fan Part-Load Performance (Systems 5 through 8).
VAV system supply fans shall have variable-speed drives, and
their part-load performance characteristics shall be modeled
using either Method 1 or Method 2 specified in Table 3.1.3.15.
TABLE 3.1
Modeling Requirements for Calculating Proposed and Baseline Building Performance
| No. | Proposed Building Performance | Baseline Building Performance |
| 1. Design Model | ||
| a. The simulation model of the proposed design shall be consistent with the design documents, including proper accounting of fenestration and opaque envelope types and areas; interior lighting power and controls; HVAC system types, sizes, and controls; and service water heating systems and controls. All end-use load components within and associated with the building shall be modeled, including, but not limited to, exhaust fans, parking garage ventilation fans, snow-melt and freeze-protection equipment, facade lighting, swimming pool heaters and pumps, elevators and escalators, refrigeration, and cooking. Where the simulation program does not specifically model the functionality of the installed system, spreadsheets or other documentation of the assumptions shall be used to generate the power demand and operating schedule of the systems. | The baseline building design shall be modeled with the same number of floors and identical conditioned floor area as the proposed design. | |
| b. All conditioned spaces in the proposed design shall be simulated as being both heated and cooled even if no heating or cooling system is to be installed, and temperature and humidity control setpoints and schedules shall be the same for proposed and baseline building designs. | ||
| c. When the performance rating method is applied to buildings in which energy-related features have not yet been designed (e.g., a lighting system), those yet-to-be-designed features shall be described in the proposed design exactly as they are defined in the baseline building design. Where the space classification for a space is not known, the space shall be categorized as an office space. | ||
| 2. Additions and Alterations | ||
| It is acceptable to predict performance using building models that exclude parts of the existing building provided that all of the following conditions are met: | Same as Proposed Design | |
| a. Work to be performed in excluded parts of the building shall meet the requirements of Chapters 11 through 15. | ||
| b. Excluded parts of the building are served by HVAC systems that are entirely separate from those serving parts of the building that are included in the building model. | ||
| c. Design space temperature and HVAC system operating setpoints and schedules on either side of the boundary between included and excluded parts of the building are essentially the same. | ||
| d. If a declining block or similar utility rate is being used in the analysis and the excluded and included parts of the building are on the same utility meter, the rate shall reflect the utility block or rate for the building plus the addition. | ||
| 3. Space Use Classification | ||
| Usage shall be specified using the building type or space type lighting classifications in accordance with Sections 1530 through 1531. The user shall specify the space use classifications using either the building type or space type categories but shall not combine the two types of categories. More than one building type category may be used in a building if it is a mixed-use facility. If space type categories are used, the user may simplify the placement of the various space types within the building model, provided that building-total areas for each space type are accurate. | Same as Proposed Design | |
| 4. Schedules | ||
| Schedules capable of modeling hourly variations in occupancy, lighting power, miscellaneous equipment power, thermostat setpoints, and HVAC system operation shall be used. The schedules shall be typical of the proposed building type as determined by the designer and approved by the building official. | Same as Proposed Design | |
| Default schedules are included in Tables 3.3A through 3.3J.
a. Where no heating and/or cooling system is to be installed and a heating or cooling system is being simulated only to meet the requirements described in this table, heating and/or cooling system fans shall not be simulated as running continuously during occupied hours but shall be cycled on and off to meet heating and cooling loads during all hours. b. HVAC fans shall remain on during occupied and unoccupied hours in spaces that have health and safety mandated minimum ventilation requirements during unoccupied hours. |
Exception: Schedules may be allowed to differ between proposed design and baseline building design when necessary to model nonstandard efficiency measures, provided that the revised schedules have the approval of the building official. Measures that may warrant use of different schedules include, but are not limited to, lighting controls, natural ventilation, demand control ventilation, and measures that reduce service water heating loads. | |
| 5. Building Envelope | ||
| All components of the building envelope in the proposed design shall be modeled as
shown on architectural drawings or as built for existing building envelopes.
a. All uninsulated assemblies (e.g., projecting balconies, perimeter edges of intermediate floor slabs, concrete floor beams over parking garages, roof parapet) shall be separately modeled using either of the following techniques:
2. Separate calculation of the U-factor for each of these assemblies. The U-factors of these assemblies are then averaged with larger adjacent surfaces using an area-weighted average method. This average U-factor is modeled within the energy simulation model.
|
Equivalent dimensions shall be assumed
for each exterior envelope component
type as in the proposed design; i.e., the
total gross area of exterior walls shall be
the same in the proposed and baseline
building designs. The same shall be true
for the areas of roofs, floors, and doors,
and the exposed perimeters of concrete
slabs on grade shall also be the same in
the proposed and baseline building
designs. The following additional
requirements shall apply to the modeling
of the baseline building design: a. Orientation. The baseline building performance shall be generated by simulating the building with its actual orientation and again after rotating the entire building 90, 180, and 270 degrees, then averaging the results. The building shall be modeled so that it does not shade itself. |
|
| b. Opaque Assemblies. Opaque assemblies used for new buildings or additions shall conform with the following common, lightweight assembly types and shall match the appropriate assembly maximum U-factors in Tables 13-1 and 13-2: | ||
| • Roofs -- Insulation entirely above deck • Above-grade walls -- Steel-framed • Floors -- Steel-joist • Opaque door types shall match the proposed design and conform to the U-factor requirements from the same tables. • Slab-on-grade floors shall match the F-factor for unheated slabs from the same tables. Opaque assemblies used for alterations shall conform with Section 1132.1. |
||
| b. Exterior surfaces whose azimuth orientation and tilt differ by less than 45 degrees
and are otherwise the same may be described as either a single surface or by using
multipliers.
|
c. Vertical Fenestration. Vertical
fenestration areas for new buildings and
additions shall equal that in the proposed
design or 40% of gross above-grade wall
area, whichever is smaller, and shall be
distributed on each face of the building in
the same proportions in the proposed
design. Fenestration U-factors and SHGC shall match the appropriate requirements in Tables 13-1 and 13-2. All vertical glazing shall be assumed to be flush with the exterior wall, and no shading projections shall be modeled. Manual window shading devices such as blinds or shades shall not be modeled. The fenestration areas for envelope alterations shall reflect the limitations on area, U-factor, and SHGC as described in Section 1132.1. |
|
| d. Skylights and Glazed Smoke Vents. Skylight area shall be equal to that in the proposed building design or 5% of the gross roof area that is part of the building envelope, whichever is smaller. If the skylight area of the proposed building design is greater than 5% of the gross roof area, baseline skylight area shall be decreased by an identical percentage in all roof components in which skylights are located to reach the 5% skylight-to-roof ratio. Skylight orientation and tilt shall be the same as in the proposed building design. Skylight U-factor and SHGC properties shall match the appropriate requirements in Tables 13-1 and 13-2. | ||
| e. Roof albedo. All roof surfaces shall be modeled with a reflectivity of 0.30. | ||
| f. Existing Buildings. For existing building envelopes, the baseline building design shall reflect existing conditions prior to any revisions that are part of the scope of work being evaluated. | ||
| 6. Lighting | ||
| Lighting power in the proposed design shall be determined as follows: a. Where a complete lighting system exists, the actual lighting power for each thermal block shall be used in the model. b. Where a lighting system has been designed, lighting power shall be determined in accordance with Chapter 15. c. Where lighting neither exists nor is specified, lighting power shall be determined in accordance with the building area method for the appropriate building type. d. Lighting system power shall include all lighting system components shown or provided for on the plans (including lamps and ballasts and task and furniture-mounted fixtures). |
Lighting power in the baseline building design shall be determined using the same categorization procedure and categories as the proposed design with lighting power set equal to the maximum allowed for the corresponding method and category in Chapter 15. Automatic lighting controls (e.g., programmable controls or automatic controls for daylight utilization) shall be modeled in the baseline building design as required by Section 1513. | |
| Exception: For multifamily dwelling units, hotel/motel guest rooms, and other spaces in which lighting systems are connected via receptacles and are not shown or provided for on building plans, assume identical lighting power for the proposed and baseline building designs in the simulations. | ||
| e. Lighting power for parking garages and building facades shall be modeled. f. Credit may be taken for the use of automatic controls for daylight utilization not otherwise required by Section 1513 but only if their operation is either modeled directly in the building simulation or modeled in the building simulation through schedule adjustments determined by a separate daylighting analysis approved by the building official. g. For automatic lighting controls in addition to those required for minimum code compliance under Section 1513, credit may be taken for automatically controlled systems by reducing the connected lighting power by the applicable percentages listed in Table 3.2. Alternatively, credit may be taken for these devices by modifying the lighting schedules used for the proposed design, provided that credible technical documentation for the modifications are provided to the building official. |
||
| 7. Thermal Blocks -- HVAC Zones Designed | ||
| Where HVAC zones are defined on HVAC design drawings, each HVAC zone shall be modeled as a separate thermal block. | Same as Proposed Design | |
| Exception: Different HVAC zones may be combined to create a single thermal block
or identical thermal blocks to which multipliers are applied, provided that all of the
following conditions are met: a. The space use classification is the same throughout the thermal block. b. All HVAC zones in the thermal block that are adjacent to glazed exterior walls face the same orientation or their orientations vary by less than 45 degrees. c. All of the zones are served by the same HVAC system or by the same kind of HVAC system. |
||
| 8. Thermal Blocks -- HVAC Zones Not Designed | ||
| Where the HVAC zones and systems have not yet been designed, thermal blocks shall be defined based on similar internal load densities, occupancy, lighting, thermal and space temperature schedules, and in combination with the following guidelines: | Same as Proposed Design. | |
| a. Separate thermal blocks shall be assumed for interior and perimeter spaces. Interior
spaces shall be those located greater than 15 ft from an exterior wall. Perimeter
spaces shall be those located within 15 ft of an exterior wall. b. Separate thermal blocks shall be assumed for spaces adjacent to glazed exterior walls; a separate zone shall be provided for each orientation, except that orientations that differ by less than 45 degrees may be considered to be the same orientation. Each zone shall include all floor area that is 15 ft or less from a glazed perimeter wall, except that floor area within 15 ft of glazed perimeter walls having more than one orientation shall be divided proportionately between zones. c. Separate thermal blocks shall be assumed for spaces having floors that are in contact with the ground or exposed to ambient conditions from zones that do not share these features. d. Separate thermal blocks shall be assumed for spaces having exterior ceiling or roof assemblies from zones that do not share these features. |
||
| 9. Thermal Blocks -- Multifamily Residential Buildings | ||
| Residential spaces shall be modeled using at least one thermal block per dwelling unit, except that those units facing the same orientations may be combined into one thermal block. Corner units and units with roof or floor loads shall only be combined with units sharing these features. | Same as Proposed Design. | |
| 10. HVAC Systems | ||
| The HVAC system type and all related performance parameters in the proposed
design, such as equipment capacities and efficiencies, shall be determined as follows: a. Where a complete HVAC system exists, the model shall reflect the actual system type using actual component capacities and efficiencies. b. Where an HVAC system has been designed, the HVAC model shall be consistent with design documents. Mechanical equipment efficiencies shall be adjusted from actual design conditions to the standard rating conditions specified in Section 1411 if required by the simulation model. c. Where no heating system exists or no heating system has been specified, the heating system classification shall be assumed to be electric, and the system characteristics shall be identical to the system modeled in the baseline building design. d. Where no cooling system exists or no cooling system has been specified, the cooling system shall be identical to the system modeled in the baseline building design. |
The HVAC system(s) in the baseline building design shall be of the type and description specified in Section 3.1.1, shall meet the general HVAC system requirements specified in Section 3.1.2, and shall meet any system-specific requirements in Section 3.1.3 that are applicable to the baseline HVAC system type(s). | |
| 11. Service Hot-Water Systems | ||
| The service hot-water system type and all related performance parameters, such as equipment capacities and efficiencies, in the proposed design shall be determined as follows: | The service hot-water system in the baseline building design shall use the same energy source as the corresponding system in the proposed design and shall conform with the following conditions: | |
| a. Where a complete service hot-water system exists, the proposed design shall reflect the actual system type using actual component capacities and efficiencies. | a. Where the complete service hot-water system exists, the baseline building design shall reflect the actual system type using the actual component capacities and efficiencies. | |
| b. Where a service hot-water system has been specified, the service hot-water model shall be consistent with design documents. | b. Where a new service hot-water system has been specified, the system shall be sized using the same methods and values as the proposed design and the equipment shall match the minimum efficiency requirements in Chapter 14. Where the energy source is electricity, the heating method shall be electrical resistance. | |
| c. Where no service hot-water system exists or has been specified but the building will have service hot-water loads, a service hot-water system shall be modeled that matches the system in the baseline building design and serves the same hot-water loads. | c. Where no service hot-water system exists or has been specified but the building will have service hot-water loads, a service water system(s) using electrical-resistance heat and matching minimum efficiency requirements of Chapter 14 shall be assumed and modeled identically in the proposed and baseline building designs. | |
| d. For buildings that will have no service hot-water loads, no service hot-water system shall be modeled. | d. For buildings that will have no service hot-water loads, no service hot-water heating shall be modeled. | |
| e. Where a combined system has been specified to meet both space heating and service water heating loads, the baseline building system shall use separate systems meeting the minimum efficiency requirements applicable to each system individually. | ||
| f. For large, 24-hour-per-day facilities that meet the prescriptive criteria for use of condenser heat recovery systems described in Section 1436.3, a system meeting the requirements of that section shall be included in the baseline building design regardless of the exceptions to Section 1436.3. | ||
| Exception: If a condenser heat recovery system meeting the requirements described in Section 1436.3 cannot be modeled, the requirement for including such a system in the actual building shall be met as a prescriptive requirement in accordance with Section 1436.3, and no heat-recovery system shall be included in the proposed or baseline building designs. | ||
| g. Service hot-water energy consumption shall be calculated explicitly based upon the volume of service hot water required and the entering makeup water and the leaving service hot-water temperatures. Entering water temperatures shall be estimated based upon the location. Leaving temperatures shall be based upon the end-use requirements. | ||
| h. Where recirculation pumps are used to ensure prompt availability of service hot water at the end use, the energy consumption of such pumps shall be calculated explicitly. | ||
| i. Service water loads and usage shall be the same for both the baseline building design and the proposed design and shall be documented by the calculation procedures recommended by the manufacturer's specifications or generally accepted engineering methods. | ||
Exceptions: 1. Appliances that are not built-in (e.g., washing machines) and plumbing fixtures (e.g., faucets and low-flow showerheads) shall be modeled the same for both the baseline building design and the proposed design. Other service hot-water usage can be demonstrated to be reduced by documented water conservation measures that reduce the physical volume of service water required. Such reduction shall be demonstrated by calculations. |
||
| 2. Service hot-water energy consumption can be demonstrated to be reduced by reducing the required temperature of service mixed water, by increasing the temperature, or by increasing the temperature of the entering makeup water. Examples include alternative sanitizing technologies for dishwashing and heat recovery to entering makeup water. Such reduction shall be demonstrated by calculations. | ||
| 3. Service hot-water usage can be demonstrated to be reduced by reducing the hot fraction of mixed water to achieve required operational temperature. Examples include shower or laundry heat recovery to incoming cold-water supply, reducing the hot-water fraction required to meet required mixed-water temperature. Such reduction shall be demonstrated by calculations. | ||
| 12. Receptacle and Other Loads | ||
| Receptacle and process loads where not otherwise covered by this code, such as those
for office and other equipment, shall be estimated based on the building type or space
type category and shall be assumed to be identical in the proposed and baseline
building designs. These loads shall be included in simulations of the building and shall
be included when calculating the baseline building performance and proposed building
performance.
|
Other systems, such as motors covered by Sections 1437, 1438 and 1511, and miscellaneous loads shall be modeled as identical to those in the proposed design including schedules of operation and control of the equipment. Where there are specific efficiency requirements in Sections 1437, 1438 and 1511, these systems or components shall be modeled as having the lowest efficiency allowed by those requirements. Where no efficiency requirements exist, power and energy rating or capacity of the equipment shall be identical between the baseline building and the proposed design with the following exception: Variations of the power requirements, schedules, or control sequences of the equipment modeled in the baseline building from those in the proposed design may be allowed by the building official based upon documentation that the equipment installed in the proposed design represents a significant verifiable departure from documented conventional practice. The burden of this documentation is to demonstrate that accepted conventional practice would result in baseline building equipment different from that installed in the proposed design. Occupancy and occupancy schedules may not be changed. Process loads must represent a minimum of 25% of the total baseline building energy consumption. For buildings where the process energy is less than 25% of the baseline building energy usage, the permit submittal must include supporting documentation substantiating that process energy inputs are appropriate. | |
| 13. Modeling Limitations to the Simulation Program | ||
| If the simulation program cannot model a component or system included in the proposed design explicitly, substitute a thermodynamically similar component model that can approximate the expected performance of the component that cannot be modeled explicitly. | Same as Proposed Design. | |
TABLE 3.1.1A
Baseline HVAC System Types
| Building Type | Fossil Fuel, Fossil/Electric Hybrid, and Purchased Heat | Electric and Other | |
| Residential | System 1 -- PTAC | System 2 -- PTHP | |
| Nonresidential and 3 Floors or Less and <25,000 ft2 | System 3 -- PSZ-AC | System 4 -- PSZ-HP | |
| Nonresidential and 4 or 5 Floors and <25,000 ft2 or | System 5 -- Packaged | System 6 -- Packaged VAV | |
| 5 Floors or Less and 25,000 ft2 to 150,000 ft2 | VAV with Reheat | with PFP Boxes | |
| Nonresidential and More than 5 Floors or | System 7 -- VAV | System 8 -- VAV | |
| >150,000 ft2 | with Reheat | with PFP Boxes | |
| Notes: | |||
| Residential building types include dormitory, hotel, motel, and multifamily. Residential space types include guest rooms, living quarters, private living space, and sleeping quarters. Other building and space types are considered nonresidential. | |||
| Where no heating system is to be provided or no heating energy source is specified, use the "Electric and Other" heating source classification. | |||
| Where attributes make a building eligible for more than one baseline system type, use the predominant condition to determine the system type for the entire building. | |||
| For laboratory spaces with a minimum of 5000 cfm of exhaust, use system type 5 or 7 and reduce the exhaust and makeup air volume to 50% of design values during unoccupied periods. For all-electric buildings, the heating shall be electric resistance. | |||
TABLE 3.1.1B
Baseline System Descriptions
| System No. | System Type | Fan Control | Cooling Type | Heating Type1 |
| 1. PTAC | Packaged terminal air conditioner | Constant volume | Direct expansion | Hot-water fossil fuel boiler |
| 2. PTHP | Packaged terminal heat pump | Constant volume | Direct expansion | Electric heat pump |
| 3. PSZ-AC | Packaged rooftop air conditioner | Constant volume | Direct expansion | Fossil fuel furnace |
| 4. PSZ-HP | Packaged rooftop heat pump | Constant volume | Direct expansion | Electric heat pump |
| 5. Packaged VAV with Reheat | Packaged rooftop VAV with reheat | VAV | Direct expansion | Hot-water fossil fuel boiler |
| 6. Packaged VAV with PFP Boxes | Packaged rooftop VAV with reheat | VAV | Direct expansion | Electric resistance |
| 7. VAV with Reheat | Packaged rooftop VAV with reheat | VAV | Chilled water | Hot-water fossil fuel boiler |
| 8. VAV with PFP Boxes | VAV with reheat | VAV | Chilled water | Electric resistance |
TABLE 3.1.2.9B
Fan Power Limitation Pressure Drop Adjustment
| Device | Adjustment |
| Credits | |
| Fully ducted return and/or exhaust air systems | 0.5 in. w.c. |
| Return and/or exhaust airflow control devices | 0.5 in. w.c. |
| Exhaust filters, scrubbers, or other exhaust treatment | The pressure drop of device calculated at fan system design condition |
| Particulate Filtration Credit: MERV 9 through 12 | 0.5 in. w.c. |
| Particulate Filtration Credit: MERV 13 through 15 | 0.9 in. w.c. |
| Particulate Filtration Credit: MERV 16 and greater and electronically enhanced filters | Pressure drop calculated at 2× clean filter pressure drop at fan system design condition |
| Carbon and other gas-phase air cleaners | Clean filter pressure drop at fan system design condition |
| Heat recovery device | Pressure drop of device at fan system design condition |
| Evaporative humidifier/cooler in series with another cooling coil | Pressure drop of device at fan system design condition |
| Sound Attenuation Section | 0.15 in. w.c. |
| Deductions | |
| Fume Hood Exhaust Exception (required if 6.5.3.1.1 Exception [c] is taken) | -1.0 in. w.c. |
| 1Heating fuel source for the baseline system shall match the proposed system in all cases for both primary and supplemental heat. | |
TABLE 3.1.2.9 Baseline Fan Brake Horsepower
| Baseline Fan Motor Brake Horsepower | |||
| Constant Volume Systems 3-4 | Variable Volume Systems 5-8 | ||
| CFMs x 0.00094 + A | CFMs x 0.0013 + A | ||
| Where A is calculated as follows using the pressure drop adjustment from the proposed building design and the design flow rate of the baseline building system. | |||
| A | = | Sum of [PD x CFMD/4131] where: | |
| PD | = | Each applicable pressure drop adjustment from the table below in in. w.c. | |
| CFMD | = | The design air flow through each applicable device from the table below in cubic feet per minute. | |
| Do not include pressure drop adjustments for evaporative coolers or heat recovery devices that are not required in the baseline building system by Section 3.1.2.10. | |||
TABLE 3.1.3.7 Type and Number of Chillers
| Building Peak Cooling Load |
Number and Type of Chiller(s) |
| <300 tons | 1 water-cooled screw chiller |
| >300 tons, <600 tons | 2 water-cooled screw chillers sized equally |
| >600 tons | 2 water-cooled centrifugal chillers minimum with chillers added so that no chiller is larger than 800 tons, all sized equally |
TABLE 3.1.3.15
Part-Load Performance for VAV Fan Systems
| Method 1 -- Part-Load Fan Power Data | |||
| Fan Part-Load Ratio | Fraction of Full-Load Power | ||
| 0.00 | 0.00 | ||
| 0.10 | 0.03 | ||
| 0.20 | 0.07 | ||
| 0.30 | 0.13 | ||
| 0.40 | 0.21 | ||
| 0.50 | 0.30 | ||
| 0.60 | 0.41 | ||
| 0.70 | 0.54 | ||
| 0.80 | 0.68 | ||
| 0.90 | 0.83 | ||
| 1.00 | 1.00 | ||
| Method 2 -- Part-Load Fan Power Equation | |||
| Pfan | = | 0.0013 + 0.1470 x PLRfan+ 0.9506 x (PLRfan)2 - 0.0998 x (PLRfan)3 | |
| where: | |||
| Pfan | = | Fraction of full-load fan power and | |
| PLRfan | = | Fan part-load ratio (current cfm/design cfm). | |
TABLE 3.2
Power Adjustment Percentages for Automatic Lighting
Controls
| Automatic Control Device(s) | Exterior Lighting |
| 1. Programmable timing control | 0% |
| 2. Occupancy sensor | 10% |
| 3. Occupancy sensor and programmable timing control | 10% |
TABLE ((3-2A)) 3.3A
Assembly Occupancy1
| Hour of Day | Schedule for Occupancy Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Lighting Receptacle Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for HVAC System |
Schedule for Service Hot Water Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Elevator Percent of Maximum Load |
|||||||||||
| (time) | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | |
| 1 | (12-1am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 2 | (1-2am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 3 | (2-3am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 4 | (3-4am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 5 | (4-5am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 6 | (5-6am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 7 | (6-7am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 40 | 5 | 5 | on | on | on | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 8 | (7-8am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 40 | 30 | 30 | on | on | on | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 9 | (8-9am) | 20 | 20 | 10 | 40 | 30 | 30 | on | on | on | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 10 | (9-10am) | 20 | 20 | 10 | 75 | 50 | 30 | on | on | on | 5 | 5 | 5 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 11 | (10-11am) | 20 | 20 | 10 | 75 | 50 | 30 | on | on | on | 5 | 5 | 5 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 12 | (11-12pm) | 80 | 60 | 10 | 75 | 50 | 30 | on | on | on | 35 | 20 | 10 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 13 | (12-1pm) | 80 | 60 | 10 | 75 | 50 | 65 | on | on | on | 5 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 14 | (1-2pm) | 80 | 60 | 70 | 75 | 50 | 65 | on | on | on | 5 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 15 | (2-3pm) | 80 | 60 | 70 | 75 | 50 | 65 | on | on | on | 5 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 16 | (3-4pm) | 80 | 60 | 70 | 75 | 50 | 65 | on | on | on | 5 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 17 | (4-5pm) | 80 | 60 | 70 | 75 | 50 | 65 | on | on | on | 5 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 18 | (5-6pm) | 80 | 60 | 70 | 75 | 50 | 65 | on | on | on | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 19 | (6-7pm) | 20 | 60 | 70 | 75 | 50 | 65 | on | on | on | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 20 | (7-8pm) | 20 | 60 | 70 | 75 | 50 | 65 | on | on | on | 0 | 65 | 65 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 21 | (8-9pm) | 20 | 60 | 70 | 75 | 50 | 65 | on | on | on | 0 | 30 | 30 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 22 | (9-10pm) | 20 | 80 | 70 | 75 | 50 | 65 | on | on | on | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 23 | (10-11pm) | 10 | 10 | 20 | 25 | 50 | 5 | on | on | on | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 24 | (11-12am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Total/Day | 710 | 750 | 700 | 1155 | 800 | 845 | 1800 | 1700 | 1700 | 70 | 125 | 115 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
| Total/Week | 50.50 | hours | 74.20 | hours | 124 | hours | 5.9 | hours | 0 | hours | ||||||
| Total/Year | 2633 | hours | 3869 | hours | 6465 | hours | 308 | hours | 0 | hours | ||||||
| Wk = Weekday |
| 1. | Schedules for occupancy, lighting, receptacle, HVAC system and service hot water are from ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1989 and addendums, except that 5% emergency lighting has been added for all off hours. Elevator schedules, except for restaurants, are from the U.S. Department of Energy Standard Evaluation Techniques except changed to 0% when occupancy is 0%. THESE VALUES MAY BE USED ONLY IF ACTUAL SCHEDULES ARE NOT KNOWN. |
TABLE ((3-2B)) 3.3B
Health Occupancy1
| Hour of Day (time) |
Schedule for Occupancy Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Lighting Receptacle Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for HVAC System | Schedule for Service Hot Water Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Elevator Percent of Maximum Load |
|||||||||||
| Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | ||
| 1 | (12-1am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 10 | 5 | on | on | on | 1 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 2 | (1-2am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 10 | 5 | on | on | on | 1 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 3 | (2-3am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 10 | 5 | on | on | on | 1 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 4 | (3-4am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 10 | 5 | on | on | on | 1 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 5 | (4-5am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 10 | 5 | on | on | on | 1 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 6 | (5-6am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 10 | 5 | on | on | on | 1 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 7 | (6-7am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 10 | 5 | on | on | on | 1 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 8 | (7-8am) | 10 | 10 | 0 | 50 | 20 | 5 | on | on | on | 17 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 0 |
| 9 | (8-9am) | 50 | 30 | 5 | 90 | 40 | 10 | on | on | on | 58 | 20 | 1 | 75 | 46 | 2 |
| 10 | (9-10am) | 80 | 40 | 5 | 90 | 40 | 10 | on | on | on | 66 | 28 | 1 | 100 | 70 | 2 |
| 11 | (10-11am) | 80 | 40 | 5 | 90 | 40 | 10 | on | on | on | 78 | 30 | 1 | 100 | 70 | 2 |
| 12 | (11-12pm) | 80 | 40 | 5 | 90 | 40 | 10 | on | on | on | 82 | 30 | 1 | 100 | 70 | 2 |
| 13 | (12-1pm) | 80 | 40 | 5 | 90 | 40 | 10 | on | on | on | 71 | 24 | 1 | 75 | 51 | 2 |
| 14 | (1-2pm) | 80 | 40 | 5 | 90 | 40 | 10 | on | on | on | 82 | 24 | 1 | 100 | 51 | 2 |
| 15 | (2-3pm) | 80 | 40 | 5 | 90 | 40 | 10 | on | on | on | 78 | 23 | 1 | 100 | 51 | 2 |
| 16 | (3-4pm) | 80 | 40 | 5 | 90 | 40 | 10 | on | on | on | 74 | 23 | 1 | 100 | 51 | 2 |
| 17 | (4-5pm) | 80 | 40 | 0 | 30 | 40 | 5 | on | on | on | 63 | 23 | 1 | 100 | 51 | 0 |
| 18 | (5-6pm) | 50 | 10 | 0 | 30 | 40 | 5 | on | on | on | 41 | 10 | 1 | 100 | 25 | 0 |
| 19 | (6-7pm) | 30 | 10 | 0 | 30 | 10 | 5 | on | on | on | 18 | 1 | 1 | 52 | 2 | 0 |
| 20 | (7-8pm) | 30 | 0 | 0 | 30 | 10 | 5 | on | on | on | 18 | 1 | 1 | 52 | 0 | 0 |
| 21 | (8-9pm) | 20 | 0 | 0 | 30 | 10 | 5 | on | on | on | 18 | 1 | 1 | 52 | 0 | 0 |
| 22 | (9-10pm) | 20 | 0 | 0 | 30 | 10 | 5 | on | on | on | 10 | 1 | 1 | 28 | 0 | 0 |
| 23 | (10-11pm) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 30 | 10 | 5 | on | on | on | 1 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 24 | (11-12am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 10 | 5 | on | on | on | 1 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Total/Day | 850 | 380 | 40 | 1060 | 550 | 160 | 2400 | 2400 | 2400 | 783 | 249 | 24 | 1136 | 540 | 16 | |
| Total/Week | 46.70 | hours | 60.10 | hours | 168 | hours | 41.88 | hours | 62.36 | hours | ||||||
| Total/Year | 2435 | hours | 3134 | hours | 8760 | hours | 2148 | hours | 3251 | hours | ||||||
| Wk = Weekday |
| 1. | Schedules for occupancy, lighting, receptacle, HVAC system and service hot water are from ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1989 and addendums, except that 5% emergency lighting has been added for all off hours. Elevator schedules, except for restaurants, are from the U.S. Department of Energy Standard Evaluation Techniques except changed to 0% when occupancy is 0%. THESE VALUES MAY BE USED ONLY IF ACTUAL SCHEDULES ARE NOT KNOWN. |
TABLE ((3-2C)) 3.3C
Hotel/Motel Occupancy1
| Hour of Day | Schedule for Occupancy Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Lighting Receptacle Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for HVAC System |
Schedule for Service Hot Water Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Elevator Percent of Maximum Load |
|||||||||||
| (time) | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | |
| 1 | (12-1am) | 90 | 90 | 70 | 20 | 20 | 30 | on | on | on | 20 | 20 | 25 | 40 | 44 | 55 |
| 2 | (1-2am) | 90 | 90 | 70 | 15 | 20 | 30 | on | on | on | 15 | 15 | 20 | 33 | 35 | 55 |
| 3 | (2-3am) | 90 | 90 | 70 | 10 | 10 | 20 | on | on | on | 15 | 15 | 20 | 33 | 35 | 43 |
| 4 | (3-4am) | 90 | 90 | 70 | 10 | 10 | 20 | on | on | on | 15 | 15 | 20 | 33 | 35 | 43 |
| 5 | (4-5am) | 90 | 90 | 70 | 10 | 10 | 20 | on | on | on | 20 | 20 | 20 | 33 | 35 | 43 |
| 6 | (5-6am) | 90 | 90 | 70 | 20 | 10 | 20 | on | on | on | 25 | 25 | 30 | 33 | 35 | 43 |
| 7 | (6-7am) | 70 | 70 | 70 | 40 | 30 | 30 | on | on | on | 50 | 40 | 50 | 42 | 40 | 52 |
| 8 | (7-8am) | 40 | 50 | 70 | 50 | 30 | 40 | on | on | on | 60 | 50 | 50 | 42 | 32 | 52 |
| 9 | (8-9am) | 40 | 50 | 50 | 40 | 40 | 40 | on | on | on | 55 | 50 | 50 | 52 | 45 | 65 |
| 10 | (9-10am) | 20 | 30 | 50 | 40 | 40 | 30 | on | on | on | 45 | 50 | 55 | 52 | 45 | 65 |
| 11 | (10-11am) | 20 | 30 | 50 | 25 | 30 | 30 | on | on | on | 40 | 45 | 50 | 40 | 42 | 53 |
| 12 | (11-12pm) | 20 | 30 | 30 | 25 | 25 | 30 | on | on | on | 45 | 50 | 50 | 51 | 60 | 60 |
| 13 | (12-1pm) | 20 | 30 | 30 | 25 | 25 | 30 | on | on | on | 40 | 50 | 40 | 51 | 65 | 53 |
| 14 | (1-2pm) | 20 | 30 | 20 | 25 | 25 | 20 | on | on | on | 35 | 45 | 40 | 51 | 65 | 51 |
| 15 | (2-3pm) | 20 | 30 | 20 | 25 | 25 | 20 | on | on | on | 30 | 40 | 30 | 51 | 65 | 50 |
| 16 | (3-4pm) | 30 | 30 | 20 | 25 | 25 | 20 | on | on | on | 30 | 40 | 30 | 51 | 65 | 44 |
| 17 | (4-5pm) | 50 | 30 | 30 | 25 | 25 | 20 | on | on | on | 30 | 35 | 30 | 63 | 65 | 64 |
| 18 | (5-6pm) | 50 | 50 | 40 | 25 | 25 | 20 | on | on | on | 40 | 40 | 40 | 80 | 75 | 62 |
| 19 | (6-7pm) | 50 | 60 | 40 | 60 | 60 | 50 | on | on | on | 55 | 55 | 50 | 86 | 80 | 65 |
| 20 | (7-8pm) | 70 | 60 | 60 | 80 | 70 | 70 | on | on | on | 60 | 55 | 50 | 70 | 80 | 63 |
| 21 | (8-9pm) | 70 | 60 | 60 | 90 | 70 | 80 | on | on | on | 50 | 50 | 40 | 70 | 75 | 63 |
| 22 | (9-10pm) | 80 | 70 | 80 | 80 | 70 | 60 | on | on | on | 55 | 55 | 50 | 70 | 75 | 63 |
| 23 | (10-11pm) | 90 | 70 | 80 | 60 | 60 | 50 | on | on | on | 45 | 40 | 40 | 45 | 55 | 40 |
| 24 | (11-12am) | 90 | 70 | 80 | 30 | 30 | 30 | on | on | on | 25 | 30 | 20 | 45 | 55 | 40 |
| Total/Day | 1390 | 1390 | 1300 | 855 | 785 | 810 | 2400 | 2400 | 2400 | 915 | 930 | 900 | 1217 | 1303 | 1287 | |
| Total/Week | 96.40 | hours | 58.70 | hours | 168.0 | hours | 64.05 | hours | 86.75 | hours | ||||||
| Total/Year | 5026 | hours | 3061 | hours | 8760 | hours | 3340 | hours | 4523 | hours | ||||||
| Wk = Weekday |
| 1. | Schedules for occupancy, lighting, receptacle, HVAC system and service hot water are from ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1989 and addendums, except that 5% emergency lighting has been added for all off hours. Elevator schedules, except for restaurants, are from the U.S. Department of Energy Standard Evaluation Techniques except changed to 0% when occupancy is 0%. THESE VALUES MAY BE USED ONLY IF ACTUAL SCHEDULES ARE NOT KNOWN. |
TABLE ((3-2D)) 3.3D
Light Manufacturing Occupancy1
| Hour of Day | Schedule for Occupancy Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Lighting Receptacle Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for HVAC System |
Schedule for Service Hot Water Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Elevator Percent of Maximum Load |
|||||||||||
| (time) | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | |
| 1 | (12-1am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 5 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 2 | (1-2am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 5 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 3 | (2-3am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 5 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 4 | (3-4am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 5 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 5 | (4-5am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 5 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 6 | (5-6am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 8 | 8 | 7 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 7 | (6-7am) | 10 | 10 | 5 | 10 | 10 | 5 | on | on | off | 7 | 7 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 8 | (7-8am) | 20 | 10 | 5 | 30 | 10 | 5 | on | on | off | 19 | 11 | 4 | 35 | 16 | 0 |
| 9 | (8-9am) | 95 | 30 | 5 | 90 | 30 | 5 | on | on | off | 35 | 15 | 4 | 69 | 14 | 0 |
| 10 | (9-10am) | 95 | 30 | 5 | 90 | 30 | 5 | on | on | off | 38 | 21 | 4 | 43 | 21 | 0 |
| 11 | (10-11am) | 95 | 30 | 5 | 90 | 30 | 5 | on | on | off | 39 | 19 | 4 | 37 | 18 | 0 |
| 12 | (11-12pm) | 95 | 30 | 5 | 90 | 30 | 5 | on | on | off | 47 | 23 | 6 | 43 | 25 | 0 |
| 13 | (12-1pm) | 50 | 10 | 5 | 80 | 15 | 5 | on | on | off | 57 | 20 | 6 | 58 | 21 | 0 |
| 14 | (1-2pm) | 95 | 10 | 5 | 90 | 15 | 5 | on | on | off | 54 | 19 | 9 | 48 | 13 | 0 |
| 15 | (2-3pm) | 95 | 10 | 5 | 90 | 15 | 5 | on | on | off | 34 | 15 | 6 | 37 | 8 | 0 |
| 16 | (3-4pm) | 95 | 10 | 5 | 90 | 15 | 5 | on | on | off | 33 | 12 | 4 | 37 | 4 | 0 |
| 17 | (4-5pm) | 95 | 10 | 5 | 90 | 15 | 5 | on | on | off | 44 | 14 | 4 | 46 | 5 | 0 |
| 18 | (5-6pm) | 30 | 5 | 5 | 50 | 5 | 5 | on | on | off | 26 | 7 | 4 | 62 | 6 | 0 |
| 19 | (6-7pm) | 10 | 5 | 0 | 30 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 21 | 7 | 4 | 20 | 0 | 0 |
| 20 | (7-8pm) | 10 | 0 | 0 | 30 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 15 | 7 | 4 | 12 | 0 | 0 |
| 21 | (8-9pm) | 10 | 0 | 0 | 20 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 17 | 7 | 4 | 4 | 0 | 0 |
| 22 | (9-10pm) | 10 | 0 | 0 | 20 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 8 | 9 | 7 | 4 | 0 | 0 |
| 23 | (10-11pm) | 5 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 5 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 24 | (11-12am) | 5 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 5 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Total/Day | 920 | 200 | 60 | 1040 | 280 | 120 | 1600 | 1200 | 0 | 537 | 256 | 113 | 555 | 151 | 0 | |
| Total/Week | 48.60 | hours | 56.00 | hours | 92.00 | hours | 30.54 | hours | 29.26 | hours | ||||||
| Total/Year | 2534 | hours | 2920 | hours | 4797 | hours | 1592 | hours | 1526 | hours | ||||||
| Wk = Weekday | |
| 1. | Schedules for occupancy, lighting, receptacle, HVAC system and service hot water are from ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1989 and addendums, except that 5% emergency lighting has been added for all off hours. Elevator schedules, except for restaurants, are from the U.S. Department of Energy Standard Evaluation Techniques except changed to 0% when occupancy is 0%. THESE VALUES MAY BE USED ONLY IF ACTUAL SCHEDULES ARE NOT KNOWN. |
TABLE ((3-2E)) 3.3E
Office Occupancy1
| Hour of Day | Schedule for Occupancy Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Lighting Receptacle Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for HVAC System |
Schedule for Service Hot Water Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Elevator Percent of Maximum Load |
|||||||||||
| (time) | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | |
| 1 | (12-1am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 5 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 2 | (1-2am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 5 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 3 | (2-3am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 5 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 4 | (3-4am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 5 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 5 | (4-5am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 5 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 6 | (5-6am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 8 | 8 | 7 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 7 | (6-7am) | 10 | 10 | 5 | 10 | 10 | 5 | on | on | off | 7 | 7 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 8 | (7-8am) | 20 | 10 | 5 | 30 | 10 | 5 | on | on | off | 19 | 11 | 4 | 35 | 16 | 0 |
| 9 | (8-9am) | 95 | 30 | 5 | 90 | 30 | 5 | on | on | off | 35 | 15 | 4 | 69 | 14 | 0 |
| 10 | (9-10am) | 95 | 30 | 5 | 90 | 30 | 5 | on | on | off | 38 | 21 | 4 | 43 | 21 | 0 |
| 11 | (10-11am) | 95 | 30 | 5 | 90 | 30 | 5 | on | on | off | 39 | 19 | 4 | 37 | 18 | 0 |
| 12 | (11-12pm) | 95 | 30 | 5 | 90 | 30 | 5 | on | on | off | 47 | 23 | 6 | 43 | 25 | 0 |
| 13 | (12-1pm) | 50 | 10 | 5 | 80 | 15 | 5 | on | on | off | 57 | 20 | 6 | 58 | 21 | 0 |
| 14 | (1-2pm) | 95 | 10 | 5 | 90 | 15 | 5 | on | on | off | 54 | 19 | 9 | 48 | 13 | 0 |
| 15 | (2-3pm) | 95 | 10 | 5 | 90 | 15 | 5 | on | on | off | 34 | 15 | 6 | 37 | 8 | 0 |
| 16 | (3-4pm) | 95 | 10 | 5 | 90 | 15 | 5 | on | on | off | 33 | 12 | 4 | 37 | 4 | 0 |
| 17 | (4-5pm) | 95 | 10 | 5 | 90 | 15 | 5 | on | on | off | 44 | 14 | 4 | 46 | 5 | 0 |
| 18 | (5-6pm) | 30 | 5 | 5 | 50 | 5 | 5 | on | on | off | 26 | 7 | 4 | 62 | 6 | 0 |
| 19 | (6-7pm) | 10 | 5 | 0 | 30 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 21 | 7 | 4 | 20 | 0 | 0 |
| 20 | (7-8pm) | 10 | 0 | 0 | 30 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 15 | 7 | 4 | 12 | 0 | 0 |
| 21 | (8-9pm) | 10 | 0 | 0 | 20 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 17 | 7 | 4 | 4 | 0 | 0 |
| 22 | (9-10pm) | 10 | 0 | 0 | 20 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 8 | 9 | 7 | 4 | 0 | 0 |
| 23 | (10-11pm) | 5 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 5 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 24 | (11-12am) | 5 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 5 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Total/Day | 920 | 200 | 60 | 1040 | 280 | 120 | 1600 | 1200 | 0 | 537 | 256 | 113 | 555 | 151 | 0 | |
| Total/Week | 48.60 | hours | 56.00 | hours | 92.00 | hours | 30.54 | hours | 29.26 | hours | ||||||
| Total/Year | 2534 | hours | 2920 | hours | 4797 | hours | 1592 | hours | 1526 | hours | ||||||
| Wk = Weekday | |
| 1. | Schedules for occupancy, lighting, receptacle, HVAC system and service hot water are from ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1989 and addendums, except that 5% emergency lighting has been added for all off hours. Elevator schedules, except for restaurants, are from the U.S. Department of Energy Standard Evaluation Techniques except changed to 0% when occupancy is 0%. THESE VALUES MAY BE USED ONLY IF ACTUAL SCHEDULES ARE NOT KNOWN. |
TABLE ((3-2F)) 3.3F
Parking Garage Occupancy1
| Hour of Day | Schedule for Occupancy Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Lighting Receptacle Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for HVAC System |
Schedule for Service Hot Water Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Elevator Percent of Maximum Load |
|||||||||||
| (time) | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | |
| 1 | (12-1am) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 2 | (1-2am) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 3 | (2-3am) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 4 | (3-4am) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 5 | (4-5am) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 6 | (5-6am) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 7 | (6-7am) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 8 | (7-8am) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 9 | (8-9am) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 10 | (9-10am) | 100 | 100 | 100 | Based | Included | ||||||||||
| 11 | (10-11am) | 100 | 100 | 100 | on | with | ||||||||||
| 12 | (11-12pm) | N/A | 100 | 100 | 100 | likely | N/A | other | ||||||||
| 13 | (12-1pm) | 100 | 100 | 100 | use | occupancies | ||||||||||
| 14 | (1-2pm) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 15 | (2-3pm) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 16 | (3-4pm) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 17 | (4-5pm) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 18 | (5-6pm) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 19 | (6-7pm) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 20 | (7-8pm) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 21 | (8-9pm) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 22 | (9-10pm) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 23 | (10-11pm) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| 24 | (11-12am) | 100 | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||
| Total/Day | 2400 | 2400 | 2400 | |||||||||||||
| Total/Week | 168 | hours | ||||||||||||||
| Total/Year | 8760 | hours | ||||||||||||||
| Wk = Weekday | |
| 1. | Schedules for occupancy, lighting, receptacle, HVAC system and service hot water are from ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1989 and addendums, except that 5% emergency lighting has been added for all off hours. Elevator schedules, except for restaurants, are from the U.S. Department of Energy Standard Evaluation Techniques except changed to 0% when occupancy is 0%. THESE VALUES MAY BE USED ONLY IF ACTUAL SCHEDULES ARE NOT KNOWN. |
TABLE ((3-2G)) 3.3G
Restaurant Occupancy1
| Hour of Day | Schedule for Occupancy Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Lighting Receptacle Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for HVAC System |
Schedule for Service Hot Water Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Elevator Percent of Maximum Load |
|||||||||||
| (time) | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | |
| 1 | (12-1am) | 15 | 30 | 20 | 15 | 20 | 20 | on | on | on | 20 | 20 | 25 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 2 | (1-2am) | 15 | 25 | 20 | 15 | 15 | 15 | on | on | on | 15 | 15 | 20 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 3 | (2-3am) | 5 | 5 | 5 | 15 | 15 | 15 | on | on | on | 15 | 15 | 20 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 4 | (3-4am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 15 | 15 | 15 | off | off | off | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 5 | (4-5am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 15 | 15 | 15 | off | off | off | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 6 | (5-6am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 20 | 15 | 15 | off | off | off | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 7 | (6-7am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 40 | 30 | 30 | off | off | off | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 8 | (7-8am) | 5 | 0 | 0 | 40 | 30 | 30 | on | off | off | 60 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 9 | (8-9am) | 5 | 0 | 0 | 60 | 60 | 50 | on | off | off | 55 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 10 | (9-10am) | 5 | 5 | 0 | 60 | 60 | 50 | on | on | off | 45 | 50 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 11 | (10-11am) | 20 | 20 | 10 | 90 | 80 | 70 | on | on | on | 40 | 45 | 50 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 12 | (11-12pm) | 50 | 45 | 20 | 90 | 80 | 70 | on | on | on | 45 | 50 | 50 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 13 | (12-1pm) | 80 | 50 | 25 | 90 | 80 | 70 | on | on | on | 40 | 50 | 40 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 14 | (1-2pm) | 70 | 50 | 25 | 90 | 80 | 70 | on | on | on | 35 | 45 | 40 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 15 | (2-3pm) | 40 | 35 | 15 | 90 | 80 | 70 | on | on | on | 30 | 40 | 30 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 16 | (3-4pm) | 20 | 30 | 20 | 90 | 80 | 70 | on | on | on | 30 | 40 | 30 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 17 | (4-5pm) | 25 | 30 | 25 | 90 | 80 | 60 | on | on | on | 30 | 35 | 30 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 18 | (5-6pm) | 50 | 30 | 35 | 90 | 90 | 60 | on | on | on | 40 | 40 | 40 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 19 | (6-7pm) | 80 | 70 | 55 | 90 | 90 | 60 | on | on | on | 55 | 55 | 50 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 20 | (7-8pm) | 80 | 90 | 65 | 90 | 90 | 60 | on | on | on | 60 | 55 | 50 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 21 | (8-9pm) | 80 | 70 | 70 | 90 | 90 | 60 | on | on | on | 50 | 50 | 40 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 22 | (9-10pm) | 50 | 65 | 35 | 90 | 90 | 60 | on | on | on | 55 | 55 | 50 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 23 | (10-11pm) | 35 | 55 | 20 | 50 | 50 | 50 | on | on | on | 45 | 40 | 40 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 24 | (11-12am) | 20 | 35 | 20 | 30 | 30 | 30 | on | on | on | 25 | 30 | 20 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Total/Day | 750 | 740 | 485 | 1455 | 1365 | 1115 | 2000 | 1800 | 1700 | 790 | 730 | 625 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
| Total/Week | 49.75 | hours | 97.55 | hours | 135 | hours | 53.05 | hours | 0 | hours | ||||||
| Total/Year | 2594 | hours | 5086 | hours | 7039 | hours | 2766 | hours | 0 | hours | ||||||
| Wk = Weekday | |
| 1. | Schedules for occupancy, lighting, receptacle, HVAC system and service hot water are from ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1989 and addendums, except that 5% emergency lighting has been added for all off hours. Elevator schedules, except for restaurants, are from the U.S. Department of Energy Standard Evaluation Techniques except changed to 0% when occupancy is 0%. THESE VALUES MAY BE USED ONLY IF ACTUAL SCHEDULES ARE NOT KNOWN. |
TABLE ((3-2H)) 3.3H
Retail Occupancy1
| Hour of Day | Schedule for Occupancy Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Lighting Receptacle Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for HVAC System |
Schedule for Service Hot Water Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Elevator Percent of Maximum Load |
|||||||||||
| (time) | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | |
| 1 | (12-1am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 4 | 11 | 7 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 2 | (1-2am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 10 | 7 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 3 | (2-3am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 8 | 7 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 4 | (3-4am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 4 | 6 | 6 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 5 | (4-5am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 4 | 6 | 6 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 6 | (5-6am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 4 | 6 | 6 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 7 | (6-7am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | on | on | off | 4 | 7 | 7 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 8 | (7-8am) | 10 | 10 | 0 | 20 | 10 | 5 | on | on | off | 15 | 20 | 10 | 12 | 9 | 0 |
| 9 | (8-9am) | 20 | 20 | 0 | 50 | 30 | 10 | on | on | on | 23 | 24 | 12 | 22 | 21 | 0 |
| 10 | (9-10am) | 50 | 50 | 10 | 90 | 60 | 10 | on | on | on | 32 | 27 | 14 | 64 | 56 | 11 |
| 11 | (10-11am) | 50 | 60 | 20 | 90 | 90 | 40 | on | on | on | 41 | 42 | 29 | 74 | 66 | 13 |
| 12 | (11-12pm) | 70 | 80 | 20 | 90 | 90 | 40 | on | on | on | 57 | 54 | 31 | 68 | 68 | 35 |
| 13 | (12-1pm) | 70 | 80 | 40 | 90 | 90 | 60 | on | on | on | 62 | 59 | 36 | 68 | 68 | 37 |
| 14 | (1-2pm) | 70 | 80 | 40 | 90 | 90 | 60 | on | on | on | 61 | 60 | 36 | 71 | 69 | 37 |
| 15 | (2-3pm) | 70 | 80 | 40 | 90 | 90 | 60 | on | on | on | 50 | 49 | 34 | 72 | 70 | 39 |
| 16 | (3-4pm) | 80 | 80 | 40 | 90 | 90 | 60 | on | on | on | 45 | 48 | 35 | 72 | 69 | 41 |
| 17 | (4-5pm) | 70 | 80 | 40 | 90 | 90 | 60 | on | on | on | 46 | 47 | 37 | 73 | 66 | 38 |
| 18 | (5-6pm) | 50 | 60 | 20 | 90 | 90 | 40 | on | on | off | 47 | 46 | 34 | 68 | 58 | 34 |
| 19 | (6-7pm) | 50 | 20 | 10 | 60 | 50 | 20 | on | on | off | 42 | 44 | 25 | 68 | 47 | 3 |
| 20 | (7-8pm) | 30 | 20 | 0 | 60 | 30 | 5 | on | on | off | 34 | 36 | 27 | 58 | 43 | 0 |
| 21 | (8-9pm) | 30 | 20 | 0 | 50 | 30 | 5 | on | on | off | 33 | 29 | 21 | 54 | 43 | 0 |
| 22 | (9-10pm) | 0 | 10 | 0 | 20 | 10 | 5 | off | on | off | 23 | 22 | 16 | 0 | 8 | 0 |
| 23 | (10-11pm) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 13 | 16 | 10 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 24 | (11-12am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 8 | 13 | 6 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Total/Day | 720 | 750 | 280 | 1115 | 985 | 525 | 1500 | 1600 | 900 | 662 | 690 | 459 | 844 | 761 | 288 | |
| Total/Week | 46.30 | hours | 70.85 | hours | 100 | hours | 44.59 | hours | 52.69 | hours | ||||||
| Total/Year | 2414 | hours | 3694 | hours | 5214 | hours | 2325 | hours | 2747 | hours | ||||||
| Wk = Weekday | |
| 1. | Schedules for occupancy, lighting, receptacle, HVAC system and service hot water are from ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1989 and addendums, except that 5% emergency lighting has been added for all off hours. Elevator schedules, except for restaurants, are from the U.S. Department of Energy Standard Evaluation Techniques except changed to 0% when occupancy is 0%. THESE VALUES MAY BE USED ONLY IF ACTUAL SCHEDULES ARE NOT KNOWN. |
TABLE ((3-2I)) 3.3I
School Occupancy1
| Hour of Day | Schedule for Occupancy Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Lighting Receptacle Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for HVAC System |
Schedule for Service Hot Water Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Elevator Percent of Maximum Load |
|||||||||||
| (time) | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | |
| 1 | (12-1am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 2 | (1-2am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 3 | (2-3am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 4 | (3-4am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 5 | (4-5am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 6 | (5-6am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 7 | (6-7am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 8 | (7-8am) | 5 | 0 | 0 | 30 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 10 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 9 | (8-9am) | 75 | 10 | 0 | 85 | 15 | 5 | on | on | off | 34 | 3 | 5 | 30 | 0 | 0 |
| 10 | (9-10am) | 90 | 10 | 0 | 95 | 15 | 5 | on | on | off | 60 | 5 | 5 | 30 | 0 | 0 |
| 11 | (10-11am) | 90 | 10 | 0 | 95 | 15 | 5 | on | on | off | 63 | 5 | 5 | 30 | 0 | 0 |
| 12 | (11-12pm) | 80 | 10 | 0 | 95 | 15 | 5 | on | on | off | 72 | 5 | 5 | 30 | 0 | 0 |
| 13 | (12-1pm) | 80 | 10 | 0 | 80 | 15 | 5 | on | on | off | 79 | 5 | 5 | 30 | 0 | 0 |
| 14 | (1-2pm) | 80 | 0 | 0 | 80 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 83 | 3 | 5 | 30 | 0 | 0 |
| 15 | (2-3pm) | 80 | 0 | 0 | 80 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 61 | 3 | 3 | 30 | 0 | 0 |
| 16 | (3-4pm) | 45 | 0 | 0 | 70 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 65 | 3 | 3 | 15 | 0 | 0 |
| 17 | (4-5pm) | 15 | 0 | 0 | 50 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 10 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 18 | (5-6pm) | 5 | 0 | 0 | 50 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 10 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 19 | (6-7pm) | 15 | 0 | 0 | 35 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 19 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 20 | (7-8pm) | 20 | 0 | 0 | 35 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 25 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 21 | (8-9pm) | 20 | 0 | 0 | 35 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 22 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 22 | (9-10pm) | 10 | 0 | 0 | 30 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 22 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 23 | (10-11pm) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 12 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 24 | (11-12am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 9 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Total/Day | 710 | 50 | 0 | 990 | 170 | 120 | 1500 | 500 | 0 | 691 | 80 | 84 | 285 | 0 | 0 | |
| Total/Week | 36.00 | hours | 52.40 | hours | 80.00 | hours | 36.19 | hours | 14.25 | hours | ||||||
| Total/Year | 1877 | hours | 2732 | hours | 4171 | hours | 1887 | hours | 743 | hours | ||||||
| Wk = Weekday | |
| 1. | Schedules for occupancy, lighting, receptacle, HVAC system and service hot water are from ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1989 and addendums, except that 5% emergency lighting has been added for all off hours. Elevator schedules, except for restaurants, are from the U.S. Department of Energy Standard Evaluation Techniques except changed to 0% when occupancy is 0%. THESE VALUES MAY BE USED ONLY IF ACTUAL SCHEDULES ARE NOT KNOWN. |
TABLE ((3-2J)) 3.3J
Warehouse Occupancy1
| Hour of Day | Schedule for Occupancy Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Lighting Receptacle Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for HVAC System |
Schedule for Service Hot Water Percent of Maximum Load |
Schedule for Elevator Percent of Maximum Load |
|||||||||||
| (time) | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | Wk | Sat | Sun | |
| 1 | (12-1am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 2 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 2 | (1-2am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 2 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 3 | (2-3am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 2 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 4 | (3-4am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 2 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 5 | (4-5am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 5 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 6 | (5-6am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 7 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 7 | (6-7am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 7 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 8 | (7-8am) | 15 | 0 | 0 | 40 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 10 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 9 | (8-9am) | 70 | 20 | 0 | 70 | 8 | 5 | on | on | off | 30 | 6 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 10 | (9-10am) | 90 | 20 | 0 | 90 | 24 | 5 | on | on | off | 36 | 12 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 11 | (10-11am) | 90 | 20 | 0 | 90 | 24 | 5 | on | on | off | 36 | 12 | 2 | 30 | 0 | 0 |
| 12 | (11-12pm) | 90 | 20 | 0 | 90 | 24 | 5 | on | on | off | 46 | 17 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 13 | (12-1pm) | 50 | 10 | 0 | 80 | 5 | 5 | on | on | off | 57 | 4 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 14 | (1-2pm) | 85 | 10 | 0 | 90 | 5 | 5 | on | on | off | 43 | 4 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 15 | (2-3pm) | 85 | 10 | 0 | 90 | 5 | 5 | on | on | off | 38 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 16 | (3-4pm) | 85 | 10 | 0 | 90 | 5 | 5 | on | on | off | 40 | 2 | 2 | 40 | 0 | 0 |
| 17 | (4-5pm) | 20 | 0 | 0 | 90 | 5 | 5 | on | off | off | 30 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 18 | (5-6pm) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 30 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 18 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 19 | (6-7pm) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 3 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 20 | (7-8pm) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 3 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 21 | (8-9pm) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 3 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 22 | (9-10pm) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 3 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 23 | (10-11pm) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 3 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 24 | (11-12am) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 5 | off | off | off | 3 | 2 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Total/Day | 680 | 120 | 0 | 915 | 180 | 120 | 1000 | 800 | 0 | 429 | 91 | 52 | 70 | 0 | 0 | |
| Total/Week | 35.20 | hours | 48.75 | hours | 58.00 | hours | 22.88 | hours | 3.50 | hours | ||||||
| Total/Year | 1835 | hours | 2542 | hours | 3024 | hours | 1193 | hours | 182 | hours | ||||||
| Wk = Weekday | |
| 1. | Schedules for occupancy, lighting, receptacle, HVAC system and service hot water are from ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1989 and addendums, except that 5% emergency lighting has been added for all off hours. Elevator schedules, except for restaurants, are from the U.S. Department of Energy Standard Evaluation Techniques except changed to 0% when occupancy is 0%. THESE VALUES MAY BE USED ONLY IF ACTUAL SCHEDULES ARE NOT KNOWN. |
((TABLE 3-3
HVAC Systems of Prototype Buildings3
| (( |
||
≤ 3 floors or ≤ 75,000 ft2 |
||
TABLE 3-3 (cont.)
HVAC System Descriptions for Prototype Buildings1
| (( |
|||
TABLE 3-3 (cont.)
HVAC Systems Descriptions for Prototype Buildings1
| (( |
|||
TABLE 3-3 (cont.)
HVAC System Descriptions for Prototype Buildings1
| (( |
|||
HVAC System Descriptions for Prototype Buildings
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-99903, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-99903, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-99903, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]
| Program Name | Source |
| (( |
University of Illinois Dept. of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering 1206 W. Green Street, Room 140, MEB Urbana, IL 61801 (217) 244-8182)) |
| DOE 2.1E | Energy Science and Technology Software Center (ESTSC) PO Box 1220 Oakridge, TN 37831-1020 423-576-2606 |
| DOE 2.1E or DOE 2.2 | James J. Hirsch & Associates Building Performance Analysis Software & Consulting 12185 Presilla Road Camarillo, CA 93012-9243 (805) 532-1045 |
| EnergyPlus | Kathy Ellington Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (LBNL) Building 90, Room 3147 Berkeley, CA 94720-0001 (510) 486-5711 |
| ESAS | Ross Meriweather Consulting, Engineering 3315 Outrider San Antonio, TX 78247-4405 210-490-7081 |
| ESP-II | Automated Procedures for
Engineering Consultants, Inc. 40 W. 4th Centre, Suite 2100 Dayton, OH 45402 937-228-2602 |
| HAP 3.24 | Carrier Building Systems and Services 3215 South 116th St., Suite 133 Tukwila, WA 98168 (206)-439-0097 |
| Trace 600 Version 18.11 or Trace 700 |
The Trane Co. 3600 Pammel Creek Rd. Lacrosse, WI 54601 608-787-3926 |
[Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045. 01-03-010, § 51-11-99904, filed 1/5/01, effective 7/1/01; 98-03-003, § 51-11-99904, filed 1/8/98, effective 7/1/98. Statutory Authority: RCW 19.27A.025. 93-21-052, § 51-11-99904, filed 10/18/93, effective 4/1/94.]